// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.

package mediaconvert

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"k8s.io/autoscaler/cluster-autoscaler/cloudprovider/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"k8s.io/autoscaler/cluster-autoscaler/cloudprovider/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
	"k8s.io/autoscaler/cluster-autoscaler/cloudprovider/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
	"k8s.io/autoscaler/cluster-autoscaler/cloudprovider/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
	"k8s.io/autoscaler/cluster-autoscaler/cloudprovider/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson"
)

const opAssociateCertificate = "AssociateCertificate"

// AssociateCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AssociateCertificate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AssociateCertificate for more information on using the AssociateCertificate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the AssociateCertificateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.AssociateCertificateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AssociateCertificate
func (c *MediaConvert) AssociateCertificateRequest(input *AssociateCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateCertificateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opAssociateCertificate,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/certificates",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &AssociateCertificateInput{}
	}

	output = &AssociateCertificateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// AssociateCertificate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Associates an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with
// AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation AssociateCertificate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AssociateCertificate
func (c *MediaConvert) AssociateCertificate(input *AssociateCertificateInput) (*AssociateCertificateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.AssociateCertificateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// AssociateCertificateWithContext is the same as AssociateCertificate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AssociateCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) AssociateCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateCertificateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.AssociateCertificateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCancelJob = "CancelJob"

// CancelJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CancelJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CancelJob for more information on using the CancelJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the CancelJobRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.CancelJobRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob
func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCancelJob,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CancelJobInput{}
	}

	output = &CancelJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// CancelJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Permanently cancel a job. Once you have canceled a job, you can't start it
// again.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation CancelJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob
func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJob(input *CancelJobInput) (*CancelJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CancelJobWithContext is the same as CancelJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CancelJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateJob = "CreateJob"

// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateJob,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobs",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateJobInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Create a new transcoding job. For information about jobs and job settings,
// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateJobTemplate = "CreateJobTemplate"

// CreateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateJobTemplate for more information on using the CreateJobTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the CreateJobTemplateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.CreateJobTemplateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobTemplateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateJobTemplate,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateJobTemplateInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateJobTemplateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Create a new job template. For information about job templates see the User
// Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation CreateJobTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplate(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateJobTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreatePreset = "CreatePreset"

// CreatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreatePreset operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreatePreset for more information on using the CreatePreset
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the CreatePresetRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.CreatePresetRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePresetOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreatePreset,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/presets",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreatePresetInput{}
	}

	output = &CreatePresetOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Create a new preset. For information about job templates see the User Guide
// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation CreatePreset for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePreset(input *CreatePresetInput) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreatePresetWithContext is the same as CreatePreset with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreatePreset for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opCreateQueue = "CreateQueue"

// CreateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateQueue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateQueue for more information on using the CreateQueue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the CreateQueueRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.CreateQueueRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateQueueOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opCreateQueue,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/queues",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &CreateQueueInput{}
	}

	output = &CreateQueueOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// CreateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Create a new transcoding queue. For information about queues, see Working
// With Queues in the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation CreateQueue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueue(input *CreateQueueInput) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// CreateQueueWithContext is the same as CreateQueue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateQueue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteJobTemplate = "DeleteJobTemplate"

// DeleteJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteJobTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteJobTemplate for more information on using the DeleteJobTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DeleteJobTemplateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobTemplateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteJobTemplate,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteJobTemplateInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteJobTemplateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Permanently delete a job template you have created.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DeleteJobTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplate(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteJobTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteJobTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeletePolicy = "DeletePolicy"

// DeletePolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePolicy for more information on using the DeletePolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DeletePolicyRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DeletePolicyRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePolicyRequest(input *DeletePolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeletePolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/policy",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeletePolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &DeletePolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeletePolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Permanently delete a policy that you created.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DeletePolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePolicy(input *DeletePolicyInput) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeletePolicyWithContext is the same as DeletePolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeletePreset = "DeletePreset"

// DeletePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePreset operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePreset for more information on using the DeletePreset
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DeletePresetRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DeletePresetRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePresetOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeletePreset,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeletePresetInput{}
	}

	output = &DeletePresetOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeletePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Permanently delete a preset you have created.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DeletePreset for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePreset(input *DeletePresetInput) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeletePresetWithContext is the same as DeletePreset with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePreset for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDeleteQueue = "DeleteQueue"

// DeleteQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteQueue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteQueue for more information on using the DeleteQueue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DeleteQueueRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DeleteQueueRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteQueueOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDeleteQueue,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DeleteQueueInput{}
	}

	output = &DeleteQueueOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DeleteQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Permanently delete a queue you have created.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DeleteQueue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueue(input *DeleteQueueInput) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DeleteQueueWithContext is the same as DeleteQueue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteQueue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opDescribeEndpoints = "DescribeEndpoints"

// DescribeEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeEndpoints operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeEndpoints
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointsRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEndpointsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDescribeEndpoints,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/endpoints",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DescribeEndpointsInput{}
	}

	output = &DescribeEndpointsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// DescribeEndpoints API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your
// account API endpoint.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DescribeEndpoints for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpoints(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DescribeEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeEndpoints with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DescribeEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEndpoints operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//	// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEndpoints operation.
//	pageNum := 0
//	err := client.DescribeEndpointsPages(params,
//	    func(page *mediaconvert.DescribeEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//	        pageNum++
//	        fmt.Println(page)
//	        return pageNum <= 3
//	    })
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsPages(input *DescribeEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEndpointsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *DescribeEndpointsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opDisassociateCertificate = "DisassociateCertificate"

// DisassociateCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DisassociateCertificate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DisassociateCertificate for more information on using the DisassociateCertificate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the DisassociateCertificateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.DisassociateCertificateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DisassociateCertificate
func (c *MediaConvert) DisassociateCertificateRequest(input *DisassociateCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateCertificateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opDisassociateCertificate,
		HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/certificates/{arn}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &DisassociateCertificateInput{}
	}

	output = &DisassociateCertificateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// DisassociateCertificate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Removes an association between the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate
// Manager (ACM) certificate and an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation DisassociateCertificate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DisassociateCertificate
func (c *MediaConvert) DisassociateCertificate(input *DisassociateCertificateInput) (*DisassociateCertificateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DisassociateCertificateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// DisassociateCertificateWithContext is the same as DisassociateCertificate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DisassociateCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) DisassociateCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateCertificateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.DisassociateCertificateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetJob = "GetJob"

// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJob,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the JSON for a specific transcoding job.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation GetJob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetJobTemplate = "GetJobTemplate"

// GetJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetJobTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetJobTemplate for more information on using the GetJobTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the GetJobTemplateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.GetJobTemplateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobTemplateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetJobTemplate,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetJobTemplateInput{}
	}

	output = &GetJobTemplateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the JSON for a specific job template.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation GetJobTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplate(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetJobTemplateWithContext is the same as GetJobTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetPolicy = "GetPolicy"

// GetPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPolicy for more information on using the GetPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the GetPolicyRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.GetPolicyRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/policy",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the JSON for your policy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation GetPolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPolicy(input *GetPolicyInput) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPolicyWithContext is the same as GetPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetPreset = "GetPreset"

// GetPresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPreset operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPreset for more information on using the GetPreset
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the GetPresetRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.GetPresetRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPresetOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetPreset,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetPresetInput{}
	}

	output = &GetPresetOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetPreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the JSON for a specific preset.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation GetPreset for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPreset(input *GetPresetInput) (*GetPresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetPresetWithContext is the same as GetPreset with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPreset for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opGetQueue = "GetQueue"

// GetQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetQueue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetQueue for more information on using the GetQueue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the GetQueueRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.GetQueueRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetQueueOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opGetQueue,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &GetQueueInput{}
	}

	output = &GetQueueOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// GetQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the JSON for a specific queue.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation GetQueue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueue(input *GetQueueInput) (*GetQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// GetQueueWithContext is the same as GetQueue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetQueue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opListJobTemplates = "ListJobTemplates"

// ListJobTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListJobTemplates operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListJobTemplates for more information on using the ListJobTemplates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the ListJobTemplatesRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobTemplatesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListJobTemplates,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListJobTemplatesInput{}
	}

	output = &ListJobTemplatesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListJobTemplates API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your job templates. This will return
// the templates themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty
// templates, use the nextToken string returned with the array
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation ListJobTemplates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplates(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListJobTemplates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListJobTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobTemplatesPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobTemplates operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListJobTemplates method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//	// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobTemplates operation.
//	pageNum := 0
//	err := client.ListJobTemplatesPages(params,
//	    func(page *mediaconvert.ListJobTemplatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//	        pageNum++
//	        fmt.Println(page)
//	        return pageNum <= 3
//	    })
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesPages(input *ListJobTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListJobTemplatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListJobTemplatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListJobTemplatesPagesWithContext same as ListJobTemplatesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListJobTemplatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListJobTemplatesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListJobTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListJobs = "ListJobs"

// ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListJobs,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobs",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListJobsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListJobsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListJobs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your most recently created jobs.
// This array includes in-process, completed, and errored jobs. This will return
// the jobs themselves, not just a list of the jobs. To retrieve the twenty
// next most recent jobs, use the nextToken string returned with the array.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobs operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//	// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobs operation.
//	pageNum := 0
//	err := client.ListJobsPages(params,
//	    func(page *mediaconvert.ListJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//	        pageNum++
//	        fmt.Println(page)
//	        return pageNum <= 3
//	    })
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsPages(input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListJobsPagesWithContext same as ListJobsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListJobsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListJobsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListPresets = "ListPresets"

// ListPresetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListPresets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListPresets for more information on using the ListPresets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the ListPresetsRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.ListPresetsRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPresetsOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListPresets,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/presets",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListPresetsInput{}
	}

	output = &ListPresetsOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListPresets API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your presets. This will return the
// presets themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty
// presets, use the nextToken string returned with the array.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation ListPresets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresets(input *ListPresetsInput) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListPresetsWithContext is the same as ListPresets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListPresets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListPresetsPages iterates over the pages of a ListPresets operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListPresets method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//	// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPresets operation.
//	pageNum := 0
//	err := client.ListPresetsPages(params,
//	    func(page *mediaconvert.ListPresetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//	        pageNum++
//	        fmt.Println(page)
//	        return pageNum <= 3
//	    })
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsPages(input *ListPresetsInput, fn func(*ListPresetsOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListPresetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListPresetsPagesWithContext same as ListPresetsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, fn func(*ListPresetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListPresetsInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListPresetsRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPresetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListQueues = "ListQueues"

// ListQueuesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListQueues operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListQueues for more information on using the ListQueues
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the ListQueuesRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.ListQueuesRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListQueuesOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListQueues,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/queues",
		Paginator: &request.Paginator{
			InputTokens:     []string{"NextToken"},
			OutputTokens:    []string{"NextToken"},
			LimitToken:      "MaxResults",
			TruncationToken: "",
		},
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListQueuesInput{}
	}

	output = &ListQueuesOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListQueues API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your queues. This will return the
// queues themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty queues,
// use the nextToken string returned with the array.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation ListQueues for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueues(input *ListQueuesInput) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListQueuesWithContext is the same as ListQueues with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListQueues for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQueuesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListQueuesPages iterates over the pages of a ListQueues operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListQueues method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
//	// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListQueues operation.
//	pageNum := 0
//	err := client.ListQueuesPages(params,
//	    func(page *mediaconvert.ListQueuesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
//	        pageNum++
//	        fmt.Println(page)
//	        return pageNum <= 3
//	    })
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesPages(input *ListQueuesInput, fn func(*ListQueuesOutput, bool) bool) error {
	return c.ListQueuesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}

// ListQueuesPagesWithContext same as ListQueuesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQueuesInput, fn func(*ListQueuesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
	p := request.Pagination{
		NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
			var inCpy *ListQueuesInput
			if input != nil {
				tmp := *input
				inCpy = &tmp
			}
			req, _ := c.ListQueuesRequest(inCpy)
			req.SetContext(ctx)
			req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
			return req, nil
		},
	}

	for p.Next() {
		if !fn(p.Page().(*ListQueuesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
			break
		}
	}

	return p.Err()
}

const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"

// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListTagsForResource
func (c *MediaConvert) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opListTagsForResource,
		HTTPMethod: "GET",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/tags/{arn}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
	}

	output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Retrieve the tags for a MediaConvert resource.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListTagsForResource
func (c *MediaConvert) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opPutPolicy = "PutPolicy"

// PutPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutPolicy for more information on using the PutPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the PutPolicyRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.PutPolicyRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/PutPolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) PutPolicyRequest(input *PutPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPolicyOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opPutPolicy,
		HTTPMethod: "PUT",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/policy",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &PutPolicyInput{}
	}

	output = &PutPolicyOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// PutPolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Create or change your policy. For more information about policies, see the
// user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation PutPolicy for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/PutPolicy
func (c *MediaConvert) PutPolicy(input *PutPolicyInput) (*PutPolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutPolicyRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// PutPolicyWithContext is the same as PutPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) PutPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPolicyOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.PutPolicyRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opTagResource = "TagResource"

// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TagResource
func (c *MediaConvert) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opTagResource,
		HTTPMethod: "POST",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/tags",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &TagResourceInput{}
	}

	output = &TagResourceOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// TagResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Add tags to a MediaConvert queue, preset, or job template. For information
// about tagging, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/tagging-resources.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TagResource
func (c *MediaConvert) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"

// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UntagResource
func (c *MediaConvert) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUntagResource,
		HTTPMethod: "PUT",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/tags/{arn}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UntagResourceInput{}
	}

	output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
	return
}

// UntagResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Remove tags from a MediaConvert queue, preset, or job template. For information
// about tagging, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/tagging-resources.html
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UntagResource
func (c *MediaConvert) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateJobTemplate = "UpdateJobTemplate"

// UpdateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateJobTemplate for more information on using the UpdateJobTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the UpdateJobTemplateRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateJobTemplate,
		HTTPMethod: "PUT",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateJobTemplateInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateJobTemplateOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Modify one of your existing job templates.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation UpdateJobTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplate(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as UpdateJobTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdatePreset = "UpdatePreset"

// UpdatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdatePreset operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdatePreset for more information on using the UpdatePreset
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the UpdatePresetRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.UpdatePresetRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePresetOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdatePreset,
		HTTPMethod: "PUT",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdatePresetInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdatePresetOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Modify one of your existing presets.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation UpdatePreset for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePreset(input *UpdatePresetInput) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdatePresetWithContext is the same as UpdatePreset with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdatePreset for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

const opUpdateQueue = "UpdateQueue"

// UpdateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UpdateQueue operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UpdateQueue for more information on using the UpdateQueue
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//	// Example sending a request using the UpdateQueueRequest method.
//	req, resp := client.UpdateQueueRequest(params)
//
//	err := req.Send()
//	if err == nil { // resp is now filled
//	    fmt.Println(resp)
//	}
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateQueueOutput) {
	op := &request.Operation{
		Name:       opUpdateQueue,
		HTTPMethod: "PUT",
		HTTPPath:   "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}",
	}

	if input == nil {
		input = &UpdateQueueInput{}
	}

	output = &UpdateQueueOutput{}
	req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
	return
}

// UpdateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
//
// Modify one of your existing queues.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's
// API operation UpdateQueue for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Types:
//
//   - BadRequestException
//
//   - InternalServerErrorException
//
//   - ForbiddenException
//
//   - NotFoundException
//
//   - TooManyRequestsException
//
//   - ConflictException
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueue(input *UpdateQueueInput) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// UpdateQueueWithContext is the same as UpdateQueue with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UpdateQueue for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) {
	req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input)
	req.SetContext(ctx)
	req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
	return out, req.Send()
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value AAC. The service accepts one of
// two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one
// of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode to "VBR" or "CBR".
// In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality.
// In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate. Defaults and valid values depend
// on the rate control mode.
type AacSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio
	// + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be
	// set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
	// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
	// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
	// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
	// Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description
	// (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType
	// and FollowInputAudioType.
	AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix *string `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for
	// this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000,
	// 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000,
	// 192000, 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000,
	// 768000, 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values
	// that you choose for Profile, Bitrate control mode, and Sample rate. Default
	// values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"6000" type:"integer"`

	// AAC Profile.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"AacCodecProfile"`

	// The Coding mode that you specify determines the number of audio channels
	// and the audio channel layout metadata in your AAC output. Valid coding modes
	// depend on the Rate control mode and Profile that you select. The following
	// list shows the number of audio channels and channel layout for each coding
	// mode. * 1.0 Audio Description (Receiver Mix): One channel, C. Includes audio
	// description data from your stereo input. For more information see ETSI TS
	// 101 154 Annex E. * 1.0 Mono: One channel, C. * 2.0 Stereo: Two channels,
	// L, R. * 5.1 Surround: Six channels, C, L, R, Ls, Rs, LFE.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"`

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"`

	// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
	// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
	RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"`

	// Specify the Sample rate in Hz. Valid sample rates depend on the Profile and
	// Coding mode that you select. The following list shows valid sample rates
	// for each Profile and Coding mode. * LC Profile, Coding mode 1.0, 2.0, and
	// Receiver Mix: 8000, 12000, 16000, 22050, 24000, 32000, 44100, 48000, 88200,
	// 96000. * LC Profile, Coding mode 5.1: 32000, 44100, 48000, 96000. * HEV1
	// Profile, Coding mode 1.0 and Receiver Mix: 22050, 24000, 32000, 44100, 48000.
	// * HEV1 Profile, Coding mode 2.0 and 5.1: 32000, 44100, 48000, 96000. * HEV2
	// Profile, Coding mode 2.0: 22050, 24000, 32000, 44100, 48000.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// containers.
	Specification *string `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"AacSpecification"`

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
	VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AacSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AacSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AacSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AacSettings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 6000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 6000))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 8000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 8000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix sets the AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *AacSettings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.CodingMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.RawFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AacSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpecification sets the Specification field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetSpecification(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.Specification = &v
	return s
}

// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.
func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings {
	s.VbrQuality = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value AC3.
type Ac3Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The bitrate that you specify
	// must be a multiple of 8000 within the allowed minimum and maximum values.
	// Leave blank to use the default bitrate for the coding mode you select according
	// ETSI TS 102 366. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/0: Default: 96000. Minimum:
	// 64000. Maximum: 128000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/1: Default: 192000.
	// Minimum: 128000. Maximum: 384000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 2/0: Default:
	// 192000. Minimum: 128000. Maximum: 384000. Valid bitrates for coding mode
	// 3/2 with FLE: Default: 384000. Minimum: 384000. Maximum: 640000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"64000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"`

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert
	// ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For
	// information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see
	// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine"`

	// When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your
	// output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead
	// of Dynamic range compression profile. The mode-specific settings are Dynamic
	// range compression profile, line mode and Dynamic range compression profile,
	// RF mode. Note that when you specify values for all three settings, MediaConvert
	// ignores the value of this setting in favor of the mode-specific settings.
	// If you do use this setting instead of the mode-specific settings, choose
	// None to leave out DRC signaling. Keep the default Film standard to set the
	// profile to Dolby's film standard profile for all operating modes.
	DynamicRangeCompressionProfile *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile"`

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any
	// value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
	// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
	// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf"`

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
	// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Ac3Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 64000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 64000))
	}
	if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 48000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 48000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Ac3Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.BitstreamMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.CodingMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings {
	s.Dialnorm = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionLine = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile sets the DynamicRangeCompressionProfile field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionRf = &v
	return s
}

// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.LfeFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings {
	s.MetadataControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *Ac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Ac3Settings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
// complex content.
type AccelerationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the conditions when the service will run your job with accelerated
	// transcoding.
	//
	// Mode is a required field
	Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AccelerationMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AccelerationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AccelerationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccelerationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccelerationSettings"}
	if s.Mode == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mode"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *AccelerationSettings) SetMode(v string) *AccelerationSettings {
	s.Mode = &v
	return s
}

// Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter
// to Enabled.
type AdvancedInputFilterSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Add texture and detail to areas of your input video content that were lost
	// after applying the Advanced input filter. To adaptively add texture and reduce
	// softness: Choose Enabled. To not add any texture: Keep the default value,
	// Disabled. We recommend that you choose Disabled for input video content that
	// doesn't have texture, including screen recordings, computer graphics, or
	// cartoons.
	AddTexture *string `locationName:"addTexture" type:"string" enum:"AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture"`

	// Optionally specify the amount of sharpening to apply when you use the Advanced
	// input filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content
	// and can reduce softness. To apply no sharpening: Keep the default value,
	// Off. To apply a minimal amount of sharpening choose Low, or for the maximum
	// choose High.
	Sharpening *string `locationName:"sharpening" type:"string" enum:"AdvancedInputFilterSharpen"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AdvancedInputFilterSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AdvancedInputFilterSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAddTexture sets the AddTexture field's value.
func (s *AdvancedInputFilterSettings) SetAddTexture(v string) *AdvancedInputFilterSettings {
	s.AddTexture = &v
	return s
}

// SetSharpening sets the Sharpening field's value.
func (s *AdvancedInputFilterSettings) SetSharpening(v string) *AdvancedInputFilterSettings {
	s.Sharpening = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value AIFF.
type AiffSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for
	// this audio track.
	BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are
	// 1 and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AiffSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AiffSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AiffSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AiffSettings"}
	if s.BitDepth != nil && *s.BitDepth < 16 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BitDepth", 16))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 8000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 8000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.
func (s *AiffSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *AiffSettings {
	s.BitDepth = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *AiffSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *AiffSettings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *AiffSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AiffSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// Use Allowed renditions to specify a list of possible resolutions in your
// ABR stack. * MediaConvert will create an ABR stack exclusively from the list
// of resolutions that you specify. * Some resolutions in the Allowed renditions
// list may not be included, however you can force a resolution to be included
// by setting Required to ENABLED. * You must specify at least one resolution
// that is greater than or equal to any resolutions that you specify in Min
// top rendition size or Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify Allowed
// renditions, you must not specify a separate rule for Force include renditions.
type AllowedRenditionSize struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Set to ENABLED to force a rendition to be included.
	Required *string `locationName:"required" type:"string" enum:"RequiredFlag"`

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AllowedRenditionSize) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AllowedRenditionSize) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AllowedRenditionSize) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AllowedRenditionSize"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 32))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *AllowedRenditionSize) SetHeight(v int64) *AllowedRenditionSize {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetRequired sets the Required field's value.
func (s *AllowedRenditionSize) SetRequired(v string) *AllowedRenditionSize {
	s.Required = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *AllowedRenditionSize) SetWidth(v int64) *AllowedRenditionSize {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for ancillary captions source.
type AncillarySourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
	// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
	// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
	// 708.
	Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"AncillaryConvert608To708"`

	// Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
	// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
	// this setting.
	TerminateCaptions *string `locationName:"terminateCaptions" type:"string" enum:"AncillaryTerminateCaptions"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AncillarySourceSettings"}
	if s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber != nil && *s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SourceAncillaryChannelNumber", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.
func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *AncillarySourceSettings {
	s.Convert608To708 = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value.
func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings {
	s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetTerminateCaptions sets the TerminateCaptions field's value.
func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetTerminateCaptions(v string) *AncillarySourceSettings {
	s.TerminateCaptions = &v
	return s
}

// Associates the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM)
// certificate with an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.
type AssociateCertificateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to associate with your MediaConvert
	// resource.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AssociateCertificateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AssociateCertificateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AssociateCertificateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateCertificateInput"}
	if s.Arn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *AssociateCertificateInput) SetArn(v string) *AssociateCertificateInput {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// Successful association of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
// with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.
type AssociateCertificateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in
// this audio track. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your
// track as Center (C) by default. To use Audio layout tagging, your output
// must be in a QuickTime (MOV) container and your audio codec must be AAC,
// WAV, or AIFF.
type AudioChannelTaggingSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in
	// this audio track. Enter channel layout tags in the same order as your output's
	// audio channel order. For example, if your output audio track has a left and
	// a right channel, enter Left (L) for the first channel and Right (R) for the
	// second. If your output has multiple single-channel audio tracks, enter a
	// single channel layout tag for each track.
	ChannelTag *string `locationName:"channelTag" type:"string" enum:"AudioChannelTag"`

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in
	// this audio track. Enter channel layout tags in the same order as your output's
	// audio channel order. For example, if your output audio track has a left and
	// a right channel, enter Left (L) for the first channel and Right (R) for the
	// second. If your output has multiple single-channel audio tracks, enter a
	// single channel layout tag for each track.
	ChannelTags []*string `locationName:"channelTags" type:"list" enum:"AudioChannelTag"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioChannelTaggingSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioChannelTaggingSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetChannelTag sets the ChannelTag field's value.
func (s *AudioChannelTaggingSettings) SetChannelTag(v string) *AudioChannelTaggingSettings {
	s.ChannelTag = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannelTags sets the ChannelTags field's value.
func (s *AudioChannelTaggingSettings) SetChannelTags(v []*string) *AudioChannelTaggingSettings {
	s.ChannelTags = v
	return s
}

// Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending
// on the value that you choose for your audio codec.
type AudioCodecSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AAC. The service accepts one of
	// two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one
	// of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode to "VBR" or "CBR".
	// In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality.
	// In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate. Defaults and valid values depend
	// on the rate control mode.
	AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AC3.
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AIFF.
	AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital
	// passthrough applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus audio inputs.
	// Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your output container:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio
	// For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your
	// output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information,
	// see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only
	// and https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
	Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"AudioCodec"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings `locationName:"eac3AtmosSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3.
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value FLAC.
	FlacSettings *FlacSettings `locationName:"flacSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value MP2.
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value MP3.
	Mp3Settings *Mp3Settings `locationName:"mp3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value OPUS.
	OpusSettings *OpusSettings `locationName:"opusSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value Vorbis.
	VorbisSettings *VorbisSettings `locationName:"vorbisSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value WAV.
	WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"}
	if s.AacSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AacSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AacSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Ac3Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.AiffSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AiffSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AiffSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Eac3AtmosSettings != nil {
		if err := s.Eac3AtmosSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3AtmosSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Eac3Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.FlacSettings != nil {
		if err := s.FlacSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FlacSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Mp2Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Mp2Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Mp2Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Mp3Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Mp3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Mp3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.OpusSettings != nil {
		if err := s.OpusSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("OpusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VorbisSettings != nil {
		if err := s.VorbisSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VorbisSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.WavSettings != nil {
		if err := s.WavSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("WavSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.AacSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Ac3Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetAiffSettings sets the AiffSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAiffSettings(v *AiffSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.AiffSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Codec = &v
	return s
}

// SetEac3AtmosSettings sets the Eac3AtmosSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3AtmosSettings(v *Eac3AtmosSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Eac3AtmosSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Eac3Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetFlacSettings sets the FlacSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetFlacSettings(v *FlacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.FlacSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Mp2Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetMp3Settings sets the Mp3Settings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp3Settings(v *Mp3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.Mp3Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetOpusSettings sets the OpusSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetOpusSettings(v *OpusSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.OpusSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetVorbisSettings sets the VorbisSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetVorbisSettings(v *VorbisSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.VorbisSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
	s.WavSettings = v
	return s
}

// Settings related to one audio tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job
// JSON, an instance of AudioDescription is equivalent to one audio tab in the
// console. Usually, one audio tab corresponds to one output audio track. Depending
// on how you set up your input audio selectors and whether you use audio selector
// groups, one audio tab can correspond to a group of output audio tracks.
type AudioDescription struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in
	// this audio track. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your
	// track as Center (C) by default. To use Audio layout tagging, your output
	// must be in a QuickTime (MOV) container and your audio codec must be AAC,
	// WAV, or AIFF.
	AudioChannelTaggingSettings *AudioChannelTaggingSettings `locationName:"audioChannelTaggingSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need
	// to comply with a loudness standard.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case,
	// specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order
	// within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the
	// third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have
	// an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that
	// input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence
	// will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio
	// Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with
	// similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then
	// "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
	AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"`

	// Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between
	// 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1
	// = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary,
	// 4-255 = Reserved.
	AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then
	// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO
	// 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise
	// the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
	// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
	AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioTypeControl"`

	// Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending
	// on the value that you choose for your audio codec.
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language
	// code into your output audio track when you set Language code control to Use
	// configured. The service also uses your specified custom language code when
	// you set Language code control to Follow input, but your input file doesn't
	// specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the
	// full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one
	// of the following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" type:"string"`

	// Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified
	// in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language
	// Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but
	// there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track.
	// When you choose Follow input, the service uses the language code from the
	// input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input track,
	// the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code.
	// When you choose Use configured, the service uses the language code that you
	// specify.
	LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageCodeControl"`

	// Advanced audio remixing settings.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
	// commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
	// information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
	// device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
	StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioDescription) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"}
	if s.AudioNormalizationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AudioNormalizationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AudioNormalizationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.CodecSettings != nil {
		if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.RemixSettings != nil {
		if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioChannelTaggingSettings sets the AudioChannelTaggingSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioChannelTaggingSettings(v *AudioChannelTaggingSettings) *AudioDescription {
	s.AudioChannelTaggingSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription {
	s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioSourceName sets the AudioSourceName field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSourceName(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.AudioSourceName = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v int64) *AudioDescription {
	s.AudioType = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.AudioTypeControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription {
	s.CodecSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.LanguageCodeControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription {
	s.RemixSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription {
	s.StreamName = &v
	return s
}

// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need
// to comply with a loudness standard.
type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
	// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire
	// piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
	// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2:
	// Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
	// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
	// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
	// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows
	// for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations
	// such as 7.1.
	Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"`

	// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
	// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"`

	// Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
	// Content measuring below this level will not be corrected.
	CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"`

	// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
	LoudnessLogging *string `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging"`

	// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
	// track loudness.
	PeakCalculation *string `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation"`

	// When you use Audio normalization, optionally use this setting to specify
	// a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here, the encoder chooses
	// a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for Algorithm. If
	// you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise,
	// the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`

	// Specify the True-peak limiter threshold in decibels relative to full scale
	// (dBFS). The peak inter-audio sample loudness in your output will be limited
	// to the value that you specify, without affecting the overall target LKFS.
	// Enter a value from 0 to -8. Leave blank to use the default value 0.
	TruePeakLimiterThreshold *float64 `locationName:"truePeakLimiterThreshold" type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioNormalizationSettings"}
	if s.CorrectionGateLevel != nil && *s.CorrectionGateLevel < -70 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CorrectionGateLevel", -70))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.Algorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.AlgorithmControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetCorrectionGateLevel sets the CorrectionGateLevel field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetCorrectionGateLevel(v int64) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.CorrectionGateLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLoudnessLogging sets the LoudnessLogging field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetLoudnessLogging(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.LoudnessLogging = &v
	return s
}

// SetPeakCalculation sets the PeakCalculation field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetPeakCalculation(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.PeakCalculation = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.TargetLkfs = &v
	return s
}

// SetTruePeakLimiterThreshold sets the TruePeakLimiterThreshold field's value.
func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTruePeakLimiterThreshold(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
	s.TruePeakLimiterThreshold = &v
	return s
}

// Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that
// you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
type AudioSelector struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Apply audio timing corrections to help synchronize audio and video in your
	// output. To apply timing corrections, your input must meet the following requirements:
	// * Container: MP4, or MOV, with an accurate time-to-sample (STTS) table. *
	// Audio track: AAC. Choose from the following audio timing correction settings:
	// * Disabled (Default): Apply no correction. * Auto: Recommended for most inputs.
	// MediaConvert analyzes the audio timing in your input and determines which
	// correction setting to use, if needed. * Track: Adjust the duration of each
	// audio frame by a constant amount to align the audio track length with STTS
	// duration. Track-level correction does not affect pitch, and is recommended
	// for tonal audio content such as music. * Frame: Adjust the duration of each
	// audio frame by a variable amount to align audio frames with STTS timestamps.
	// No corrections are made to already-aligned frames. Frame-level correction
	// may affect the pitch of corrected frames, and is recommended for atonal audio
	// content such as speech or percussion.
	AudioDurationCorrection *string `locationName:"audioDurationCorrection" type:"string" enum:"AudioDurationCorrection"`

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
	// 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the
	// job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
	// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
	DefaultSelection *string `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"AudioDefaultSelection"`

	// Specifies audio data from an external file source.
	ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"`

	// Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode)
	// to identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups
	// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
	// match the properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in hlsRenditionGroupSettings
	// are specified, the default audio track within the video segment is chosen.
	// If there is no audio within video segment, the alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES
	// is chosen instead.
	HlsRenditionGroupSettings *HlsRenditionGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsRenditionGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input
	// video.
	Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"`

	// Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID
	// 0x101).
	Pids []*int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"`

	// Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
	// extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
	// create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers.
	// In the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track.
	// Choose the program number from the dropdown list. If your input file has
	// incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number
	// to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in
	// the track.
	ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"`

	// Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those
	// of another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single
	// output, one after the other.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
	SelectorType *string `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"AudioSelectorType"`

	// Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
	// the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
	// specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
	// list. For example, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3.
	Tracks []*int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioSelector) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"}
	if s.CustomLanguageCode != nil && len(*s.CustomLanguageCode) < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomLanguageCode", 3))
	}
	if s.Offset != nil && *s.Offset < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Offset", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.RemixSettings != nil {
		if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioDurationCorrection sets the AudioDurationCorrection field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetAudioDurationCorrection(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.AudioDurationCorrection = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDefaultSelection sets the DefaultSelection field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetDefaultSelection(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.DefaultSelection = &v
	return s
}

// SetExternalAudioFileInput sets the ExternalAudioFileInput field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetExternalAudioFileInput(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.ExternalAudioFileInput = &v
	return s
}

// SetHlsRenditionGroupSettings sets the HlsRenditionGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetHlsRenditionGroupSettings(v *HlsRenditionGroupSettings) *AudioSelector {
	s.HlsRenditionGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetOffset sets the Offset field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetOffset(v int64) *AudioSelector {
	s.Offset = &v
	return s
}

// SetPids sets the Pids field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetPids(v []*int64) *AudioSelector {
	s.Pids = v
	return s
}

// SetProgramSelection sets the ProgramSelection field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetProgramSelection(v int64) *AudioSelector {
	s.ProgramSelection = &v
	return s
}

// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioSelector {
	s.RemixSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetSelectorType sets the SelectorType field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorType(v string) *AudioSelector {
	s.SelectorType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value.
func (s *AudioSelector) SetTracks(v []*int64) *AudioSelector {
	s.Tracks = v
	return s
}

// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that
// you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working
// with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a
// single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
type AudioSelectorGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group.
	// Audio selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input
	// (e.g., "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated
	// to add any number of audio selectors to the group.
	AudioSelectorNames []*string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AudioSelectorGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAudioSelectorNames sets the AudioSelectorNames field's value.
func (s *AudioSelectorGroup) SetAudioSelectorNames(v []*string) *AudioSelectorGroup {
	s.AudioSelectorNames = v
	return s
}

// Specify one or more Automated ABR rule types. Note: Force include and Allowed
// renditions are mutually exclusive.
type AutomatedAbrRule struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When customer adds the allowed renditions rule for auto ABR ladder, they
	// are required to add at leat one rendition to allowedRenditions list
	AllowedRenditions []*AllowedRenditionSize `locationName:"allowedRenditions" type:"list"`

	// When customer adds the force include renditions rule for auto ABR ladder,
	// they are required to add at leat one rendition to forceIncludeRenditions
	// list
	ForceIncludeRenditions []*ForceIncludeRenditionSize `locationName:"forceIncludeRenditions" type:"list"`

	// Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the lowest resolution
	// in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
	// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
	// 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
	// than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, the value
	// that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less than, or equal
	// to, Min top rendition size.
	MinBottomRenditionSize *MinBottomRenditionSize `locationName:"minBottomRenditionSize" type:"structure"`

	// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
	// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
	// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
	// 1280x720 the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
	// than 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that
	// you specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
	// resolution.
	MinTopRenditionSize *MinTopRenditionSize `locationName:"minTopRenditionSize" type:"structure"`

	// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
	// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
	// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
	// 1280x720 the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
	// than 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that
	// you specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
	// resolution. Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the
	// lowest resolution in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR
	// stack will be equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example:
	// If you specify 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
	// to or greater than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size
	// rule, the value that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less
	// than, or equal to, Min top rendition size. Use Force include renditions to
	// specify one or more resolutions to include your ABR stack. * (Recommended)
	// To optimize automated ABR, specify as few resolutions as possible. * (Required)
	// The number of resolutions that you specify must be equal to, or less than,
	// the Max renditions setting. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule,
	// specify at least one resolution that is equal to, or greater than, Min top
	// rendition size. * If you specify a Min bottom rendition size rule, only specify
	// resolutions that are equal to, or greater than, Min bottom rendition size.
	// * If you specify a Force include renditions rule, do not specify a separate
	// rule for Allowed renditions. * Note: The ABR stack may include other resolutions
	// that you do not specify here, depending on the Max renditions setting. Use
	// Allowed renditions to specify a list of possible resolutions in your ABR
	// stack. * (Required) The number of resolutions that you specify must be equal
	// to, or greater than, the Max renditions setting. * MediaConvert will create
	// an ABR stack exclusively from the list of resolutions that you specify. *
	// Some resolutions in the Allowed renditions list may not be included, however
	// you can force a resolution to be included by setting Required to ENABLED.
	// * You must specify at least one resolution that is greater than or equal
	// to any resolutions that you specify in Min top rendition size or Min bottom
	// rendition size. * If you specify Allowed renditions, you must not specify
	// a separate rule for Force include renditions.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"RuleType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedAbrRule) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedAbrRule) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AutomatedAbrRule"}
	if s.AllowedRenditions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AllowedRenditions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AllowedRenditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.ForceIncludeRenditions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.ForceIncludeRenditions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ForceIncludeRenditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.MinBottomRenditionSize != nil {
		if err := s.MinBottomRenditionSize.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MinBottomRenditionSize", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.MinTopRenditionSize != nil {
		if err := s.MinTopRenditionSize.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MinTopRenditionSize", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAllowedRenditions sets the AllowedRenditions field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) SetAllowedRenditions(v []*AllowedRenditionSize) *AutomatedAbrRule {
	s.AllowedRenditions = v
	return s
}

// SetForceIncludeRenditions sets the ForceIncludeRenditions field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) SetForceIncludeRenditions(v []*ForceIncludeRenditionSize) *AutomatedAbrRule {
	s.ForceIncludeRenditions = v
	return s
}

// SetMinBottomRenditionSize sets the MinBottomRenditionSize field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) SetMinBottomRenditionSize(v *MinBottomRenditionSize) *AutomatedAbrRule {
	s.MinBottomRenditionSize = v
	return s
}

// SetMinTopRenditionSize sets the MinTopRenditionSize field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) SetMinTopRenditionSize(v *MinTopRenditionSize) *AutomatedAbrRule {
	s.MinTopRenditionSize = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrRule) SetType(v string) *AutomatedAbrRule {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR
// package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video.
// This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of
// your ABR package.
type AutomatedAbrSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the maximum average bitrate for MediaConvert to use in your automated
	// ABR stack. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 8,000,000 (8 mb/s)
	// by default. The average bitrate of your highest-quality rendition will be
	// equal to or below this value, depending on the quality, complexity, and resolution
	// of your content. Note that the instantaneous maximum bitrate may vary above
	// the value that you specify.
	MaxAbrBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxAbrBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. The maximum number of renditions that MediaConvert will create
	// in your automated ABR stack. The number of renditions is determined automatically,
	// based on analysis of each job, but will never exceed this limit. When you
	// set this to Auto in the console, which is equivalent to excluding it from
	// your JSON job specification, MediaConvert defaults to a limit of 15.
	MaxRenditions *int64 `locationName:"maxRenditions" min:"3" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the minimum average bitrate for MediaConvert to use in your automated
	// ABR stack. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 600,000 (600 kb/s)
	// by default. The average bitrate of your lowest-quality rendition will be
	// near this value. Note that the instantaneous minimum bitrate may vary below
	// the value that you specify.
	MinAbrBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minAbrBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Automated ABR rules to specify restrictions for the rendition
	// sizes MediaConvert will create in your ABR stack. You can use these rules
	// if your ABR workflow has specific rendition size requirements, but you still
	// want MediaConvert to optimize for video quality and overall file size.
	Rules []*AutomatedAbrRule `locationName:"rules" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedAbrSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedAbrSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AutomatedAbrSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AutomatedAbrSettings"}
	if s.MaxAbrBitrate != nil && *s.MaxAbrBitrate < 100000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxAbrBitrate", 100000))
	}
	if s.MaxRenditions != nil && *s.MaxRenditions < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRenditions", 3))
	}
	if s.MinAbrBitrate != nil && *s.MinAbrBitrate < 100000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinAbrBitrate", 100000))
	}
	if s.Rules != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Rules {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxAbrBitrate sets the MaxAbrBitrate field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrSettings) SetMaxAbrBitrate(v int64) *AutomatedAbrSettings {
	s.MaxAbrBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxRenditions sets the MaxRenditions field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrSettings) SetMaxRenditions(v int64) *AutomatedAbrSettings {
	s.MaxRenditions = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinAbrBitrate sets the MinAbrBitrate field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrSettings) SetMinAbrBitrate(v int64) *AutomatedAbrSettings {
	s.MinAbrBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *AutomatedAbrSettings) SetRules(v []*AutomatedAbrRule) *AutomatedAbrSettings {
	s.Rules = v
	return s
}

// Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings
// for you, based on characteristics of your input video.
type AutomatedEncodingSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR
	// package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video.
	// This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of
	// your ABR package.
	AbrSettings *AutomatedAbrSettings `locationName:"abrSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedEncodingSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AutomatedEncodingSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AutomatedEncodingSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AutomatedEncodingSettings"}
	if s.AbrSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AbrSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AbrSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAbrSettings sets the AbrSettings field's value.
func (s *AutomatedEncodingSettings) SetAbrSettings(v *AutomatedAbrSettings) *AutomatedEncodingSettings {
	s.AbrSettings = v
	return s
}

// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec.
// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
type Av1QvbrSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that
	// you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a
	// quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you
	// prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression.
	// The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and
	// 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value
	// for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR
	// quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to
	// be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevelFineTune" type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Av1QvbrSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Av1QvbrSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Av1QvbrSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Av1QvbrSettings"}
	if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
func (s *Av1QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *Av1QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune sets the QvbrQualityLevelFineTune field's value.
func (s *Av1QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune(v float64) *Av1QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevelFineTune = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the
// value AV1.
type Av1Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable.
	// The value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Av1AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Specify the Bit depth. You can choose 8-bit or 10-bit.
	BitDepth *string `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"string" enum:"Av1BitDepth"`

	// Film grain synthesis replaces film grain present in your content with similar
	// quality synthesized AV1 film grain. We recommend that you choose Enabled
	// to reduce the bandwidth of your QVBR quality level 5, 6, 7, or 8 outputs.
	// For QVBR quality level 9 or 10 outputs we recommend that you keep the default
	// value, Disabled. When you include Film grain synthesis, you cannot include
	// the Noise reducer preprocessor.
	FilmGrainSynthesis *string `locationName:"filmGrainSynthesis" type:"string" enum:"Av1FilmGrainSynthesis"`

	// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
	// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source.
	// If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown
	// list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
	// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate
	// as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Av1FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the GOP length (keyframe interval) in frames. With AV1, MediaConvert
	// doesn't support GOP length in seconds. This value must be greater than zero
	// and preferably equal to 1 + ((numberBFrames + 1) * x), where x is an integer
	// value.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify from the number of B-frames, in the range of 0-15. For AV1 encoding,
	// we recommend using 7 or 15. Choose a larger number for a lower bitrate and
	// smaller file size; choose a smaller number for better video quality.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *Av1QvbrSettings `locationName:"qvbrSettings" type:"structure"`

	// 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only quality-defined
	// variable bitrate (QVBR). You can''t use CBR or VBR.'
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Av1RateControlMode"`

	// Specify the number of slices per picture. This value must be 1, 2, 4, 8,
	// 16, or 32. For progressive pictures, this value must be less than or equal
	// to the number of macroblock rows. For interlaced pictures, this value must
	// be less than or equal to half the number of macroblock rows.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
	// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
	// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
	// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
	// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
	// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
	// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
	// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Av1Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Av1Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Av1Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Av1Settings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1))
	}
	if s.QvbrSettings != nil {
		if err := s.QvbrSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("QvbrSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetBitDepth(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.BitDepth = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilmGrainSynthesis sets the FilmGrainSynthesis field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetFilmGrainSynthesis(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.FilmGrainSynthesis = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Av1Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Av1Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Av1Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Av1Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *Av1Settings {
	s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrSettings sets the QvbrSettings field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetQvbrSettings(v *Av1QvbrSettings) *Av1Settings {
	s.QvbrSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *Av1Settings {
	s.Slices = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Av1Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Av1Settings {
	s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// Use ad avail blanking settings to specify your output content during SCTE-35
// triggered ad avails. You can blank your video or overlay it with an image.
// MediaConvert also removes any audio and embedded captions during the ad avail.
// For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ad-avail-blanking.html.
type AvailBlanking struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
	// images are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" min:"14" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailBlanking) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"}
	if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil && len(*s.AvailBlankingImage) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AvailBlankingImage", 14))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value.
func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v string) *AvailBlanking {
	s.AvailBlankingImage = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more
// information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification.
// For detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936.
// For information about 4K/2K in AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.
type AvcIntraSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the AVC-Intra class of your output. The AVC-Intra class selection
	// determines the output video bit rate depending on the frame rate of the output.
	// Outputs with higher class values have higher bitrates and improved image
	// quality. Note that for Class 4K/2K, MediaConvert supports only 4:2:2 chroma
	// subsampling.
	AvcIntraClass *string `locationName:"avcIntraClass" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraClass"`

	// Optional when you set AVC-Intra class to Class 4K/2K. When you set AVC-Intra
	// class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.
	AvcIntraUhdSettings *AvcIntraUhdSettings `locationName:"avcIntraUhdSettings" type:"structure"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraFramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"24" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraInterlaceMode"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
	// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
	// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
	// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
	// You must also set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraSlowPal"`

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
	// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
	// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraTelecine"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvcIntraSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvcIntraSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvcIntraSettings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 24 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 24))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAvcIntraClass sets the AvcIntraClass field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetAvcIntraClass(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.AvcIntraClass = &v
	return s
}

// SetAvcIntraUhdSettings sets the AvcIntraUhdSettings field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetAvcIntraUhdSettings(v *AvcIntraUhdSettings) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.AvcIntraUhdSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetSlowPal(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraSettings) SetTelecine(v string) *AvcIntraSettings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// Optional when you set AVC-Intra class to Class 4K/2K. When you set AVC-Intra
// class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.
type AvcIntraUhdSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how many transcoding passes
	// MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass, your video
	// quality is better and your output bitrate is more accurate. That is, the
	// actual bitrate of your output is closer to the target bitrate defined in
	// the specification. When you choose Single-pass, your encoding time is faster.
	// The default behavior is Single-pass.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvcIntraUhdSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s AvcIntraUhdSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *AvcIntraUhdSettings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *AvcIntraUhdSettings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

type BadRequestException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BadRequestException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BadRequestException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorBadRequestException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &BadRequestException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *BadRequestException) Code() string {
	return "BadRequestException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *BadRequestException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *BadRequestException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *BadRequestException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *BadRequestException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *BadRequestException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output
// relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality
// QVBR output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to
// increase the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative
// to the bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when
// your input is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier
// pricing. When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include
// the Noise reducer preprocessor.
type BandwidthReductionFilter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optionally specify the level of sharpening to apply when you use the Bandwidth
	// reduction filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content
	// and can reduce softness. Keep the default value Off to apply no sharpening.
	// Set Sharpening strength to Low to apply a minimal amount of sharpening, or
	// High to apply a maximum amount of sharpening.
	Sharpening *string `locationName:"sharpening" type:"string" enum:"BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening"`

	// Specify the strength of the Bandwidth reduction filter. For most workflows,
	// we recommend that you choose Auto to reduce the bandwidth of your output
	// with little to no perceptual decrease in video quality. For high quality
	// and high bitrate outputs, choose Low. For the most bandwidth reduction, choose
	// High. We recommend that you choose High for low bitrate outputs. Note that
	// High may incur a slight increase in the softness of your output.
	Strength *string `locationName:"strength" type:"string" enum:"BandwidthReductionFilterStrength"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BandwidthReductionFilter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BandwidthReductionFilter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSharpening sets the Sharpening field's value.
func (s *BandwidthReductionFilter) SetSharpening(v string) *BandwidthReductionFilter {
	s.Sharpening = &v
	return s
}

// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.
func (s *BandwidthReductionFilter) SetStrength(v string) *BandwidthReductionFilter {
	s.Strength = &v
	return s
}

// Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in
// writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video
// content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as
// your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.
type BurninDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center
	// of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to
	// the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction
	// with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or
	// centered) relative to those coordinates.
	Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleAlignment"`

	// Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
	// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
	// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave
	// blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions.
	// For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions
	// have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text.
	// When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your
	// output captions text.
	ApplyFontColor *string `locationName:"applyFontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor"`

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background
	// color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color
	// data from your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to
	// 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set
	// to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information
	// in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set
	// to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from
	// your output captions.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
	// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support.
	// When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses
	// a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
	// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
	// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best.
	// When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
	// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont *string `locationName:"fallbackFont" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleFallbackFont"`

	// Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color blank
	// and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your
	// input captions, if present.
	FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleFontColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch).
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically
	// determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified
	// Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses
	// Simplified or Traditional Chinese.
	FontScript *string `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"FontScript"`

	// Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or
	// leave blank, for automatic font size.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six
	// or eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two
	// optional extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red
	// value of 0x11, a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha
	// value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string `locationName:"hexFontColor" min:"6" type:"string"`

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
	// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
	// present.
	OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleOutlineColor"`

	// Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from
	// your input captions, if present.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from
	// your input captions, if present.
	ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleShadowColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave
	// Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your
	// input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled,
	// leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow
	// y-offset data from your input captions, if present.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
	// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
	// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
	// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
	// information from your input captions and use default settings: white text
	// with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether
	// you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually
	// override any of the individual style and position settings.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough"`

	// Specify whether the text spacing in your captions is set by the captions
	// grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
	// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
	// to make the text easier to read for closed captions.
	TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing"`

	// Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s BurninDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurninDestinationSettings"}
	if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
	}
	if s.HexFontColor != nil && len(*s.HexFontColor) < 6 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HexFontColor", 6))
	}
	if s.ShadowXOffset != nil && *s.ShadowXOffset < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ShadowXOffset", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.ShadowYOffset != nil && *s.ShadowYOffset < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ShadowYOffset", -2.147483648e+09))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.Alignment = &v
	return s
}

// SetApplyFontColor sets the ApplyFontColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetApplyFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.ApplyFontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.BackgroundColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetFallbackFont sets the FallbackFont field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFallbackFont(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FallbackFont = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FontOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FontResolution = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontScript sets the FontScript field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontScript(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FontScript = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.FontSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetHexFontColor sets the HexFontColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetHexFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.HexFontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.OutlineColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.OutlineSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowXOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowYOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.TeletextSpacing = &v
	return s
}

// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.XPosition = &v
	return s
}

// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings {
	s.YPosition = &v
	return s
}

// Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID
type CancelJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The Job ID of the job to be cancelled.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelJobInput"}
	if s.Id == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
	}
	if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CancelJobInput) SetId(v string) *CancelJobInput {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body.
type CancelJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output.
// For each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.
type CaptionDescription struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
	// input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
	// Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from
	// each input.
	CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information when automatically selecting the font script
	// for rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2
	// or ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code
	// in the full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are
	// in one of the following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft
	// Smooth Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" type:"string"`

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually,
	// one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your
	// output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions
	// tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
	// the captions text.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
	// passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDescription) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"}
	if s.CaptionSelectorName != nil && len(*s.CaptionSelectorName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CaptionSelectorName", 1))
	}
	if s.DestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription {
	s.CaptionSelectorName = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription {
	s.LanguageDescription = &v
	return s
}

// Caption Description for preset
type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information when automatically selecting the font script
	// for rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2
	// or ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code
	// in the full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are
	// in one of the following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft
	// Smooth Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" type:"string"`

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually,
	// one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your
	// output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions
	// tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
	// the captions text.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
	// passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescriptionPreset"}
	if s.DestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescriptionPreset {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset {
	s.LanguageDescription = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually,
// one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your
// output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions
// tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in
	// writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video
	// content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as
	// your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.
	BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
	// is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container
	// constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html.
	// If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with
	// the SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded. To create a non-compliant
	// output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20.
	DestinationType *string `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionDestinationType"`

	// Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same
	// output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or
	// ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your
	// video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
	// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings `locationName:"imscDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
	// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.
	SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
	// in the same output group, but different output from your video.
	SrtDestinationSettings *SrtDestinationSettings `locationName:"srtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same
	// output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
	// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds
	// captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar
	// captions in the same output group, but different output from your video.
	// For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"}
	if s.BurninDestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.BurninDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("BurninDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TeletextDestinationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.TeletextDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TeletextDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBurninDestinationSettings sets the BurninDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurninDestinationSettings(v *BurninDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.BurninDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationType sets the DestinationType field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDestinationType(v string) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.DestinationType = &v
	return s
}

// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetImscDestinationSettings sets the ImscDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetImscDestinationSettings(v *ImscDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.ImscDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetSccDestinationSettings sets the SccDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSccDestinationSettings(v *SccDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.SccDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetSrtDestinationSettings sets the SrtDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSrtDestinationSettings(v *SrtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.SrtDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
	s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that
// you use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.
type CaptionSelector struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field
	// and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub
	// and output is Burn-in, complete this field and/or PID to select the caption
	// language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, omit
	// this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language
	// with pass-through captions.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete
	// this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input
	// is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in, complete this field and/or PID to select
	// the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed
	// through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific
	// language with pass-through captions.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions
	// are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSelector) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"}
	if s.CustomLanguageCode != nil && len(*s.CustomLanguageCode) < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomLanguageCode", 3))
	}
	if s.SourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceSettings sets the SourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSourceSettings(v *CaptionSourceSettings) *CaptionSelector {
	s.SourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the
// service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions
// and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this
// value as a fraction. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25
// / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
type CaptionSourceFramerate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for
	// the setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting
	// Framerate numerator.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for
	// the setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting
	// Framerate denominator.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSourceFramerate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSourceFramerate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionSourceFramerate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSourceFramerate"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceFramerate) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *CaptionSourceFramerate {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceFramerate) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *CaptionSourceFramerate {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions
// are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
type CaptionSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Settings for ancillary captions source.
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DVB Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for embedded captions Source
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1
	// in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your
	// caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead
	// of FileSoureSettings.
	FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Source to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot
	// auto-detect caption format.
	SourceType *string `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionSourceType"`

	// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
	// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption
	// source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead
	// of TrackSourceSettings.
	TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings `locationName:"trackSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode)
	// to identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups
	// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
	// match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle
	// track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default
	// subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file,
	// use FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.
	WebvttHlsSourceSettings *WebvttHlsSourceSettings `locationName:"webvttHlsSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CaptionSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSourceSettings"}
	if s.AncillarySourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AncillarySourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AncillarySourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.FileSourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.FileSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FileSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TeletextSourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.TeletextSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TeletextSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TrackSourceSettings != nil {
		if err := s.TrackSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TrackSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.AncillarySourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetFileSourceSettings sets the FileSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetFileSourceSettings(v *FileSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.FileSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetSourceType(v string) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.SourceType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.TeletextSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetTrackSourceSettings sets the TrackSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTrackSourceSettings(v *TrackSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.TrackSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetWebvttHlsSourceSettings sets the WebvttHlsSourceSettings field's value.
func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetWebvttHlsSourceSettings(v *WebvttHlsSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings {
	s.WebvttHlsSourceSettings = v
	return s
}

// Channel mapping contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value
// for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the
// content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels.
// Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies
// these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each
// output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the
// graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix
// correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60
// (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the
// output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune
// to specify your remix values. Don't use both.
type ChannelMapping struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// In your JSON job specification, include one child of OutputChannels for each
	// audio channel that you want in your output. Each child should contain one
	// instance of InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune.
	OutputChannels []*OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ChannelMapping) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ChannelMapping) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetOutputChannels sets the OutputChannels field's value.
func (s *ChannelMapping) SetOutputChannels(v []*OutputChannelMapping) *ChannelMapping {
	s.OutputChannels = v
	return s
}

// Specify YUV limits and RGB tolerances when you set Sample range conversion
// to Limited range clip.
type ClipLimits struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the Maximum RGB color sample range tolerance for your output. MediaConvert
	// corrects any YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be outside the
	// upper tolerance that you specify. Enter an integer from 90 to 105 as an offset
	// percentage to the maximum possible value. Leave blank to use the default
	// value 100. When you specify a value for Maximum RGB tolerance, you must set
	// Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MaximumRGBTolerance *int64 `locationName:"maximumRGBTolerance" min:"90" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Maximum YUV color sample limit. MediaConvert conforms any pixels
	// in your input above the value that you specify to typical limited range bounds.
	// Enter an integer from 920 to 1023. Leave blank to use the default value 940.
	// The value that you enter applies to 10-bit ranges. For 8-bit ranges, MediaConvert
	// automatically scales this value down. When you specify a value for Maximum
	// YUV, you must set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MaximumYUV *int64 `locationName:"maximumYUV" min:"920" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Minimum RGB color sample range tolerance for your output. MediaConvert
	// corrects any YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be outside the
	// lower tolerance that you specify. Enter an integer from -5 to 10 as an offset
	// percentage to the minimum possible value. Leave blank to use the default
	// value 0. When you specify a value for Minimum RGB tolerance, you must set
	// Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MinimumRGBTolerance *int64 `locationName:"minimumRGBTolerance" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Minimum YUV color sample limit. MediaConvert conforms any pixels
	// in your input below the value that you specify to typical limited range bounds.
	// Enter an integer from 0 to 128. Leave blank to use the default value 64.
	// The value that you enter applies to 10-bit ranges. For 8-bit ranges, MediaConvert
	// automatically scales this value down. When you specify a value for Minumum
	// YUV, you must set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MinimumYUV *int64 `locationName:"minimumYUV" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ClipLimits) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ClipLimits) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ClipLimits) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ClipLimits"}
	if s.MaximumRGBTolerance != nil && *s.MaximumRGBTolerance < 90 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumRGBTolerance", 90))
	}
	if s.MaximumYUV != nil && *s.MaximumYUV < 920 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumYUV", 920))
	}
	if s.MinimumRGBTolerance != nil && *s.MinimumRGBTolerance < -5 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinimumRGBTolerance", -5))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaximumRGBTolerance sets the MaximumRGBTolerance field's value.
func (s *ClipLimits) SetMaximumRGBTolerance(v int64) *ClipLimits {
	s.MaximumRGBTolerance = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaximumYUV sets the MaximumYUV field's value.
func (s *ClipLimits) SetMaximumYUV(v int64) *ClipLimits {
	s.MaximumYUV = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumRGBTolerance sets the MinimumRGBTolerance field's value.
func (s *ClipLimits) SetMinimumRGBTolerance(v int64) *ClipLimits {
	s.MinimumRGBTolerance = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinimumYUV sets the MinimumYUV field's value.
func (s *ClipLimits) SetMinimumYUV(v int64) *ClipLimits {
	s.MinimumYUV = &v
	return s
}

// Specify the details for each pair of HLS and DASH additional manifests that
// you want the service to generate for this CMAF output group. Each pair of
// manifests can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type CmafAdditionalManifest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest
	// to make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the
	// output group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS
	// group is film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then
	// the file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from
	// the nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier
	// to create unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string `locationName:"manifestNameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to reference.
	SelectedOutputs []*string `locationName:"selectedOutputs" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafAdditionalManifest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafAdditionalManifest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CmafAdditionalManifest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CmafAdditionalManifest"}
	if s.ManifestNameModifier != nil && len(*s.ManifestNameModifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ManifestNameModifier", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetManifestNameModifier sets the ManifestNameModifier field's value.
func (s *CmafAdditionalManifest) SetManifestNameModifier(v string) *CmafAdditionalManifest {
	s.ManifestNameModifier = &v
	return s
}

// SetSelectedOutputs sets the SelectedOutputs field's value.
func (s *CmafAdditionalManifest) SetSelectedOutputs(v []*string) *CmafAdditionalManifest {
	s.SelectedOutputs = v
	return s
}

// Settings for CMAF encryption
type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" min:"32" type:"string"`

	// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
	// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample or AES_CTR.
	EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"CmafEncryptionType"`

	// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
	// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
	InitializationVectorInManifest *string `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafInitializationVectorInManifest"`

	// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
	// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH,
	// or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
	// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"CmafKeyProviderType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CmafEncryptionSettings"}
	if s.ConstantInitializationVector != nil && len(*s.ConstantInitializationVector) < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantInitializationVector", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v
	return s
}

// SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.EncryptionMethod = &v
	return s
}

// SetInitializationVectorInManifest sets the InitializationVectorInManifest field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.InitializationVectorInManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.SpekeKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// SetStaticKeyProvider sets the StaticKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider(v *StaticKeyProvider) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.StaticKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetType(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
type CmafGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest and one
	// top -level .mpd DASH manifest for each CMAF output group in your job. These
	// default manifests reference every output in the output group. To create additional
	// top-level manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output
	// group, specify a list of them here. For each additional manifest that you
	// specify, the service creates one HLS manifest and one DASH manifest.
	AdditionalManifests []*CmafAdditionalManifest `locationName:"additionalManifests" type:"list"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
	// BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
	// than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your
	// video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"CmafClientCache"`

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"CmafCodecSpecification"`

	// Specify how MediaConvert writes SegmentTimeline in your output DASH manifest.
	// To write a SegmentTimeline in each video Representation: Keep the default
	// value, Basic. To write a common SegmentTimeline in the video AdaptationSet:
	// Choose Compact. Note that MediaConvert will still write a SegmentTimeline
	// in any Representation that does not share a common timeline. To write a video
	// AdaptationSet for each different output framerate, and a common SegmentTimeline
	// in each AdaptationSet: Choose Distinct.
	DashManifestStyle *string `locationName:"dashManifestStyle" type:"string" enum:"DashManifestStyle"`

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename
	// base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base
	// filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of the mp4 fragments. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2. Related setting: Use Fragment
	// length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
	// and full-resolution images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest,
	// MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate
	// and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write
	// DASH manifest, MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set
	// of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku
	// trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates
	// with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay *string `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlay" type:"string" enum:"CmafImageBasedTrickPlay"`

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlaySettings" type:"structure"`

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"CmafManifestCompression"`

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"CmafManifestDurationFormat"`

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
	// a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
	// know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
	// the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
	// a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
	// than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
	// value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
	// shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
	// your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
	// a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
	// to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

	// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
	// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
	// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
	// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output,
	// in bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
	// video output, in bits per second.
	MpdManifestBandwidthType *string `locationName:"mpdManifestBandwidthType" type:"string" enum:"CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType"`

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your
	// .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011
	// in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group
	// setting Segment control to Single file.
	MpdProfile *string `locationName:"mpdProfile" type:"string" enum:"CmafMpdProfile"`

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time
	// stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert
	// to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
	// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
	// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
	// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
	// of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames *string `locationName:"ptsOffsetHandlingForBFrames" type:"string" enum:"CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
	// separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"CmafSegmentControl"`

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify
	// a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length
	// control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use
	// Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment
	// files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
	// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
	// GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl *string `locationName:"segmentLengthControl" type:"string" enum:"CmafSegmentLengthControl"`

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
	// of variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"CmafStreamInfResolution"`

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to SPEC\\_COMPLIANT,
	// the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest integer value if
	// fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and rounded down
	// if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client needs
	// to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual duration
	// of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback when
	// the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode *string `locationName:"targetDurationCompatibilityMode" type:"string" enum:"CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode"`

	// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4
	// TRUN box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to
	// Unsigned or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than
	// zero, and sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers.
	// For strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to
	// Signed. The earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample
	// composition time offsets will increment using signed integers.
	VideoCompositionOffsets *string `locationName:"videoCompositionOffsets" type:"string" enum:"CmafVideoCompositionOffsets"`

	// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteDashManifest *string `locationName:"writeDashManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafWriteDASHManifest"`

	// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteHlsManifest *string `locationName:"writeHlsManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafWriteHLSManifest"`

	// When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests, your DASH manifest
	// shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears
	// inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation
	// level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH
	// manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the
	// duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation *string `locationName:"writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation" type:"string" enum:"CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CmafGroupSettings"}
	if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.AdditionalManifests != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AdditionalManifests {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AdditionalManifests", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Encryption != nil {
		if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings != nil {
		if err := s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdditionalManifests sets the AdditionalManifests field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetAdditionalManifests(v []*CmafAdditionalManifest) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.AdditionalManifests = v
	return s
}

// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.BaseUrl = &v
	return s
}

// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.ClientCache = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.CodecSpecification = &v
	return s
}

// SetDashManifestStyle sets the DashManifestStyle field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetDashManifestStyle(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.DashManifestStyle = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.Destination = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *CmafEncryptionSettings) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.Encryption = v
	return s
}

// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.FragmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlay sets the ImageBasedTrickPlay field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlay(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlay = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings sets the ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings(v *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings = v
	return s
}

// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.ManifestCompression = &v
	return s
}

// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.MinBufferTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinFinalSegmentLength sets the MinFinalSegmentLength field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMinFinalSegmentLength(v float64) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.MinFinalSegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetMpdManifestBandwidthType sets the MpdManifestBandwidthType field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMpdManifestBandwidthType(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.MpdManifestBandwidthType = &v
	return s
}

// SetMpdProfile sets the MpdProfile field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMpdProfile(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.MpdProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames sets the PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLengthControl sets the SegmentLengthControl field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentLengthControl(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLengthControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.StreamInfResolution = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetDurationCompatibilityMode sets the TargetDurationCompatibilityMode field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetTargetDurationCompatibilityMode(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.TargetDurationCompatibilityMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoCompositionOffsets sets the VideoCompositionOffsets field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetVideoCompositionOffsets(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.VideoCompositionOffsets = &v
	return s
}

// SetWriteDashManifest sets the WriteDashManifest field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteDashManifest(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.WriteDashManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetWriteHlsManifest sets the WriteHlsManifest field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteHlsManifest(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.WriteHlsManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation sets the WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation field's value.
func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation(v string) *CmafGroupSettings {
	s.WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = &v
	return s
}

// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
type CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
	// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
	// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
	// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence *string `locationName:"intervalCadence" type:"string" enum:"CmafIntervalCadence"`

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio
	// would lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be
	// rejected. Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailHeight" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter
	// 5, MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64 `locationName:"thumbnailInterval" type:"double"`

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312.
	// Must be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailWidth" min:"8" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between
	// 2 and 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int64 `locationName:"tileHeight" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and
	// 512.
	TileWidth *int64 `locationName:"tileWidth" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings"}
	if s.ThumbnailHeight != nil && *s.ThumbnailHeight < 2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailHeight", 2))
	}
	if s.ThumbnailWidth != nil && *s.ThumbnailWidth < 8 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailWidth", 8))
	}
	if s.TileHeight != nil && *s.TileHeight < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileHeight", 1))
	}
	if s.TileWidth != nil && *s.TileWidth < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileWidth", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIntervalCadence sets the IntervalCadence field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetIntervalCadence(v string) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.IntervalCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailHeight sets the ThumbnailHeight field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailHeight(v int64) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailInterval sets the ThumbnailInterval field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailInterval(v float64) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailWidth sets the ThumbnailWidth field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailWidth(v int64) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailWidth = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileHeight sets the TileHeight field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileHeight(v int64) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileWidth sets the TileWidth field's value.
func (s *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileWidth(v int64) *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileWidth = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in
// your CMAF outputs.
type CmfcSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
	// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
	// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
	// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
	// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
	// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
	// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
	// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
	// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
	// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
	// depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration *string `locationName:"audioDuration" type:"string" enum:"CmfcAudioDuration"`

	// Specify the audio rendition group for this audio rendition. Specify up to
	// one value for each audio output in your output group. This value appears
	// in your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-MEDIA tag of TYPE=AUDIO, as the
	// value for the GROUP-ID attribute. For example, if you specify "audio_aac_1"
	// for Audio group ID, it appears in your manifest like this: #EXT-X-MEDIA:TYPE=AUDIO,GROUP-ID="audio_aac_1".
	// Related setting: To associate the rendition group that this audio track belongs
	// to with a video rendition, include the same value that you provide here for
	// that video output's setting Audio rendition sets.
	AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`

	// List the audio rendition groups that you want included with this video rendition.
	// Use a comma-separated list. For example, say you want to include the audio
	// rendition groups that have the audio group IDs "audio_aac_1" and "audio_dolby".
	// Then you would specify this value: "audio_aac_1,audio_dolby". Related setting:
	// The rendition groups that you include in your comma-separated list should
	// all match values that you specify in the setting Audio group ID for audio
	// renditions in the same output group as this video rendition. Default behavior:
	// If you don't specify anything here and for Audio group ID, MediaConvert puts
	// each audio variant in its own audio rendition group and associates it with
	// every video variant. Each value in your list appears in your HLS parent manifest
	// in the EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag as the value for the AUDIO attribute. To continue
	// the previous example, say that the file name for the child manifest for your
	// video rendition is "amazing_video_1.m3u8". Then, in your parent manifest,
	// each value will appear on separate lines, like this: #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_aac_1"...
	// amazing_video_1.m3u8 #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_dolby"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
	AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"`

	// Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS
	// parent playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track
	// to play. Choose Audio-only variant stream (AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM) for
	// any variant that you want to prohibit the client from playing with video.
	// This causes MediaConvert to represent the variant as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF
	// in the HLS manifest. The other options for this setting determine the values
	// that MediaConvert writes for the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for the audio variant. For more information about these
	// attributes, see the Apple documentation article https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist.
	// Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default to set DEFAULT=YES and AUTOSELECT=YES.
	// Choose this value for only one variant in your output group. Choose Alternate
	// audio, auto select, not default to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose
	// Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=NO. When
	// you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert defaults to Alternate
	// audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one variant in your
	// output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this setting.
	AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"CmfcAudioTrackType"`

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS)
	// in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes
	// the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't
	// flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
	// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag *string `locationName:"descriptiveVideoServiceFlag" type:"string" enum:"CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag"`

	// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest that lists
	// only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest
	// for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that
	// creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame
	// only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest.
	// When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value
	// Exclude.
	IFrameOnlyManifest *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest"`

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
	// writes each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according
	// to MISB ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to None or leave blank.
	KlvMetadata *string `locationName:"klvMetadata" type:"string" enum:"CmfcKlvMetadata"`

	// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each
	// type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3
	// event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value
	// that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages,
	// the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin".
	// To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
	// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also
	// set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata
	// to Passthrough.
	ManifestMetadataSignaling *string `locationName:"manifestMetadataSignaling" type:"string" enum:"CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling"`

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose
	// INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that
	// you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting
	// SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam *string `locationName:"scte35Esam" type:"string" enum:"CmfcScte35Esam"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input
	// to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35
	// markers in this output.
	Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"CmfcScte35Source"`

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
	// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To
	// exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata *string `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"CmfcTimedMetadata"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output.For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
	// Syntax.Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.When you specify Version
	// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataBoxVersion *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBoxVersion" type:"string" enum:"CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata
	// in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3
	// When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set
	// ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri *string `locationName:"timedMetadataSchemeIdUri" type:"string"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also
	// set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataValue *string `locationName:"timedMetadataValue" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmfcSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CmfcSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAudioDuration sets the AudioDuration field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetAudioDuration(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.AudioDuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.AudioGroupId = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.AudioRenditionSets = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.AudioTrackType = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag sets the DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = &v
	return s
}

// SetIFrameOnlyManifest sets the IFrameOnlyManifest field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetIFrameOnlyManifest(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.IFrameOnlyManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetKlvMetadata sets the KlvMetadata field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetKlvMetadata(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.KlvMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetManifestMetadataSignaling sets the ManifestMetadataSignaling field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetManifestMetadataSignaling(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.ManifestMetadataSignaling = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Esam sets the Scte35Esam field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetScte35Esam(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.Scte35Esam = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.Scte35Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadata sets the TimedMetadata field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetTimedMetadata(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.TimedMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataBoxVersion sets the TimedMetadataBoxVersion field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetTimedMetadataBoxVersion(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataBoxVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataSchemeIdUri sets the TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetTimedMetadataSchemeIdUri(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataValue sets the TimedMetadataValue field's value.
func (s *CmfcSettings) SetTimedMetadataValue(v string) *CmfcSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for color correction.
type ColorCorrector struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Brightness level.
	Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify YUV limits and RGB tolerances when you set Sample range conversion
	// to Limited range clip.
	ClipLimits *ClipLimits `locationName:"clipLimits" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion
	// between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from HDR to
	// SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The converted
	// video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an unconverted
	// output. HDR to SDR conversion uses tone mapping to approximate the outcome
	// of manually regrading from HDR to SDR. When you specify an output color space,
	// MediaConvert uses the following color space metadata, which includes color
	// primaries, transfer characteristics, and matrix coefficients: * HDR 10: BT.2020,
	// PQ, BT.2020 non-constant * HLG 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant *
	// P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE 428M, BT.709 * P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB,
	// BT.709 * P3D65 (HDR): Display P3, PQ, BT.709
	ColorSpaceConversion *string `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceConversion"`

	// Contrast level.
	Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the
	// SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want
	// signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are
	// encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video
	// player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content
	// creator. When you set Color space conversion to HDR 10, these settings are
	// required. You must set values for Max frame average light level and Max content
	// light level; these settings don't have a default value. The default values
	// for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color space.
	// For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"`

	// Specify how MediaConvert maps brightness and colors from your HDR input to
	// your SDR output. The mode that you select represents a creative choice, with
	// different tradeoffs in the details and tones of your output. To maintain
	// details in bright or saturated areas of your output: Choose Preserve details.
	// For some sources, your SDR output may look less bright and less saturated
	// when compared to your HDR source. MediaConvert automatically applies this
	// mode for HLG sources, regardless of your choice. For a bright and saturated
	// output: Choose Vibrant. We recommend that you choose this mode when any of
	// your source content is HDR10, and for the best results when it is mastered
	// for 1000 nits. You may notice loss of details in bright or saturated areas
	// of your output. HDR to SDR tone mapping has no effect when your input is
	// SDR.
	HdrToSdrToneMapper *string `locationName:"hdrToSdrToneMapper" type:"string" enum:"HDRToSDRToneMapper"`

	// Hue in degrees.
	Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how MediaConvert limits the color sample range for this output. To
	// create a limited range output from a full range input: Choose Limited range
	// squeeze. For full range inputs, MediaConvert performs a linear offset to
	// color samples equally across all pixels and frames. Color samples in 10-bit
	// outputs are limited to 64 through 940, and 8-bit outputs are limited to 16
	// through 235. Note: For limited range inputs, values for color samples are
	// passed through to your output unchanged. MediaConvert does not limit the
	// sample range. To correct pixels in your input that are out of range or out
	// of gamut: Choose Limited range clip. Use for broadcast applications. MediaConvert
	// conforms any pixels outside of the values that you specify under Minimum
	// YUV and Maximum YUV to limited range bounds. MediaConvert also corrects any
	// YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be outside the bounds you specify
	// under Minimum RGB tolerance and Maximum RGB tolerance. With either limited
	// range conversion, MediaConvert writes the sample range metadata in the output.
	SampleRangeConversion *string `locationName:"sampleRangeConversion" type:"string" enum:"SampleRangeConversion"`

	// Saturation level.
	Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the reference white level, in nits, for all of your SDR inputs. Use
	// to correct brightness levels within HDR10 outputs. The following color metadata
	// must be present in your SDR input: color primaries, transfer characteristics,
	// and matrix coefficients. If your SDR input has missing color metadata, or
	// if you want to correct input color metadata, manually specify a color space
	// in the input video selector. For 1,000 nit peak brightness displays, we recommend
	// that you set SDR reference white level to 203 (according to ITU-R BT.2408).
	// Leave blank to use the default value of 100, or specify an integer from 100
	// to 1000.
	SdrReferenceWhiteLevel *int64 `locationName:"sdrReferenceWhiteLevel" min:"100" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ColorCorrector) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ColorCorrector) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ColorCorrector) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ColorCorrector"}
	if s.Brightness != nil && *s.Brightness < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Brightness", 1))
	}
	if s.Contrast != nil && *s.Contrast < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Contrast", 1))
	}
	if s.Hue != nil && *s.Hue < -180 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Hue", -180))
	}
	if s.Saturation != nil && *s.Saturation < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Saturation", 1))
	}
	if s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel != nil && *s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel < 100 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SdrReferenceWhiteLevel", 100))
	}
	if s.ClipLimits != nil {
		if err := s.ClipLimits.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ClipLimits", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBrightness sets the Brightness field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetBrightness(v int64) *ColorCorrector {
	s.Brightness = &v
	return s
}

// SetClipLimits sets the ClipLimits field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetClipLimits(v *ClipLimits) *ColorCorrector {
	s.ClipLimits = v
	return s
}

// SetColorSpaceConversion sets the ColorSpaceConversion field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetColorSpaceConversion(v string) *ColorCorrector {
	s.ColorSpaceConversion = &v
	return s
}

// SetContrast sets the Contrast field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetContrast(v int64) *ColorCorrector {
	s.Contrast = &v
	return s
}

// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *ColorCorrector {
	s.Hdr10Metadata = v
	return s
}

// SetHdrToSdrToneMapper sets the HdrToSdrToneMapper field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHdrToSdrToneMapper(v string) *ColorCorrector {
	s.HdrToSdrToneMapper = &v
	return s
}

// SetHue sets the Hue field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHue(v int64) *ColorCorrector {
	s.Hue = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRangeConversion sets the SampleRangeConversion field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSampleRangeConversion(v string) *ColorCorrector {
	s.SampleRangeConversion = &v
	return s
}

// SetSaturation sets the Saturation field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSaturation(v int64) *ColorCorrector {
	s.Saturation = &v
	return s
}

// SetSdrReferenceWhiteLevel sets the SdrReferenceWhiteLevel field's value.
func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSdrReferenceWhiteLevel(v int64) *ColorCorrector {
	s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel = &v
	return s
}

type ConflictException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConflictException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ConflictException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorConflictException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ConflictException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ConflictException) Code() string {
	return "ConflictException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ConflictException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ConflictException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Container specific settings.
type ContainerSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in
	// your CMAF outputs.
	CmfcSettings *CmfcSettings `locationName:"cmfcSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
	// If not specified, the default object will be created.
	Container *string `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"ContainerType"`

	// Settings for F4v container
	F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"`

	// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group
	// when the output's container is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets,
	// data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program
	// contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these
	// subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each
	// transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT
	// lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems
	// and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of
	// data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the
	// asset.
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container
	// for the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.
	MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio
	// only outputs with this container. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.
	Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in
	// your DASH outputs.
	MpdSettings *MpdSettings `locationName:"mpdSettings" type:"structure"`

	// These settings relate to your MXF output container.
	MxfSettings *MxfSettings `locationName:"mxfSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ContainerSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ContainerSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ContainerSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ContainerSettings"}
	if s.M2tsSettings != nil {
		if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.M3u8Settings != nil {
		if err := s.M3u8Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("M3u8Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCmfcSettings sets the CmfcSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetCmfcSettings(v *CmfcSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.CmfcSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetContainer sets the Container field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetContainer(v string) *ContainerSettings {
	s.Container = &v
	return s
}

// SetF4vSettings sets the F4vSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetF4vSettings(v *F4vSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.F4vSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.M2tsSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.M3u8Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetMovSettings sets the MovSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMovSettings(v *MovSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.MovSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetMp4Settings sets the Mp4Settings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMp4Settings(v *Mp4Settings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.Mp4Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetMpdSettings sets the MpdSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMpdSettings(v *MpdSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.MpdSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetMxfSettings sets the MxfSettings field's value.
func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMxfSettings(v *MxfSettings) *ContainerSettings {
	s.MxfSettings = v
	return s
}

// Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally,
// include user metadata and the ARN for the queue.
type CreateJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long,
	// visually complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing.
	// For information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use
	// to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that
	// you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will
	// appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value
	// for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted.
	BillingTagsSource *string `locationName:"billingTagsSource" type:"string" enum:"BillingTagsSource"`

	// Prevent duplicate jobs from being created and ensure idempotency for your
	// requests. A client request token can be any string that includes up to 64
	// ASCII characters. If you reuse a client request token within one minute of
	// a successful request, the API returns the job details of the original request
	// instead. For more information see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/apireference/idempotency.html.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// Optional. Use queue hopping to avoid overly long waits in the backlog of
	// the queue that you submit your job to. Specify an alternate queue and the
	// maximum time that your job will wait in the initial queue before hopping.
	// For more information about this feature, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	HopDestinations []*HopDestination `locationName:"hopDestinations" type:"list"`

	// Optional. When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or
	// specify the transcoding settings individually.
	JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue,
	// the service begins processing the job with the highest value first. When
	// more than one job has the same priority, the service begins processing the
	// job that you submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service
	// uses the default value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If
	// you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues,
	// see the User Guide topic at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions,
	// see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Optional. Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many
	// reserved transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert
	// runs your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you
	// will see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue *string `locationName:"simulateReservedQueue" type:"string" enum:"SimulateReservedQueue"`

	// Optional. Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon
	// CloudWatch Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates.
	// MediaConvert sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins
	// processing your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters
	// an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

	// Optional. The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources
	// with a key-value pair or with only a key. Use standard AWS tags on your job
	// for automatic integration with AWS services and for custom integrations and
	// workflows.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`

	// Optional. User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert
	// job. You specify metadata in key/value pairs. Use only for existing integrations
	// or workflows that rely on job metadata tags. Otherwise, we recommend that
	// you use standard AWS tags.
	UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobInput"}
	if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < -50 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", -50))
	}
	if s.Role == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
	}
	if s.Settings == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Settings"))
	}
	if s.AccelerationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AccelerationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AccelerationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.HopDestinations != nil {
		for i, v := range s.HopDestinations {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "HopDestinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *CreateJobInput {
	s.AccelerationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetBillingTagsSource sets the BillingTagsSource field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetBillingTagsSource(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.BillingTagsSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.ClientRequestToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetHopDestinations sets the HopDestinations field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetHopDestinations(v []*HopDestination) *CreateJobInput {
	s.HopDestinations = v
	return s
}

// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetJobTemplate(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.JobTemplate = &v
	return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetSimulateReservedQueue sets the SimulateReservedQueue field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSimulateReservedQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.SimulateReservedQueue = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.StatusUpdateInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
	s.UserMetadata = v
	return s
}

// Successful create job requests will return the job JSON.
type CreateJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
	// see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *CreateJobOutput {
	s.Job = v
	return s
}

// Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the
// JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid
// job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata.
type CreateJobTemplateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
	// information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Optional. A category for the job template you are creating
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. A description of the job template you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Use queue hopping to avoid overly long waits in the backlog of
	// the queue that you submit your job to. Specify an alternate queue and the
	// maximum time that your job will wait in the initial queue before hopping.
	// For more information about this feature, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	HopDestinations []*HopDestination `locationName:"hopDestinations" type:"list"`

	// The name of the job template you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
	// begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
	// job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
	// submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
	// value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to.
	// If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobTemplateInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < -50 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", -50))
	}
	if s.Settings == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Settings"))
	}
	if s.AccelerationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AccelerationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AccelerationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.HopDestinations != nil {
		for i, v := range s.HopDestinations {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "HopDestinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.AccelerationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetHopDestinations sets the HopDestinations field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetHopDestinations(v []*HopDestination) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.HopDestinations = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.StatusUpdateInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON.
type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.
func (s *CreateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *CreateJobTemplateOutput {
	s.JobTemplate = v
	return s
}

// Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON
// for the output settings specified by the preset.
type CreatePresetInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. A category for the preset you are creating.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. A description of the preset you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the preset you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePresetInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Settings == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Settings"))
	}
	if s.Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *CreatePresetInput {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreatePresetInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON.
type CreatePresetOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *CreatePresetOutput {
	s.Preset = v
	return s
}

// Create an on-demand queue by sending a CreateQueue request with the name
// of the queue. Create a reserved queue by sending a CreateQueue request with
// the pricing plan set to RESERVED and with values specified for the settings
// under reservationPlanSettings. When you create a reserved queue, you enter
// into a 12-month commitment to purchase the RTS that you specify. You can't
// cancel this commitment.
type CreateQueueInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. A description of the queue that you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the queue that you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
	// For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
	// reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
	// of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
	// commitment. When you use the API to create a queue, the default is on-demand.
	PricingPlan *string `locationName:"pricingPlan" type:"string" enum:"PricingPlan"`

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlanSettings *ReservationPlanSettings `locationName:"reservationPlanSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Initial state of the queue. If you create a paused queue, then jobs in that
	// queue won't begin.
	Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateQueueInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateQueueInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.ReservationPlanSettings != nil {
		if err := s.ReservationPlanSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ReservationPlanSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPricingPlan sets the PricingPlan field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetPricingPlan(v string) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.PricingPlan = &v
	return s
}

// SetReservationPlanSettings sets the ReservationPlanSettings field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetReservationPlanSettings(v *ReservationPlanSettings) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.ReservationPlanSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateQueueInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// Successful create queue requests return the name of the queue that you just
// created and information about it.
type CreateQueueOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s CreateQueueOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *CreateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *CreateQueueOutput {
	s.Queue = v
	return s
}

// Specify the details for each additional DASH manifest that you want the service
// to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different
// subset of outputs in the group.
type DashAdditionalManifest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest
	// to make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the
	// output group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your DASH
	// group is film-name.mpd. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then
	// the file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.mpd.
	ManifestNameModifier *string `locationName:"manifestNameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to reference.
	SelectedOutputs []*string `locationName:"selectedOutputs" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashAdditionalManifest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashAdditionalManifest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DashAdditionalManifest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashAdditionalManifest"}
	if s.ManifestNameModifier != nil && len(*s.ManifestNameModifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ManifestNameModifier", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetManifestNameModifier sets the ManifestNameModifier field's value.
func (s *DashAdditionalManifest) SetManifestNameModifier(v string) *DashAdditionalManifest {
	s.ManifestNameModifier = &v
	return s
}

// SetSelectedOutputs sets the SelectedOutputs field's value.
func (s *DashAdditionalManifest) SetSelectedOutputs(v []*string) *DashAdditionalManifest {
	s.SelectedOutputs = v
	return s
}

// Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.
type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players
	// on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
	// Choose Unencrypted SEI only to correct problems with playback on older devices.
	// Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1. If you choose Unencrypted SEI,
	// for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will
	// leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
	PlaybackDeviceCompatibility *string `locationName:"playbackDeviceCompatibility" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility"`

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPlaybackDeviceCompatibility sets the PlaybackDeviceCompatibility field's value.
func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetPlaybackDeviceCompatibility(v string) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings {
	s.PlaybackDeviceCompatibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings {
	s.SpekeKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// By default, the service creates one .mpd DASH manifest for each DASH ISO
	// output group in your job. This default manifest references every output in
	// the output group. To create additional DASH manifests that reference a subset
	// of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []*DashAdditionalManifest `locationName:"additionalManifests" type:"list"`

	// Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or
	// Atmos) and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use
	// the Dolby channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example,
	// you might need to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which
	// audio channel configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH
	// manifest. Keep the default value, MPEG channel configuration, to have MediaConvert
	// write this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby channel
	// configuration to have MediaConvert write this instead: tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
	AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri *string `locationName:"audioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the
	// top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different
	// URL than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// Specify how MediaConvert writes SegmentTimeline in your output DASH manifest.
	// To write a SegmentTimeline in each video Representation: Keep the default
	// value, Basic. To write a common SegmentTimeline in the video AdaptationSet:
	// Choose Compact. Note that MediaConvert will still write a SegmentTimeline
	// in any Representation that does not share a common timeline. To write a video
	// AdaptationSet for each different output framerate, and a common SegmentTimeline
	// in each AdaptationSet: Choose Distinct.
	DashManifestStyle *string `locationName:"dashManifestStyle" type:"string" enum:"DashManifestStyle"`

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename
	// base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base
	// filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When
	// Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output
	// file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
	// output types.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
	HbbtvCompliance *string `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoHbbtvCompliance"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
	// and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in
	// the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application
	// for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images
	// that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku
	// specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay *string `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlay" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay"`

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlaySettings" type:"structure"`

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
	// a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
	// know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
	// the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
	// a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
	// than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
	// value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
	// shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
	// your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
	// a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
	// to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

	// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
	// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
	// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
	// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output,
	// in bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
	// video output, in bits per second.
	MpdManifestBandwidthType *string `locationName:"mpdManifestBandwidthType" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType"`

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your
	// .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011
	// in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group
	// setting Segment control to Single file.
	MpdProfile *string `locationName:"mpdProfile" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoMpdProfile"`

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time
	// stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert
	// to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
	// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
	// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
	// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
	// of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames *string `locationName:"ptsOffsetHandlingForBFrames" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
	// separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoSegmentControl"`

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify
	// a value, MediaConvert defaults to 30. Related settings: Use Segment length
	// control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use
	// Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment
	// files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
	// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
	// GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl *string `locationName:"segmentLengthControl" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoSegmentLengthControl"`

	// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4
	// TRUN box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to
	// Unsigned or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than
	// zero, and sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers.
	// For strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to
	// Signed. The earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample
	// composition time offsets will increment using signed integers.
	VideoCompositionOffsets *string `locationName:"videoCompositionOffsets" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets"`

	// If you get an HTTP error in the 400 range when you play back your DASH output,
	// enable this setting and run your transcoding job again. When you enable this
	// setting, the service writes precise segment durations in the DASH manifest.
	// The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element,
	// inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When you don't enable
	// this setting, the service writes approximate segment durations in your DASH
	// manifest.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation *string `locationName:"writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashIsoGroupSettings"}
	if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.AdditionalManifests != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AdditionalManifests {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AdditionalManifests", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings != nil {
		if err := s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdditionalManifests sets the AdditionalManifests field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetAdditionalManifests(v []*DashAdditionalManifest) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.AdditionalManifests = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri sets the AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.BaseUrl = &v
	return s
}

// SetDashManifestStyle sets the DashManifestStyle field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDashManifestStyle(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.DashManifestStyle = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.Destination = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.Encryption = v
	return s
}

// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.FragmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetHbbtvCompliance sets the HbbtvCompliance field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetHbbtvCompliance(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.HbbtvCompliance = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlay sets the ImageBasedTrickPlay field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlay(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlay = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings sets the ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings(v *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings = v
	return s
}

// SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.MinBufferTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinFinalSegmentLength sets the MinFinalSegmentLength field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinFinalSegmentLength(v float64) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.MinFinalSegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetMpdManifestBandwidthType sets the MpdManifestBandwidthType field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMpdManifestBandwidthType(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.MpdManifestBandwidthType = &v
	return s
}

// SetMpdProfile sets the MpdProfile field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMpdProfile(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.MpdProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames sets the PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLengthControl sets the SegmentLengthControl field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLengthControl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLengthControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoCompositionOffsets sets the VideoCompositionOffsets field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetVideoCompositionOffsets(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.VideoCompositionOffsets = &v
	return s
}

// SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation sets the WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation field's value.
func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings {
	s.WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = &v
	return s
}

// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
	// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
	// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
	// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence *string `locationName:"intervalCadence" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoIntervalCadence"`

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio
	// would lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be
	// rejected. Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailHeight" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter
	// 5, MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64 `locationName:"thumbnailInterval" type:"double"`

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312.
	// Must be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailWidth" min:"8" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between
	// 2 and 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int64 `locationName:"tileHeight" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and
	// 512.
	TileWidth *int64 `locationName:"tileWidth" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings"}
	if s.ThumbnailHeight != nil && *s.ThumbnailHeight < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailHeight", 1))
	}
	if s.ThumbnailWidth != nil && *s.ThumbnailWidth < 8 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailWidth", 8))
	}
	if s.TileHeight != nil && *s.TileHeight < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileHeight", 1))
	}
	if s.TileWidth != nil && *s.TileWidth < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileWidth", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIntervalCadence sets the IntervalCadence field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetIntervalCadence(v string) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.IntervalCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailHeight sets the ThumbnailHeight field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailHeight(v int64) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailInterval sets the ThumbnailInterval field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailInterval(v float64) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailWidth sets the ThumbnailWidth field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailWidth(v int64) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailWidth = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileHeight sets the TileHeight field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileHeight(v int64) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileWidth sets the TileWidth field's value.
func (s *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileWidth(v int64) *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileWidth = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for deinterlacer
type Deinterlacer struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Only applies when you set Deinterlace mode to Deinterlace or Adaptive. Interpolate
	// produces sharper pictures, while blend produces smoother motion. If your
	// source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom
	// of the frame: Choose Interpolate ticker or Blend ticker. To apply field doubling:
	// Choose Linear interpolation. Note that Linear interpolation may introduce
	// video artifacts into your output.
	Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlaceAlgorithm"`

	// - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames
	// that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that
	// are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
	// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged
	// as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the
	// metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive.
	// Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive
	// into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.
	Control *string `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerControl"`

	// Use Deinterlacer to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default
	// is Deinterlace.- Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.- Inverse
	// telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.- Adaptive
	// auto-detects and converts to progressive.
	Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Deinterlacer) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Deinterlacer) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.
func (s *Deinterlacer) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Deinterlacer {
	s.Algorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetControl sets the Control field's value.
func (s *Deinterlacer) SetControl(v string) *Deinterlacer {
	s.Control = &v
	return s
}

// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *Deinterlacer) SetMode(v string) *Deinterlacer {
	s.Mode = &v
	return s
}

// Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name
type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the job template to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobTemplateInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteJobTemplateInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with
// an empty body.
type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Send a request to permanently delete a policy that you created.
type DeletePolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Successful DELETE policy requests will return an OK message.
type DeletePolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name
type DeletePresetInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the preset to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePresetInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeletePresetInput) SetName(v string) *DeletePresetInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an
// empty body.
type DeletePresetOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name. You can't delete
// a queue with an active pricing plan or one that has unprocessed jobs in it.
type DeleteQueueInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the queue that you want to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteQueueInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteQueueInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteQueueInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteQueueInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Delete queue requests return an OK message or error message with an empty
// body.
type DeleteQueueOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your
// account API endpoint.
type DescribeEndpointsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at
	// one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to
	// return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and
	// return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints
	// if any exist, or an empty list if none exist.
	Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DescribeEndpointsMode"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of endpoints.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMode(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
	s.Mode = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint.
type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of endpoints
	Endpoints []*Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetEndpoints sets the Endpoints field's value.
func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints(v []*Endpoint) *DescribeEndpointsOutput {
	s.Endpoints = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
// destination
type DestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Settings associated with S3 destination
	S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings `locationName:"s3Settings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetS3Settings sets the S3Settings field's value.
func (s *DestinationSettings) SetS3Settings(v *S3DestinationSettings) *DestinationSettings {
	s.S3Settings = v
	return s
}

// Removes an association between the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate
// Manager (ACM) certificate and an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.
type DisassociateCertificateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to disassociate from your MediaConvert
	// resource.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DisassociateCertificateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateCertificateInput"}
	if s.Arn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
	}
	if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *DisassociateCertificateInput) SetArn(v string) *DisassociateCertificateInput {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// Successful disassociation of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
// with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.
type DisassociateCertificateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Create Dolby Vision Profile 5 or Profile 8.1 compatible video output.
type DolbyVision struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override
	// the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
	L6Metadata *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata `locationName:"l6Metadata" type:"structure"`

	// Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision
	// MaxCLL and MaxFALL properies.
	L6Mode *string `locationName:"l6Mode" type:"string" enum:"DolbyVisionLevel6Mode"`

	// Required when you set Dolby Vision Profile to Profile 8.1. When you set Content
	// mapping to None, content mapping is not applied to the HDR10-compatible signal.
	// Depending on the source peak nit level, clipping might occur on HDR devices
	// without Dolby Vision. When you set Content mapping to HDR10 1000, the transcoder
	// creates a 1,000 nits peak HDR10-compatible signal by applying static content
	// mapping to the source. This mode is speed-optimized for PQ10 sources with
	// metadata that is created from analysis. For graded Dolby Vision content,
	// be aware that creative intent might not be guaranteed with extreme 1,000
	// nits trims.
	Mapping *string `locationName:"mapping" type:"string" enum:"DolbyVisionMapping"`

	// Required when you enable Dolby Vision. Use Profile 5 to include frame-interleaved
	// Dolby Vision metadata in your output. Your input must include Dolby Vision
	// metadata or an HDR10 YUV color space. Use Profile 8.1 to include frame-interleaved
	// Dolby Vision metadata and HDR10 metadata in your output. Your input must
	// include Dolby Vision metadata.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"DolbyVisionProfile"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DolbyVision) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DolbyVision) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetL6Metadata sets the L6Metadata field's value.
func (s *DolbyVision) SetL6Metadata(v *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata) *DolbyVision {
	s.L6Metadata = v
	return s
}

// SetL6Mode sets the L6Mode field's value.
func (s *DolbyVision) SetL6Mode(v string) *DolbyVision {
	s.L6Mode = &v
	return s
}

// SetMapping sets the Mapping field's value.
func (s *DolbyVision) SetMapping(v string) *DolbyVision {
	s.Mapping = &v
	return s
}

// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
func (s *DolbyVision) SetProfile(v string) *DolbyVision {
	s.Profile = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override
// the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Maximum Content Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// brightest pixel in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum Frame-Average Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to
	// the highest frame-average brightness in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value.
func (s *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata) SetMaxCll(v int64) *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata {
	s.MaxCll = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value.
func (s *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata) SetMaxFall(v int64) *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata {
	s.MaxFall = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the
// transport stream of this output.
type DvbNitSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"`

	// The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"}
	if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1))
	}
	if s.NitInterval != nil && *s.NitInterval < 25 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NitInterval", 25))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.
func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
	s.NetworkId = &v
	return s
}

// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value.
func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings {
	s.NetworkName = &v
	return s
}

// SetNitInterval sets the NitInterval field's value.
func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNitInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
	s.NitInterval = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the
// transport stream of this output.
type DvbSdtSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream
	// if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on
	// the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
	// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"OutputSdt"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`

	// The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"}
	if s.SdtInterval != nil && *s.SdtInterval < 25 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SdtInterval", 25))
	}
	if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1))
	}
	if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value.
func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
	s.OutputSdt = &v
	return s
}

// SetSdtInterval sets the SdtInterval field's value.
func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetSdtInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings {
	s.SdtInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
	s.ServiceName = &v
	return s
}

// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value.
func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
	s.ServiceProviderName = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same
// output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.
type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center
	// of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to
	// the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction
	// with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or
	// centered) relative to those coordinates. Within your job settings, all of
	// your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleAlignment"`

	// Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
	// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
	// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave
	// blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions.
	// For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions
	// have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text.
	// When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your
	// output captions text.
	ApplyFontColor *string `locationName:"applyFontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor"`

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background
	// color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color
	// data from your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to
	// 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set
	// to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information
	// in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set
	// to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from
	// your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings
	// must be identical.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how MediaConvert handles the display definition segment (DDS). To
	// exclude the DDS from this set of captions: Keep the default, None. To include
	// the DDS: Choose Specified. When you do, also specify the offset coordinates
	// of the display window with DDS x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. To include
	// the DDS, but not include display window data: Choose No display window. When
	// you do, you can write position metadata to the page composition segment (PCS)
	// with DDS x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. For video resolutions with a
	// height of 576 pixels or less, MediaConvert doesn't include the DDS, regardless
	// of the value you choose for DDS handling. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	DdsHandling *string `locationName:"ddsHandling" type:"string" enum:"DvbddsHandling"`

	// Use this setting, along with DDS y-coordinate, to specify the upper left
	// corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this
	// setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the left side of the frame
	// and the left side of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to
	// have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When
	// you use this setting, you must set DDS handling to a value other than None.
	// MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page position
	// data to the DDS or to the page composition segment. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	DdsXCoordinate *int64 `locationName:"ddsXCoordinate" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting, along with DDS x-coordinate, to specify the upper left
	// corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this
	// setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the top of the frame and
	// the top of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert
	// automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting,
	// you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. MediaConvert uses these
	// values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to
	// the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	DdsYCoordinate *int64 `locationName:"ddsYCoordinate" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
	// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support.
	// When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses
	// a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
	// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
	// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best.
	// When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
	// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont *string `locationName:"fallbackFont" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont"`

	// Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color blank and set Style
	// passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions,
	// if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
	// identical.
	FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleFontColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.Within
	// your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch).Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically
	// determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified
	// Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses
	// Simplified or Traditional Chinese. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontScript *string `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"FontScript"`

	// Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or
	// leave blank, for automatic font size. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the height, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default
	// value is 576 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must
	// set DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six
	// or eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two
	// optional extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red
	// value of 0x11, a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha
	// value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string `locationName:"hexFontColor" min:"6" type:"string"`

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
	// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
	// present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleOutlineColor"`

	// Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from
	// your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from
	// your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleShadowColor"`

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave
	// Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your
	// input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled,
	// leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow
	// y-offset data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
	// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
	// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
	// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
	// information from your input captions and use default settings: white text
	// with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether
	// you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually
	// override any of the individual style and position settings.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough"`

	// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired.
	// Choose hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and
	// dialogue. Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
	SubtitlingType *string `locationName:"subtitlingType" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitlingType"`

	// Specify whether the Text spacing in your captions is set by the captions
	// grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
	// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
	// to make the text easier to read for closed captions. Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing"`

	// Specify the width, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default
	// value is 720 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must
	// set DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. Within your
	// job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"}
	if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
	}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 1))
	}
	if s.HexFontColor != nil && len(*s.HexFontColor) < 6 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HexFontColor", 6))
	}
	if s.ShadowXOffset != nil && *s.ShadowXOffset < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ShadowXOffset", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.ShadowYOffset != nil && *s.ShadowYOffset < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ShadowYOffset", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.Alignment = &v
	return s
}

// SetApplyFontColor sets the ApplyFontColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetApplyFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.ApplyFontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.BackgroundColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetDdsHandling sets the DdsHandling field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetDdsHandling(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.DdsHandling = &v
	return s
}

// SetDdsXCoordinate sets the DdsXCoordinate field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetDdsXCoordinate(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.DdsXCoordinate = &v
	return s
}

// SetDdsYCoordinate sets the DdsYCoordinate field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetDdsYCoordinate(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.DdsYCoordinate = &v
	return s
}

// SetFallbackFont sets the FallbackFont field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFallbackFont(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FallbackFont = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FontOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FontResolution = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontScript sets the FontScript field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontScript(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FontScript = &v
	return s
}

// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.FontSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetHexFontColor sets the HexFontColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetHexFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.HexFontColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.OutlineColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.OutlineSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowColor = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowOpacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowXOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.ShadowYOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// SetSubtitlingType sets the SubtitlingType field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetSubtitlingType(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.SubtitlingType = &v
	return s
}

// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.TeletextSpacing = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.XPosition = &v
	return s
}

// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
	s.YPosition = &v
	return s
}

// DVB Sub Source Settings
type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-in, use this PID for the source content. Unused
	// for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, regardless
	// of selectors.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"}
	if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings {
	s.Pid = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport
// stream of this output.
type DvbTdtSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"}
	if s.TdtInterval != nil && *s.TdtInterval < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TdtInterval", 1000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTdtInterval sets the TdtInterval field's value.
func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetTdtInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings {
	s.TdtInterval = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate for this output in bits per second. Valid values:
	// 384k, 448k, 576k, 640k, 768k, 1024k Default value: 448k Note that MediaConvert
	// supports 384k only with channel-based immersive (CBI) 7.1.4 and 5.1.4 inputs.
	// For CBI 9.1.6 and other input types, MediaConvert automatically increases
	// your output bitrate to 448k.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"384000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
	// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode"`

	// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos).
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosCodingMode"`

	// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis.
	DialogueIntelligence *string `locationName:"dialogueIntelligence" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input
	// file. Keep the default value, Custom to provide downmix values in your job
	// settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata from your input. Related
	// settings--Use these settings to specify your downmix values: Left only/Right
	// only surround, Left total/Right total surround, Left total/Right total center,
	// Left only/Right only center, and Stereo downmix. When you keep Custom for
	// Downmix control and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert
	// uses default values for those settings.
	DownmixControl *string `locationName:"downmixControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDownmixControl"`

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
	// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode.
	// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
	// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic
	// range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression
	// line. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see
	// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine"`

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
	// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode.
	// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
	// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic
	// range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression
	// RF. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see
	// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata
	// from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom, to provide dynamic
	// range control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source to use the
	// metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify
	// your dynamic range control values: Dynamic range compression line and Dynamic
	// range compression RF. When you keep the value Custom for Dynamic range control
	// and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses
	// default values for those settings.
	DynamicRangeControl *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB. Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related
	// setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value,
	// keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise,
	// MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only center.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only.
	// MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB. Valid
	// values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
	// Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that
	// you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use
	// this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control.
	// Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only surround.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related
	// setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value,
	// keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise,
	// MediaConvert ignores Left total/Right total center.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// Default value: -3 dB Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
	// -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends
	// on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have
	// MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting
	// Downmix control. Otherwise, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
	MeteringMode *string `locationName:"meteringMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosMeteringMode"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the percentage of audio content, from 0% to 100%, that must be speech
	// in order for the encoder to use the measured speech loudness as the overall
	// program loudness. Default value: 15%
	SpeechThreshold *int64 `locationName:"speechThreshold" type:"integer"`

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated
	// Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value,
	// Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo
	// downmix.
	StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix"`

	// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
	// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3AtmosSettings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 384000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 384000))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 48000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 48000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.BitstreamMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.CodingMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDialogueIntelligence sets the DialogueIntelligence field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDialogueIntelligence(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.DialogueIntelligence = &v
	return s
}

// SetDownmixControl sets the DownmixControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDownmixControl(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.DownmixControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionLine = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionRf = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeControl sets the DynamicRangeControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeControl(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.DynamicRangeControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetMeteringMode sets the MeteringMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetMeteringMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.MeteringMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpeechThreshold sets the SpeechThreshold field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSpeechThreshold(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.SpeechThreshold = &v
	return s
}

// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.StereoDownmix = &v
	return s
}

// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings {
	s.SurroundExMode = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3.
type Eac3Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The bitrate that you specify
	// must be a multiple of 8000 within the allowed minimum and maximum values.
	// Leave blank to use the default bitrate for the coding mode you select according
	// ETSI TS 102 366. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/0: Default: 96000. Minimum:
	// 32000. Maximum: 3024000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 2/0: Default: 192000.
	// Minimum: 96000. Maximum: 3024000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 3/2: Default:
	// 384000. Minimum: 192000. Maximum: 3024000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
	// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"`

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"`

	// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert
	// ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For
	// information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see
	// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine"`

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any
	// value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
	// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
	// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
	LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"`

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
	// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix.
	// Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60
	// mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value
	// of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different
	// value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this
	// value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values:
	// -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting
	// applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the
	// setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the
	// service ignores Left only/Right only surround.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix.
	// Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60
	// mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value
	// of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different
	// value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total surround mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix.
	// Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
	// This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C,
	// Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"`

	// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
	// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"`

	// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only
	// used for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies
	// if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding
	// mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores
	// Stereo downmix.
	StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
	// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"`

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
	// the two channels.
	SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Eac3Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 32000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 32000))
	}
	if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 48000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 48000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.AttenuationControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.BitstreamMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.CodingMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.DcFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.Dialnorm = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionLine = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.DynamicRangeCompressionRf = &v
	return s
}

// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LfeControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LfeFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.MetadataControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.PassthroughControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.PhaseControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3Settings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.StereoDownmix = &v
	return s
}

// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.SurroundExMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value.
func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
	s.SurroundMode = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or
// ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your
// video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.
type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
	// captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
	// channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that
	// aren't in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want
	// both 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify
	// the 708 service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different
	// number for each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert
	// to Upconvert in your input captions selector settings. If you choose to upconvert
	// but don't specify a 708 service number, MediaConvert uses the number that
	// you specify for CC channel number for the 708 service number. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination708ServiceNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination708ServiceNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedDestinationSettings"}
	if s.Destination608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Destination608ChannelNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Destination608ChannelNumber", 1))
	}
	if s.Destination708ServiceNumber != nil && *s.Destination708ServiceNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Destination708ServiceNumber", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDestination608ChannelNumber sets the Destination608ChannelNumber field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedDestinationSettings {
	s.Destination608ChannelNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestination708ServiceNumber sets the Destination708ServiceNumber field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination708ServiceNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedDestinationSettings {
	s.Destination708ServiceNumber = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for embedded captions Source
type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
	// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
	// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
	// 708.
	Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"`

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system
	// only supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'.
	Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
	// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
	// this setting.
	TerminateCaptions *string `locationName:"terminateCaptions" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedTerminateCaptions"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"}
	if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1))
	}
	if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
	s.Convert608To708 = &v
	return s
}

// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
	s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
	s.Source608TrackNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetTerminateCaptions sets the TerminateCaptions field's value.
func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetTerminateCaptions(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
	s.TerminateCaptions = &v
	return s
}

// Describes an account-specific API endpoint.
type Endpoint struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// URL of endpoint
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
func (s *Endpoint) SetUrl(v string) *Endpoint {
	s.Url = &v
	return s
}

// ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside
	// your JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message
	// that you supply.
	MccXml *string `locationName:"mccXml" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMccXml sets the MccXml field's value.
func (s *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) SetMccXml(v string) *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification {
	s.MccXml = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion,
// you can ignore these settings.
type EsamSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning instructions that you provide
	// in the setting MCC XML.
	ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification `locationName:"manifestConfirmConditionNotification" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages
	// that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the
	// time between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than
	// this value, then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning
	// of the stream.
	ResponseSignalPreroll *int64 `locationName:"responseSignalPreroll" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder uses the signal processing instructions that you provide in
	// the setting SCC XML.
	SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification `locationName:"signalProcessingNotification" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetManifestConfirmConditionNotification sets the ManifestConfirmConditionNotification field's value.
func (s *EsamSettings) SetManifestConfirmConditionNotification(v *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) *EsamSettings {
	s.ManifestConfirmConditionNotification = v
	return s
}

// SetResponseSignalPreroll sets the ResponseSignalPreroll field's value.
func (s *EsamSettings) SetResponseSignalPreroll(v int64) *EsamSettings {
	s.ResponseSignalPreroll = &v
	return s
}

// SetSignalProcessingNotification sets the SignalProcessingNotification field's value.
func (s *EsamSettings) SetSignalProcessingNotification(v *EsamSignalProcessingNotification) *EsamSettings {
	s.SignalProcessingNotification = v
	return s
}

// ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON
	// job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the signal processing instructions in the message that
	// you supply. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place
	// SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document,
	// you must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM. Note that you can either specify an ESAM
	// XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
	SccXml *string `locationName:"sccXml" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamSignalProcessingNotification) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s EsamSignalProcessingNotification) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSccXml sets the SccXml field's value.
func (s *EsamSignalProcessingNotification) SetSccXml(v string) *EsamSignalProcessingNotification {
	s.SccXml = &v
	return s
}

// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature
// to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output.
// For more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5
// 05h Content Advisory.
type ExtendedDataServices struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The action to take on copy and redistribution control XDS packets. If you
	// select PASSTHROUGH, packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any
	// packets will be removed in output captions.
	CopyProtectionAction *string `locationName:"copyProtectionAction" type:"string" enum:"CopyProtectionAction"`

	// The action to take on content advisory XDS packets. If you select PASSTHROUGH,
	// packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any packets will be removed
	// in output captions.
	VchipAction *string `locationName:"vchipAction" type:"string" enum:"VchipAction"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ExtendedDataServices) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ExtendedDataServices) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCopyProtectionAction sets the CopyProtectionAction field's value.
func (s *ExtendedDataServices) SetCopyProtectionAction(v string) *ExtendedDataServices {
	s.CopyProtectionAction = &v
	return s
}

// SetVchipAction sets the VchipAction field's value.
func (s *ExtendedDataServices) SetVchipAction(v string) *ExtendedDataServices {
	s.VchipAction = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for F4v container
type F4vSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
	// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
	// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
	MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"F4vMoovPlacement"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s F4vSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s F4vSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value.
func (s *F4vSettings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *F4vSettings {
	s.MoovPlacement = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group
// of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming
// package.
type FileGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename
	// base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base
	// filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FileGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FileGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *FileGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *FileGroupSettings {
	s.Destination = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *FileGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *FileGroupSettings {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1
// in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your
// caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead
// of FileSoureSettings.
type FileSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
	// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
	// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
	// 708.
	Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"FileSourceConvert608To708"`

	// Choose the presentation style of your input SCC captions. To use the same
	// presentation style as your input: Keep the default value, Disabled. To convert
	// paint-on captions to pop-on: Choose Enabled. We also recommend that you choose
	// Enabled if you notice additional repeated lines in your output captions.
	ConvertPaintToPop *string `locationName:"convertPaintToPop" type:"string" enum:"CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the
	// service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions
	// and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this
	// value as a fraction. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25
	// / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
	Framerate *CaptionSourceFramerate `locationName:"framerate" type:"structure"`

	// External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions
	// are 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', 'smi', 'webvtt', and 'vtt'.
	SourceFile *string `locationName:"sourceFile" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Use this setting when you need to adjust the sync between your
	// sidecar captions and your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/time-delta-use-cases.html.
	// Enter a positive or negative number to modify the times in the captions file.
	// For example, type 15 to add 15 seconds to all the times in the captions file.
	// Type -5 to subtract 5 seconds from the times in the captions file. You can
	// optionally specify your time delta in milliseconds instead of seconds. When
	// you do so, set the related setting, Time delta units to Milliseconds. Note
	// that, when you specify a time delta for timecode-based caption sources, such
	// as SCC and STL, and your time delta isn't a multiple of the input frame rate,
	// MediaConvert snaps the captions to the nearest frame. For example, when your
	// input video frame rate is 25 fps and you specify 1010ms for time delta, MediaConvert
	// delays your captions by 1000 ms.
	TimeDelta *int64 `locationName:"timeDelta" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the setting Time delta to adjust the sync between your sidecar
	// captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the delta
	// that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units, MediaConvert
	// uses seconds by default.
	TimeDeltaUnits *string `locationName:"timeDeltaUnits" type:"string" enum:"FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FileSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FileSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FileSourceSettings"}
	if s.SourceFile != nil && len(*s.SourceFile) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceFile", 14))
	}
	if s.TimeDelta != nil && *s.TimeDelta < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TimeDelta", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.Framerate != nil {
		if err := s.Framerate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Framerate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.Convert608To708 = &v
	return s
}

// SetConvertPaintToPop sets the ConvertPaintToPop field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetConvertPaintToPop(v string) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.ConvertPaintToPop = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetFramerate(v *CaptionSourceFramerate) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.Framerate = v
	return s
}

// SetSourceFile sets the SourceFile field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetSourceFile(v string) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.SourceFile = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeDelta sets the TimeDelta field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetTimeDelta(v int64) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.TimeDelta = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimeDeltaUnits sets the TimeDeltaUnits field's value.
func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetTimeDeltaUnits(v string) *FileSourceSettings {
	s.TimeDeltaUnits = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
// value FLAC.
type FlacSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding
	// quality for this audio track.
	BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono
	// on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In
	// the API, valid values are between 1 and 8.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"22050" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FlacSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FlacSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FlacSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FlacSettings"}
	if s.BitDepth != nil && *s.BitDepth < 16 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BitDepth", 16))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 22050 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 22050))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.
func (s *FlacSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *FlacSettings {
	s.BitDepth = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *FlacSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *FlacSettings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *FlacSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *FlacSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

type ForbiddenException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ForbiddenException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ForbiddenException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorForbiddenException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &ForbiddenException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *ForbiddenException) Code() string {
	return "ForbiddenException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *ForbiddenException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *ForbiddenException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *ForbiddenException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *ForbiddenException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *ForbiddenException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Use Force include renditions to specify one or more resolutions to include
// your ABR stack. * (Recommended) To optimize automated ABR, specify as few
// resolutions as possible. * (Required) The number of resolutions that you
// specify must be equal to, or less than, the Max renditions setting. * If
// you specify a Min top rendition size rule, specify at least one resolution
// that is equal to, or greater than, Min top rendition size. * If you specify
// a Min bottom rendition size rule, only specify resolutions that are equal
// to, or greater than, Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify a Force
// include renditions rule, do not specify a separate rule for Allowed renditions.
// * Note: The ABR stack may include other resolutions that you do not specify
// here, depending on the Max renditions setting.
type ForceIncludeRenditionSize struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ForceIncludeRenditionSize) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ForceIncludeRenditionSize) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ForceIncludeRenditionSize) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ForceIncludeRenditionSize"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 32))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *ForceIncludeRenditionSize) SetHeight(v int64) *ForceIncludeRenditionSize {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *ForceIncludeRenditionSize) SetWidth(v int64) *ForceIncludeRenditionSize {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
type FrameCaptureSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one
	// frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example,
	// settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of
	// 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s.
	// Files will be named as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number
	// of each Capture.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one
	// frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example,
	// settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of
	// 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s.
	// Files will be named as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame
	// sequence number zero padded to 7 decimal places.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files).
	MaxCaptures *int64 `locationName:"maxCaptures" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality.
	Quality *int64 `locationName:"quality" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxCaptures != nil && *s.MaxCaptures < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxCaptures", 1))
	}
	if s.Quality != nil && *s.Quality < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Quality", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxCaptures sets the MaxCaptures field's value.
func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetMaxCaptures(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
	s.MaxCaptures = &v
	return s
}

// SetQuality sets the Quality field's value.
func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetQuality(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
	s.Quality = &v
	return s
}

// Query a job by sending a request with the job ID.
type GetJobInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// the job ID of the job.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"}
	if s.Id == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
	}
	if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetJobInput) SetId(v string) *GetJobInput {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// Successful get job requests will return an OK message and the job JSON.
type GetJobOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
	// see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput {
	s.Job = v
	return s
}

// Query a job template by sending a request with the job template name.
type GetJobTemplateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the job template.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobTemplateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobTemplateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobTemplateInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *GetJobTemplateInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Successful get job template requests will return an OK message and the job
// template JSON.
type GetJobTemplateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.
func (s *GetJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *GetJobTemplateOutput {
	s.JobTemplate = v
	return s
}

// Send a request to retrieve the JSON for your policy.
type GetPolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Successful GET policy requests will return the JSON for your policy.
type GetPolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account.
	// For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Policy *Policy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *GetPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v *Policy) *GetPolicyOutput {
	s.Policy = v
	return s
}

// Query a preset by sending a request with the preset name.
type GetPresetInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the preset.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPresetInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPresetInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPresetInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPresetInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetPresetInput) SetName(v string) *GetPresetInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Successful get preset requests will return an OK message and the preset JSON.
type GetPresetOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPresetOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetPresetOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
func (s *GetPresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *GetPresetOutput {
	s.Preset = v
	return s
}

// Get information about a queue by sending a request with the queue name.
type GetQueueInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The name of the queue that you want information about.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetQueueInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetQueueInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetQueueInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetQueueInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *GetQueueInput) SetName(v string) *GetQueueInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// Successful get queue requests return an OK message and information about
// the queue in JSON.
type GetQueueOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetQueueOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s GetQueueOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *GetQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *GetQueueOutput {
	s.Queue = v
	return s
}

// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec.
// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
type H264QvbrSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity
	// of your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video
	// part of this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size
	// of the video element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied
	// by the number of seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxAverageBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that
	// you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a
	// quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you
	// prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression.
	// The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and
	// 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value
	// for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR
	// quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to
	// be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevelFineTune" type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H264QvbrSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H264QvbrSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *H264QvbrSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264QvbrSettings"}
	if s.MaxAverageBitrate != nil && *s.MaxAverageBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxAverageBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxAverageBitrate sets the MaxAverageBitrate field's value.
func (s *H264QvbrSettings) SetMaxAverageBitrate(v int64) *H264QvbrSettings {
	s.MaxAverageBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
func (s *H264QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune sets the QvbrQualityLevelFineTune field's value.
func (s *H264QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune(v float64) *H264QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevelFineTune = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value H_264.
type H264Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically
	// apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want
	// to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set H264AdaptiveQuantization
	// to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any
	// adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert
	// to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization
	// to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following
	// settings: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization,
	// and H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output
	// relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality
	// QVBR output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to
	// increase the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative
	// to the bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when
	// your input is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier
	// pricing. When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include
	// the Noise reducer preprocessor.
	BandwidthReductionFilter *BandwidthReductionFilter `locationName:"bandwidthReductionFilter" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings.
	// If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto.
	CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecLevel"`

	// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the
	// AVC-I License.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecProfile"`

	// Specify whether to allow the number of B-frames in your output GOP structure
	// to vary or not depending on your input video content. To improve the subjective
	// video quality of your output that has high-motion content: Leave blank or
	// keep the default value Adaptive. MediaConvert will use fewer B-frames for
	// high-motion video content than low-motion content. The maximum number of
	// B- frames is limited by the value that you choose for B-frames between reference
	// frames. To use the same number B-frames for all types of content: Choose
	// Static.
	DynamicSubGop *string `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"H264DynamicSubGop"`

	// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
	// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank
	// or keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers:
	// Choose Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another
	// stream.
	EndOfStreamMarkers *string `locationName:"endOfStreamMarkers" type:"string" enum:"H264EndOfStreamMarkers"`

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
	EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"`

	// The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value,
	// PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose
	// Force field to disable PAFF encoding and create separate interlaced fields.
	// Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF encoding for
	// interlaced outputs.
	FieldEncoding *string `locationName:"fieldEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264FieldEncoding"`

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
	// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
	// value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled. Change this value
	// to Enabled to reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker
	// that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many
	// times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you
	// enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more
	// often to smooth out the flicker. To manually enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization,
	// you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types.
	// To use reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames:
	// Leave blank or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose
	// Enabled to help improve the video quality of your output relative to its
	// bitrate. To not use reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
	GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"`

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP,
	// set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically
	// choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. In
	// the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly
	// specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames
	// or Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames
	// or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as
	// frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control.
	// If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave
	// GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies
	// HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto
	// in each output in your output group.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based
	// on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior,
	// choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify
	// GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output
	// group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave
	// GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify
	// the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide
	// the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"`

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded
	// video segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferFinalFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H264InterlaceMode"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting
	// determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts
	// as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene
	// change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically
	// choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To
	// enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value.
	// When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines
	// whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example,
	// if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within
	// 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven
	// I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched
	// slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change
	// I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place
	// and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence
	// GOPs.
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of B-frames between reference frames in this output. For
	// the best video quality: Leave blank. MediaConvert automatically determines
	// the number of B-frames to use based on the characteristics of your input
	// video. To manually specify the number of B-frames between reference frames:
	// Enter an integer from 0 to 7.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
	// if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
	// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
	// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
	// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
	// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The Quality tuning level you choose represents a trade-off between the encoding
	// speed of your job and the output video quality. For the fastest encoding
	// speed at the cost of video quality: Choose Single pass. For a good balance
	// between encoding speed and video quality: Leave blank or keep the default
	// value Single pass HQ. For the best video quality, at the cost of encoding
	// speed: Choose Multi pass HQ. MediaConvert performs an analysis pass on your
	// input followed by an encoding pass. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier
	// pricing.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityTuningLevel"`

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings `locationName:"qvbrSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"`

	// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
	RepeatPps *string `locationName:"repeatPps" type:"string" enum:"H264RepeatPps"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
	// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
	// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
	// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
	// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
	// You must also set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H264SlowPal"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness setting
	// specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default
	// value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default
	// JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose
	// a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from
	// 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value
	// 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
	// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
	// value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default value
	// to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content
	// complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on
	// areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation
	// and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable.
	// For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth
	// textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost
	// always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't
	// take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers
	// are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a
	// lot of complex texture, you might choose to set H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
	// to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
	// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
	// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
	// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually enable
	// or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization
	// to a value other than AUTO.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"`

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
	// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
	// hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces
	// a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back.
	// When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame
	// rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to
	// create a smoother picture.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H264Telecine"`

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
	// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
	// value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default
	// value to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation
	// of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer
	// bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex
	// objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves
	// the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
	// a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such
	// as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
	// to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust
	// the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization. To manually
	// enable or disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization to a value other than AUTO.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H264Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H264Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.NumberReferenceFrames != nil && *s.NumberReferenceFrames < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumberReferenceFrames", 1))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1))
	}
	if s.QvbrSettings != nil {
		if err := s.QvbrSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("QvbrSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetBandwidthReductionFilter sets the BandwidthReductionFilter field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetBandwidthReductionFilter(v *BandwidthReductionFilter) *H264Settings {
	s.BandwidthReductionFilter = v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.CodecLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicSubGop sets the DynamicSubGop field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetDynamicSubGop(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.DynamicSubGop = &v
	return s
}

// SetEndOfStreamMarkers sets the EndOfStreamMarkers field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetEndOfStreamMarkers(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.EndOfStreamMarkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.EntropyEncoding = &v
	return s
}

// SetFieldEncoding sets the FieldEncoding field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFieldEncoding(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.FieldEncoding = &v
	return s
}

// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.GopBReference = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.GopClosedCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.GopSizeUnits = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.MinIInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrSettings sets the QvbrSettings field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrSettings(v *H264QvbrSettings) *H264Settings {
	s.QvbrSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRepeatPps sets the RepeatPps field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetRepeatPps(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.RepeatPps = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.Slices = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings {
	s.Softness = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.Syntax = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value.
func (s *H264Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H264Settings {
	s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
type H265QvbrSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity
	// of your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video
	// part of this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size
	// of the video element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied
	// by the number of seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxAverageBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that
	// you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a
	// quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you
	// prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression.
	// The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and
	// 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value
	// for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR
	// quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to
	// be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune
	// to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevelFineTune" type:"double"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H265QvbrSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H265QvbrSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *H265QvbrSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265QvbrSettings"}
	if s.MaxAverageBitrate != nil && *s.MaxAverageBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxAverageBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxAverageBitrate sets the MaxAverageBitrate field's value.
func (s *H265QvbrSettings) SetMaxAverageBitrate(v int64) *H265QvbrSettings {
	s.MaxAverageBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
func (s *H265QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune sets the QvbrQualityLevelFineTune field's value.
func (s *H265QvbrSettings) SetQvbrQualityLevelFineTune(v float64) *H265QvbrSettings {
	s.QvbrQualityLevelFineTune = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for H265 codec
type H265Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When you set Adaptive Quantization to Auto, or leave blank, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies quantization to improve the video quality of your output.
	// Set Adaptive Quantization to Low, Medium, High, Higher, or Max to manually
	// control the strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify
	// a value for Spatial Adaptive Quantization, Temporal Adaptive Quantization,
	// and Flicker Adaptive Quantization, to further control the quantization filter.
	// Set Adaptive Quantization to Off to apply no quantization to your output.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid
	// Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
	AlternateTransferFunctionSei *string `locationName:"alternateTransferFunctionSei" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei"`

	// The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output
	// relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality
	// QVBR output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to
	// increase the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative
	// to the bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when
	// your input is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier
	// pricing. When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include
	// the Noise reducer preprocessor.
	BandwidthReductionFilter *BandwidthReductionFilter `locationName:"bandwidthReductionFilter" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// H.265 Level.
	CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecLevel"`

	// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
	// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile
	// with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecProfile"`

	// Specify whether to allow the number of B-frames in your output GOP structure
	// to vary or not depending on your input video content. To improve the subjective
	// video quality of your output that has high-motion content: Leave blank or
	// keep the default value Adaptive. MediaConvert will use fewer B-frames for
	// high-motion video content than low-motion content. The maximum number of
	// B- frames is limited by the value that you choose for B-frames between reference
	// frames. To use the same number B-frames for all types of content: Choose
	// Static.
	DynamicSubGop *string `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"H265DynamicSubGop"`

	// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
	// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank
	// or keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers:
	// Choose Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another
	// stream.
	EndOfStreamMarkers *string `locationName:"endOfStreamMarkers" type:"string" enum:"H265EndOfStreamMarkers"`

	// Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears
	// as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying
	// some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them
	// at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must
	// also set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
	// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source.
	// If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown
	// list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
	// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate
	// as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types.
	// To use reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames:
	// Leave blank or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose
	// Enabled to help improve the video quality of your output relative to its
	// bitrate. To not use reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
	GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H265GopBReference"`

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP,
	// set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically
	// choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To
	// enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value.
	// If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this
	// value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames
	// or Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames
	// or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as
	// frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control.
	// If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave
	// GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies
	// HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto
	// in each output in your output group.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based
	// on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior,
	// choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify
	// GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output
	// group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave
	// GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify
	// the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide
	// the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"`

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded
	// video segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferFinalFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H265InterlaceMode"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting
	// determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts
	// as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene
	// change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically
	// choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To
	// enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value.
	// When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines
	// whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example,
	// if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within
	// 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven
	// I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched
	// slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change
	// I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place
	// and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence
	// GOPs.
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of B-frames between reference frames in this output. For
	// the best video quality: Leave blank. MediaConvert automatically determines
	// the number of B-frames to use based on the characteristics of your input
	// video. To manually specify the number of B-frames between reference frames:
	// Enter an integer from 0 to 7.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
	// if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
	// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
	// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value
	// other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
	// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H265ParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265QualityTuningLevel"`

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings `locationName:"qvbrSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"`

	// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
	// selects best strength based on content
	SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode *string `locationName:"sampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode" type:"string" enum:"H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
	// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
	// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
	// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
	// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
	// You must also set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H265SlowPal"`

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
	// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
	// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
	// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
	// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
	// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
	// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
	// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate field is set
	// to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors >
	// Deinterlacer field and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field to
	// identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine
	// or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft:
	// produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H265Telecine"`

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
	// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
	// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
	// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
	// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
	// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers
	// are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer,
	// reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can
	// form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal
	// layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream
	// with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder
	// could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and
	// P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output.
	TemporalIds *string `locationName:"temporalIds" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalIds"`

	// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision
	// of the encoded pictures.
	Tiles *string `locationName:"tiles" type:"string" enum:"H265Tiles"`

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode"`

	// If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow,
	// ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or
	// with standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose
	// HVC1 to mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the
	// following specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15
	// 3rd Edition. For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units
	// in the sample headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when
	// you choose HVC1, your output video might not work properly with some downstream
	// systems and video players. The service defaults to marking your output as
	// HEV1. For these outputs, the service writes parameter set NAL units directly
	// into the samples.
	WriteMp4PackagingType *string `locationName:"writeMp4PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"H265WriteMp4PackagingType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H265Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s H265Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.NumberReferenceFrames != nil && *s.NumberReferenceFrames < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumberReferenceFrames", 1))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1))
	}
	if s.QvbrSettings != nil {
		if err := s.QvbrSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("QvbrSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei sets the AlternateTransferFunctionSei field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.AlternateTransferFunctionSei = &v
	return s
}

// SetBandwidthReductionFilter sets the BandwidthReductionFilter field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetBandwidthReductionFilter(v *BandwidthReductionFilter) *H265Settings {
	s.BandwidthReductionFilter = v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.CodecLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicSubGop sets the DynamicSubGop field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetDynamicSubGop(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.DynamicSubGop = &v
	return s
}

// SetEndOfStreamMarkers sets the EndOfStreamMarkers field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetEndOfStreamMarkers(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.EndOfStreamMarkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.GopBReference = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.GopClosedCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.GopSizeUnits = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.MinIInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetQvbrSettings sets the QvbrSettings field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrSettings(v *H265QvbrSettings) *H265Settings {
	s.QvbrSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode sets the SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings {
	s.Slices = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalIds sets the TemporalIds field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalIds(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.TemporalIds = &v
	return s
}

// SetTiles sets the Tiles field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetTiles(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.Tiles = &v
	return s
}

// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// SetWriteMp4PackagingType sets the WriteMp4PackagingType field's value.
func (s *H265Settings) SetWriteMp4PackagingType(v string) *H265Settings {
	s.WriteMp4PackagingType = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined
// by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded
// in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player
// display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content
// creator.
type Hdr10Metadata struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units
	// of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value;
	// you must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxContentLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxContentLightLevel" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in
	// units of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value;
	// you must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxFrameAverageLightLevel" type:"integer"`

	// Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas
	// per square meter.
	MaxLuminance *int64 `locationName:"maxLuminance" type:"integer"`

	// Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas
	// per square meter
	MinLuminance *int64 `locationName:"minLuminance" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointX *int64 `locationName:"whitePointX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointY *int64 `locationName:"whitePointY" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Hdr10Metadata) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Hdr10Metadata) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetBluePrimaryX sets the BluePrimaryX field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.BluePrimaryX = &v
	return s
}

// SetBluePrimaryY sets the BluePrimaryY field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.BluePrimaryY = &v
	return s
}

// SetGreenPrimaryX sets the GreenPrimaryX field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.GreenPrimaryX = &v
	return s
}

// SetGreenPrimaryY sets the GreenPrimaryY field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.GreenPrimaryY = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxContentLightLevel sets the MaxContentLightLevel field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxContentLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.MaxContentLightLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel sets the MaxFrameAverageLightLevel field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.MaxFrameAverageLightLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxLuminance sets the MaxLuminance field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.MaxLuminance = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinLuminance sets the MinLuminance field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMinLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.MinLuminance = &v
	return s
}

// SetRedPrimaryX sets the RedPrimaryX field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.RedPrimaryX = &v
	return s
}

// SetRedPrimaryY sets the RedPrimaryY field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.RedPrimaryY = &v
	return s
}

// SetWhitePointX sets the WhitePointX field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.WhitePointX = &v
	return s
}

// SetWhitePointY sets the WhitePointY field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata {
	s.WhitePointY = &v
	return s
}

// Setting for HDR10+ metadata insertion
type Hdr10Plus struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the HDR10+ mastering display normalized peak luminance, in nits.
	// This is the normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display, as
	// defined by ST 2094-40.
	MasteringMonitorNits *int64 `locationName:"masteringMonitorNits" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the HDR10+ target display nominal peak luminance, in nits. This is
	// the nominal maximum luminance of the target display as defined by ST 2094-40.
	TargetMonitorNits *int64 `locationName:"targetMonitorNits" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Hdr10Plus) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Hdr10Plus) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetMasteringMonitorNits sets the MasteringMonitorNits field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Plus) SetMasteringMonitorNits(v int64) *Hdr10Plus {
	s.MasteringMonitorNits = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetMonitorNits sets the TargetMonitorNits field's value.
func (s *Hdr10Plus) SetTargetMonitorNits(v int64) *Hdr10Plus {
	s.TargetMonitorNits = &v
	return s
}

// Specify the details for each additional HLS manifest that you want the service
// to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different
// subset of outputs in the group.
type HlsAdditionalManifest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest
	// to make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the
	// output group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS
	// group is film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then
	// the file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from
	// the nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier
	// to create unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string `locationName:"manifestNameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to reference.
	SelectedOutputs []*string `locationName:"selectedOutputs" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsAdditionalManifest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsAdditionalManifest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HlsAdditionalManifest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsAdditionalManifest"}
	if s.ManifestNameModifier != nil && len(*s.ManifestNameModifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ManifestNameModifier", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetManifestNameModifier sets the ManifestNameModifier field's value.
func (s *HlsAdditionalManifest) SetManifestNameModifier(v string) *HlsAdditionalManifest {
	s.ManifestNameModifier = &v
	return s
}

// SetSelectedOutputs sets the SelectedOutputs field's value.
func (s *HlsAdditionalManifest) SetSelectedOutputs(v []*string) *HlsAdditionalManifest {
	s.SelectedOutputs = v
	return s
}

// Caption Language Mapping
type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Caption channel.
	CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the language for this captions channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
	LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Caption language description.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsCaptionLanguageMapping"}
	if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.CustomLanguageCode != nil && len(*s.CustomLanguageCode) < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomLanguageCode", 3))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value.
func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping {
	s.CaptionChannel = &v
	return s
}

// SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping {
	s.CustomLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping {
	s.LanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping {
	s.LanguageDescription = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for HLS encryption
type HlsEncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" min:"32" type:"string"`

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
	// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
	EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"`

	// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the
	// key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed
	// in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
	InitializationVectorInManifest *string `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsInitializationVectorInManifest"`

	// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
	// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
	OfflineEncrypted *string `locationName:"offlineEncrypted" type:"string" enum:"HlsOfflineEncrypted"`

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
	// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"HlsKeyProviderType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsEncryptionSettings"}
	if s.ConstantInitializationVector != nil && len(*s.ConstantInitializationVector) < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantInitializationVector", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v
	return s
}

// SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.EncryptionMethod = &v
	return s
}

// SetInitializationVectorInManifest sets the InitializationVectorInManifest field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.InitializationVectorInManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetOfflineEncrypted sets the OfflineEncrypted field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetOfflineEncrypted(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.OfflineEncrypted = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.SpekeKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// SetStaticKeyProvider sets the StaticKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider(v *StaticKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.StaticKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetType(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
type HlsGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This
	// setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs
	// themselves.
	AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list" enum:"HlsAdMarkers"`

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest for each
	// HLS output group in your job. This default manifest references every output
	// in the output group. To create additional top-level manifests that reference
	// a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []*HlsAdditionalManifest `locationName:"additionalManifests" type:"list"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and
	// you encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include, to output
	// audio-only headers. Choose Exclude to remove the audio-only headers from
	// your audio segments.
	AudioOnlyHeader *string `locationName:"audioOnlyHeader" type:"string" enum:"HlsAudioOnlyHeader"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
	// the main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// Language to be used on Caption outputs
	CaptionLanguageMappings []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"`

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
	// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
	// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
	// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
	// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
	// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// line from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"`

	// Set Caption segment length control to Match video to create caption segments
	// that align with the video segments from the first video output in this output
	// group. For example, if the video segments are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT
	// segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the default setting, Large segments
	// to create caption segments that are 300 seconds long.
	CaptionSegmentLengthControl *string `locationName:"captionSegmentLengthControl" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl"`

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your
	// video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"`

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"`

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename
	// base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base
	// filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
	// and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child
	// manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding
	// entries to the parent manifest. A common application for these images is
	// Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates
	// with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay *string `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlay" type:"string" enum:"HlsImageBasedTrickPlay"`

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings `locationName:"imageBasedTrickPlaySettings" type:"structure"`

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"`

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"`

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
	// a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
	// know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
	// the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
	// a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
	// than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
	// value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
	// shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
	// your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
	// a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
	// to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

	// When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within
	// the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if
	// needed.
	MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
	// output group.
	OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"`

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
	// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
	// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
	// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
	ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"`

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates HLS manifests while your job is running
	// or when your job is complete. To generate HLS manifests while your job is
	// running: Choose Enabled. Use if you want to play back your content as soon
	// as it's available. MediaConvert writes the parent and child manifests after
	// the first three media segments are written to your destination S3 bucket.
	// It then writes new updated manifests after each additional segment is written.
	// The parent manifest includes the latest BANDWIDTH and AVERAGE-BANDWIDTH attributes,
	// and child manifests include the latest available media segment. When your
	// job completes, the final child playlists include an EXT-X-ENDLIST tag. To
	// generate HLS manifests only when your job completes: Choose Disabled.
	ProgressiveWriteHlsManifest *string `locationName:"progressiveWriteHlsManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
	// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
	SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentControl"`

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify
	// a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length
	// control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use
	// Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment
	// files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
	// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
	// GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl *string `locationName:"segmentLengthControl" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentLengthControl"`

	// Specify the number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting
	// a new one. You must also set Directory structure to Subdirectory per stream
	// for this setting to have an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
	// of variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"`

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to SPEC\\_COMPLIANT,
	// the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest integer value if
	// fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and rounded down
	// if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client needs
	// to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual duration
	// of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback when
	// the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode *string `locationName:"targetDurationCompatibilityMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode"`

	// Specify the type of the ID3 frame to use for ID3 timestamps in your output.
	// To include ID3 timestamps: Specify PRIV or TDRL and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	// To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to None.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"`

	// Specify the interval in seconds to write ID3 timestamps in your output. The
	// first timestamp starts at the output timecode and date, and increases incrementally
	// with each ID3 timestamp. To use the default interval of 10 seconds: Leave
	// blank. To include this metadata in your output: Set ID3 timestamp frame type
	// to PRIV or TDRL, and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"}
	if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1))
	}
	if s.TimedMetadataId3Period != nil && *s.TimedMetadataId3Period < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TimedMetadataId3Period", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds != nil && *s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TimestampDeltaMilliseconds", -2.147483648e+09))
	}
	if s.AdditionalManifests != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AdditionalManifests {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AdditionalManifests", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Encryption != nil {
		if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings != nil {
		if err := s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.AdMarkers = v
	return s
}

// SetAdditionalManifests sets the AdditionalManifests field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdditionalManifests(v []*HlsAdditionalManifest) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.AdditionalManifests = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioOnlyHeader sets the AudioOnlyHeader field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyHeader(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.AudioOnlyHeader = &v
	return s
}

// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.BaseUrl = &v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionSegmentLengthControl sets the CaptionSegmentLengthControl field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionSegmentLengthControl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.CaptionSegmentLengthControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ClientCache = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.CodecSpecification = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.Destination = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.DirectoryStructure = &v
	return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *HlsEncryptionSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.Encryption = v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlay sets the ImageBasedTrickPlay field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlay(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlay = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings sets the ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetImageBasedTrickPlaySettings(v *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings = v
	return s
}

// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ManifestCompression = &v
	return s
}

// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinFinalSegmentLength sets the MinFinalSegmentLength field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinFinalSegmentLength(v float64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.MinFinalSegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.MinSegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.OutputSelection = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ProgramDateTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgressiveWriteHlsManifest sets the ProgressiveWriteHlsManifest field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgressiveWriteHlsManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.ProgressiveWriteHlsManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentLengthControl sets the SegmentLengthControl field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLengthControl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentLengthControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v
	return s
}

// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.StreamInfResolution = &v
	return s
}

// SetTargetDurationCompatibilityMode sets the TargetDurationCompatibilityMode field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTargetDurationCompatibilityMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.TargetDurationCompatibilityMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value.
func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
	s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v
	return s
}

// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
type HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
	// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
	// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
	// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence *string `locationName:"intervalCadence" type:"string" enum:"HlsIntervalCadence"`

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio
	// would lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be
	// rejected. Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailHeight" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter
	// 5, MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64 `locationName:"thumbnailInterval" type:"double"`

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312.
	// Must be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int64 `locationName:"thumbnailWidth" min:"8" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between
	// 2 and 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int64 `locationName:"tileHeight" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and
	// 512.
	TileWidth *int64 `locationName:"tileWidth" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings"}
	if s.ThumbnailHeight != nil && *s.ThumbnailHeight < 2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailHeight", 2))
	}
	if s.ThumbnailWidth != nil && *s.ThumbnailWidth < 8 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ThumbnailWidth", 8))
	}
	if s.TileHeight != nil && *s.TileHeight < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileHeight", 1))
	}
	if s.TileWidth != nil && *s.TileWidth < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TileWidth", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetIntervalCadence sets the IntervalCadence field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetIntervalCadence(v string) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.IntervalCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailHeight sets the ThumbnailHeight field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailHeight(v int64) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailInterval sets the ThumbnailInterval field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailInterval(v float64) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetThumbnailWidth sets the ThumbnailWidth field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetThumbnailWidth(v int64) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.ThumbnailWidth = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileHeight sets the TileHeight field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileHeight(v int64) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileHeight = &v
	return s
}

// SetTileWidth sets the TileWidth field's value.
func (s *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings) SetTileWidth(v int64) *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings {
	s.TileWidth = &v
	return s
}

// Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify
// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode)
// to identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups
// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
// match the properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in hlsRenditionGroupSettings
// are specified, the default audio track within the video segment is chosen.
// If there is no audio within video segment, the alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES
// is chosen instead.
type HlsRenditionGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string `locationName:"renditionGroupId" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode *string `locationName:"renditionLanguageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string `locationName:"renditionName" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsRenditionGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsRenditionGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRenditionGroupId sets the RenditionGroupId field's value.
func (s *HlsRenditionGroupSettings) SetRenditionGroupId(v string) *HlsRenditionGroupSettings {
	s.RenditionGroupId = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenditionLanguageCode sets the RenditionLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *HlsRenditionGroupSettings) SetRenditionLanguageCode(v string) *HlsRenditionGroupSettings {
	s.RenditionLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenditionName sets the RenditionName field's value.
func (s *HlsRenditionGroupSettings) SetRenditionName(v string) *HlsRenditionGroupSettings {
	s.RenditionName = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for HLS output groups
type HlsSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the group to which the audio rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`

	// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
	// Automatic to create an audio-only file in a raw container. Regardless of
	// the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will
	// place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
	AudioOnlyContainer *string `locationName:"audioOnlyContainer" type:"string" enum:"HlsAudioOnlyContainer"`

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input
	// all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"`

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream
	// The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try
	// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
	// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default
	// Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented
	// as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate
	// Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"HlsAudioTrackType"`

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS)
	// in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes
	// the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't
	// flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
	// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag *string `locationName:"descriptiveVideoServiceFlag" type:"string" enum:"HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag"`

	// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that lists
	// only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest
	// for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that
	// creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame
	// only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest.
	// When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value
	// Exclude.
	IFrameOnlyManifest *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIFrameOnlyManifest"`

	// Use this setting to add an identifying string to the filename of each segment.
	// The service adds this string between the name modifier and segment index
	// number. You can use format identifiers in the string. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html
	SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.AudioGroupId = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioOnlyContainer sets the AudioOnlyContainer field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyContainer(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.AudioOnlyContainer = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.AudioRenditionSets = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.AudioTrackType = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag sets the DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = &v
	return s
}

// SetIFrameOnlyManifest sets the IFrameOnlyManifest field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetIFrameOnlyManifest(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.IFrameOnlyManifest = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value.
func (s *HlsSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsSettings {
	s.SegmentModifier = &v
	return s
}

// Optional. Configuration for a destination queue to which the job can hop
// once a customer-defined minimum wait time has passed.
type HopDestination struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. When you set up a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a different
	// relative priority for the job in the destination queue. If you don't specify,
	// the relative priority will remain the same as in the previous queue.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional unless the job is submitted on the default queue. When you set up
	// a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a destination queue. This queue
	// cannot be the original queue to which the job is submitted. If the original
	// queue isn't the default queue and you don't specify the destination queue,
	// the job will move to the default queue.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// Required for setting up a job to use queue hopping. Minimum wait time in
	// minutes until the job can hop to the destination queue. Valid range is 1
	// to 4320 minutes, inclusive.
	WaitMinutes *int64 `locationName:"waitMinutes" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HopDestination) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s HopDestination) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HopDestination) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HopDestination"}
	if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < -50 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", -50))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *HopDestination) SetPriority(v int64) *HopDestination {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *HopDestination) SetQueue(v string) *HopDestination {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetWaitMinutes sets the WaitMinutes field's value.
func (s *HopDestination) SetWaitMinutes(v int64) *HopDestination {
	s.WaitMinutes = &v
	return s
}

// To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag to specify
// the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode to specify the time when the
// tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create
// multiple instances of ID3 insertion.
type Id3Insertion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use ID3 tag to provide a fully formed ID3 tag in base64-encode format.
	Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string"`

	// Provide a Timecode in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
	Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Id3Insertion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Id3Insertion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value.
func (s *Id3Insertion) SetId3(v string) *Id3Insertion {
	s.Id3 = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value.
func (s *Id3Insertion) SetTimecode(v string) *Id3Insertion {
	s.Timecode = &v
	return s
}

// Use the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
// Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. For
// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/graphic-overlay.html.
// This setting is disabled by default.
type ImageInserter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must
	// be PNG or TGA files.
	InsertableImages []*InsertableImage `locationName:"insertableImages" type:"list"`

	// Specify the reference white level, in nits, for all of your image inserter
	// images. Use to correct brightness levels within HDR10 outputs. For 1,000
	// nit peak brightness displays, we recommend that you set SDR reference white
	// level to 203 (according to ITU-R BT.2408). Leave blank to use the default
	// value of 100, or specify an integer from 100 to 1000.
	SdrReferenceWhiteLevel *int64 `locationName:"sdrReferenceWhiteLevel" min:"100" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ImageInserter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ImageInserter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ImageInserter) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImageInserter"}
	if s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel != nil && *s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel < 100 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SdrReferenceWhiteLevel", 100))
	}
	if s.InsertableImages != nil {
		for i, v := range s.InsertableImages {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InsertableImages", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetInsertableImages sets the InsertableImages field's value.
func (s *ImageInserter) SetInsertableImages(v []*InsertableImage) *ImageInserter {
	s.InsertableImages = v
	return s
}

// SetSdrReferenceWhiteLevel sets the SdrReferenceWhiteLevel field's value.
func (s *ImageInserter) SetSdrReferenceWhiteLevel(v int64) *ImageInserter {
	s.SdrReferenceWhiteLevel = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions
// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
type ImscDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If the IMSC captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people
	// who are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled.
	// When you do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS
	// or DASH manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
	// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track: CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following
	// in the adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended
	// to provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you
	// do, for DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation
	// set for this track: .
	Accessibility *string `locationName:"accessibility" type:"string" enum:"ImscAccessibilitySubs"`

	// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
	// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
	// only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting
	// for simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"ImscStylePassthrough"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ImscDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ImscDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccessibility sets the Accessibility field's value.
func (s *ImscDestinationSettings) SetAccessibility(v string) *ImscDestinationSettings {
	s.Accessibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *ImscDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *ImscDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// Use inputs to define the source files used in your transcoding job. For more
// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/specify-input-settings.html.
// You can use multiple video inputs to do input stitching. For more information,
// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html
type Input struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use to remove noise, blocking, blurriness, or ringing from your input as
	// a pre-filter step before encoding. The Advanced input filter removes more
	// types of compression artifacts and is an improvement when compared to basic
	// Deblock and Denoise filters. To remove video compression artifacts from your
	// input and improve the video quality: Choose Enabled. Additionally, this filter
	// can help increase the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate,
	// since noisy inputs are more complex and require more bits to encode. To help
	// restore loss of detail after applying the filter, you can optionally add
	// texture or sharpening as an additional step. Jobs that use this feature incur
	// pro-tier pricing. To not apply advanced input filtering: Choose Disabled.
	// Note that you can still apply basic filtering with Deblock and Denoise.
	AdvancedInputFilter *string `locationName:"advancedInputFilter" type:"string" enum:"AdvancedInputFilter"`

	// Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter
	// to Enabled.
	AdvancedInputFilterSettings *AdvancedInputFilterSettings `locationName:"advancedInputFilterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that
	// you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working
	// with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a
	// single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"`

	// Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that
	// you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that
	// you use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled.
	// Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
	DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"`

	// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload
	// them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt
	// your content.
	DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings `locationName:"decryptionSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only
	// applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"`

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global
	// and frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify
	// a file here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant MediaConvert
	// read permissions to this file. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string `locationName:"dolbyVisionMetadataXml" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs
	// in a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that
	// you specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format
	// is IMF, specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example,
	// "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to
	// use *Supplemental IMPs* to specify any supplemental IMPs that contain assets
	// referenced by the CPL.
	FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"`

	// Specify whether to apply input filtering to improve the video quality of
	// your input. To apply filtering depending on your input type and quality:
	// Choose Auto. To apply no filtering: Choose Disable. To apply filtering regardless
	// of your input type and quality: Choose Force. When you do, you must also
	// specify a value for Filter strength.
	FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"`

	// Specify the strength of the input filter. To apply an automatic amount of
	// filtering based the compression artifacts measured in your input: We recommend
	// that you leave Filter strength blank and set Filter enable to Auto. To manually
	// apply filtering: Enter a value from 1 to 5, where 1 is the least amount of
	// filtering and 5 is the most. The value that you enter applies to the strength
	// of the Deblock or Denoise filters, or to the strength of the Advanced input
	// filter.
	FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"`

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting
	// is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the
	// input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip
	// will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only
	// an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify
	// more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs
	// by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"`

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting
	// to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF.
	// Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video
	// quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't
	// specify, the default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs
	// that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced.
	// Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType *string `locationName:"inputScanType" type:"string" enum:"InputScanType"`

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The
	// area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify
	// a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting
	// Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any
	// AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you
	// specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the
	// setting Scaling Behavior.
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport
	// stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first
	// program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist,
	// the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux
	// process to scans.* Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.* Use PSI
	// - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"`

	// Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental
	// IMPs if the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP.
	// Specify either the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or
	// the ASSETMAP.xml files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/", "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"].
	// You don't need to specify the IMP that contains your input CPL, because the
	// service automatically detects it.
	SupplementalImps []*string `locationName:"supplementalImps" type:"list"`

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify
	// how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects
	// only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such
	// as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded
	// to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the
	// first frame at zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the
	// timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For
	// more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string `locationName:"timecodeStart" min:"11" type:"string"`

	// When you include Video generator, MediaConvert creates a video input with
	// black frames. Use this setting if you do not have a video input or if you
	// want to add black video frames before, or after, other inputs. You can specify
	// Video generator, or you can specify an Input file, but you cannot specify
	// both. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-generator.html
	VideoGenerator *InputVideoGenerator `locationName:"videoGenerator" type:"structure"`

	// Contains an array of video overlays.
	VideoOverlays []*VideoOverlay `locationName:"videoOverlays" type:"list"`

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Input) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Input) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Input) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Input"}
	if s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml != nil && len(*s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DolbyVisionMetadataXml", 14))
	}
	if s.ProgramNumber != nil && *s.ProgramNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ProgramNumber", 1))
	}
	if s.TimecodeStart != nil && len(*s.TimecodeStart) < 11 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TimecodeStart", 11))
	}
	if s.AudioSelectors != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.CaptionSelectors != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Crop != nil {
		if err := s.Crop.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Crop", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DecryptionSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DecryptionSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DecryptionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ImageInserter != nil {
		if err := s.ImageInserter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageInserter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Position != nil {
		if err := s.Position.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Position", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoGenerator != nil {
		if err := s.VideoGenerator.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoGenerator", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoOverlays != nil {
		for i, v := range s.VideoOverlays {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoOverlays", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.VideoSelector != nil {
		if err := s.VideoSelector.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSelector", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdvancedInputFilter sets the AdvancedInputFilter field's value.
func (s *Input) SetAdvancedInputFilter(v string) *Input {
	s.AdvancedInputFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetAdvancedInputFilterSettings sets the AdvancedInputFilterSettings field's value.
func (s *Input) SetAdvancedInputFilterSettings(v *AdvancedInputFilterSettings) *Input {
	s.AdvancedInputFilterSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value.
func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *Input {
	s.AudioSelectorGroups = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value.
func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *Input {
	s.AudioSelectors = v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value.
func (s *Input) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *Input {
	s.CaptionSelectors = v
	return s
}

// SetCrop sets the Crop field's value.
func (s *Input) SetCrop(v *Rectangle) *Input {
	s.Crop = v
	return s
}

// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value.
func (s *Input) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *Input {
	s.DeblockFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDecryptionSettings sets the DecryptionSettings field's value.
func (s *Input) SetDecryptionSettings(v *InputDecryptionSettings) *Input {
	s.DecryptionSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value.
func (s *Input) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *Input {
	s.DenoiseFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDolbyVisionMetadataXml sets the DolbyVisionMetadataXml field's value.
func (s *Input) SetDolbyVisionMetadataXml(v string) *Input {
	s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml = &v
	return s
}

// SetFileInput sets the FileInput field's value.
func (s *Input) SetFileInput(v string) *Input {
	s.FileInput = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value.
func (s *Input) SetFilterEnable(v string) *Input {
	s.FilterEnable = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value.
func (s *Input) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *Input {
	s.FilterStrength = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageInserter sets the ImageInserter field's value.
func (s *Input) SetImageInserter(v *ImageInserter) *Input {
	s.ImageInserter = v
	return s
}

// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value.
func (s *Input) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *Input {
	s.InputClippings = v
	return s
}

// SetInputScanType sets the InputScanType field's value.
func (s *Input) SetInputScanType(v string) *Input {
	s.InputScanType = &v
	return s
}

// SetPosition sets the Position field's value.
func (s *Input) SetPosition(v *Rectangle) *Input {
	s.Position = v
	return s
}

// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
func (s *Input) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *Input {
	s.ProgramNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value.
func (s *Input) SetPsiControl(v string) *Input {
	s.PsiControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetSupplementalImps sets the SupplementalImps field's value.
func (s *Input) SetSupplementalImps(v []*string) *Input {
	s.SupplementalImps = v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value.
func (s *Input) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *Input {
	s.TimecodeSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeStart sets the TimecodeStart field's value.
func (s *Input) SetTimecodeStart(v string) *Input {
	s.TimecodeStart = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoGenerator sets the VideoGenerator field's value.
func (s *Input) SetVideoGenerator(v *InputVideoGenerator) *Input {
	s.VideoGenerator = v
	return s
}

// SetVideoOverlays sets the VideoOverlays field's value.
func (s *Input) SetVideoOverlays(v []*VideoOverlay) *Input {
	s.VideoOverlays = v
	return s
}

// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value.
func (s *Input) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *Input {
	s.VideoSelector = v
	return s
}

// To transcode only portions of your input, include one input clip for each
// part of your input that you want in your output. All input clips that you
// specify will be included in every output of the job. For more information,
// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html.
type InputClipping struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Set End timecode to the end of the portion of the input you are clipping.
	// The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the clip.
	// Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is
	// the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into
	// account your setting for timecode source under input settings. For example,
	// if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your
	// clip to end six minutes into the video, use 01:06:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"`

	// Set Start timecode to the beginning of the portion of the input you are clipping.
	// The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is included in the clip.
	// Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is
	// the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into
	// account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you have
	// embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin
	// five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputClipping) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputClipping) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetEndTimecode sets the EndTimecode field's value.
func (s *InputClipping) SetEndTimecode(v string) *InputClipping {
	s.EndTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.
func (s *InputClipping) SetStartTimecode(v string) *InputClipping {
	s.StartTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload
// them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt
// your content.
type InputDecryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
	DecryptionMode *string `locationName:"decryptionMode" type:"string" enum:"DecryptionMode"`

	// Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings
	// could be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the
	// encrypted version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content.
	// The data key must be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key
	// can be 128, 192, or 256 bits.
	EncryptedDecryptionKey *string `locationName:"encryptedDecryptionKey" min:"24" type:"string"`

	// Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content
	// before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector
	// with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector
	// with GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are
	// base64-encoded.
	InitializationVector *string `locationName:"initializationVector" min:"16" type:"string"`

	// Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used
	// to encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are
	// using for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
	KmsKeyRegion *string `locationName:"kmsKeyRegion" min:"9" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputDecryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputDecryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputDecryptionSettings"}
	if s.EncryptedDecryptionKey != nil && len(*s.EncryptedDecryptionKey) < 24 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncryptedDecryptionKey", 24))
	}
	if s.InitializationVector != nil && len(*s.InitializationVector) < 16 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InitializationVector", 16))
	}
	if s.KmsKeyRegion != nil && len(*s.KmsKeyRegion) < 9 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KmsKeyRegion", 9))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDecryptionMode sets the DecryptionMode field's value.
func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) SetDecryptionMode(v string) *InputDecryptionSettings {
	s.DecryptionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetEncryptedDecryptionKey sets the EncryptedDecryptionKey field's value.
func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) SetEncryptedDecryptionKey(v string) *InputDecryptionSettings {
	s.EncryptedDecryptionKey = &v
	return s
}

// SetInitializationVector sets the InitializationVector field's value.
func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) SetInitializationVector(v string) *InputDecryptionSettings {
	s.InitializationVector = &v
	return s
}

// SetKmsKeyRegion sets the KmsKeyRegion field's value.
func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) SetKmsKeyRegion(v string) *InputDecryptionSettings {
	s.KmsKeyRegion = &v
	return s
}

// Specified video input in a template.
type InputTemplate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use to remove noise, blocking, blurriness, or ringing from your input as
	// a pre-filter step before encoding. The Advanced input filter removes more
	// types of compression artifacts and is an improvement when compared to basic
	// Deblock and Denoise filters. To remove video compression artifacts from your
	// input and improve the video quality: Choose Enabled. Additionally, this filter
	// can help increase the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate,
	// since noisy inputs are more complex and require more bits to encode. To help
	// restore loss of detail after applying the filter, you can optionally add
	// texture or sharpening as an additional step. Jobs that use this feature incur
	// pro-tier pricing. To not apply advanced input filtering: Choose Disabled.
	// Note that you can still apply basic filtering with Deblock and Denoise.
	AdvancedInputFilter *string `locationName:"advancedInputFilter" type:"string" enum:"AdvancedInputFilter"`

	// Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter
	// to Enabled.
	AdvancedInputFilterSettings *AdvancedInputFilterSettings `locationName:"advancedInputFilterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that
	// you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working
	// with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a
	// single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"`

	// Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that
	// you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that
	// you use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled.
	// Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
	DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"`

	// Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only
	// applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"`

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global
	// and frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify
	// a file here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant MediaConvert
	// read permissions to this file. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string `locationName:"dolbyVisionMetadataXml" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Specify whether to apply input filtering to improve the video quality of
	// your input. To apply filtering depending on your input type and quality:
	// Choose Auto. To apply no filtering: Choose Disable. To apply filtering regardless
	// of your input type and quality: Choose Force. When you do, you must also
	// specify a value for Filter strength.
	FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"`

	// Specify the strength of the input filter. To apply an automatic amount of
	// filtering based the compression artifacts measured in your input: We recommend
	// that you leave Filter strength blank and set Filter enable to Auto. To manually
	// apply filtering: Enter a value from 1 to 5, where 1 is the least amount of
	// filtering and 5 is the most. The value that you enter applies to the strength
	// of the Deblock or Denoise filters, or to the strength of the Advanced input
	// filter.
	FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"`

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting
	// is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the
	// input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip
	// will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only
	// an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify
	// more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs
	// by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"`

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting
	// to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF.
	// Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video
	// quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't
	// specify, the default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs
	// that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced.
	// Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType *string `locationName:"inputScanType" type:"string" enum:"InputScanType"`

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The
	// area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify
	// a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting
	// Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any
	// AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you
	// specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the
	// setting Scaling Behavior.
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport
	// stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first
	// program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist,
	// the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux
	// process to scans.* Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.* Use PSI
	// - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"`

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify
	// how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects
	// only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such
	// as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded
	// to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the
	// first frame at zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the
	// timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For
	// more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string `locationName:"timecodeStart" min:"11" type:"string"`

	// Contains an array of video overlays.
	VideoOverlays []*VideoOverlay `locationName:"videoOverlays" type:"list"`

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputTemplate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputTemplate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InputTemplate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputTemplate"}
	if s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml != nil && len(*s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DolbyVisionMetadataXml", 14))
	}
	if s.ProgramNumber != nil && *s.ProgramNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ProgramNumber", 1))
	}
	if s.TimecodeStart != nil && len(*s.TimecodeStart) < 11 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TimecodeStart", 11))
	}
	if s.AudioSelectors != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.CaptionSelectors != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Crop != nil {
		if err := s.Crop.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Crop", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ImageInserter != nil {
		if err := s.ImageInserter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageInserter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Position != nil {
		if err := s.Position.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Position", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoOverlays != nil {
		for i, v := range s.VideoOverlays {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoOverlays", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.VideoSelector != nil {
		if err := s.VideoSelector.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSelector", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdvancedInputFilter sets the AdvancedInputFilter field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetAdvancedInputFilter(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.AdvancedInputFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetAdvancedInputFilterSettings sets the AdvancedInputFilterSettings field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetAdvancedInputFilterSettings(v *AdvancedInputFilterSettings) *InputTemplate {
	s.AdvancedInputFilterSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *InputTemplate {
	s.AudioSelectorGroups = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *InputTemplate {
	s.AudioSelectors = v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *InputTemplate {
	s.CaptionSelectors = v
	return s
}

// SetCrop sets the Crop field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetCrop(v *Rectangle) *InputTemplate {
	s.Crop = v
	return s
}

// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.DeblockFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.DenoiseFilter = &v
	return s
}

// SetDolbyVisionMetadataXml sets the DolbyVisionMetadataXml field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetDolbyVisionMetadataXml(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.DolbyVisionMetadataXml = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterEnable(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.FilterEnable = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputTemplate {
	s.FilterStrength = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageInserter sets the ImageInserter field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetImageInserter(v *ImageInserter) *InputTemplate {
	s.ImageInserter = v
	return s
}

// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *InputTemplate {
	s.InputClippings = v
	return s
}

// SetInputScanType sets the InputScanType field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetInputScanType(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.InputScanType = &v
	return s
}

// SetPosition sets the Position field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetPosition(v *Rectangle) *InputTemplate {
	s.Position = v
	return s
}

// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *InputTemplate {
	s.ProgramNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetPsiControl(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.PsiControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.TimecodeSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeStart sets the TimecodeStart field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetTimecodeStart(v string) *InputTemplate {
	s.TimecodeStart = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoOverlays sets the VideoOverlays field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetVideoOverlays(v []*VideoOverlay) *InputTemplate {
	s.VideoOverlays = v
	return s
}

// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value.
func (s *InputTemplate) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputTemplate {
	s.VideoSelector = v
	return s
}

// When you include Video generator, MediaConvert creates a video input with
// black frames. Use this setting if you do not have a video input or if you
// want to add black video frames before, or after, other inputs. You can specify
// Video generator, or you can specify an Input file, but you cannot specify
// both. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-generator.html
type InputVideoGenerator struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify an integer value for Black video duration from 50 to 86400000 to
	// generate a black video input for that many milliseconds. Required when you
	// include Video generator.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" min:"50" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputVideoGenerator) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InputVideoGenerator) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InputVideoGenerator) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVideoGenerator"}
	if s.Duration != nil && *s.Duration < 50 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Duration", 50))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *InputVideoGenerator) SetDuration(v int64) *InputVideoGenerator {
	s.Duration = &v
	return s
}

// These settings apply to a specific graphic overlay. You can include multiple
// overlays in your job.
type InsertableImage struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output
	// video. This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that
	// you specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at
	// full opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity
	// setting. If you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear
	// abruptly at the overlay start time.
	FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time
	// that you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid
	// image has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out,
	// the image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration.
	FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the HTTP, HTTPS, or Amazon S3 location of the image that you want
	// to overlay on the video. Use a PNG or TGA file.
	ImageInserterInput *string `locationName:"imageInserterInput" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left
	// edge of the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge
	// of the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values
	// for Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer.
	Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"`

	// Use Opacity to specify how much of the underlying video shows through the
	// inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
	Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear
	// on. This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember
	// to take into account your timecode source settings.
	StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" type:"string"`

	// Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InsertableImage) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InsertableImage) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InsertableImage) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InsertableImage"}
	if s.ImageInserterInput != nil && len(*s.ImageInserterInput) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ImageInserterInput", 14))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetDuration(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.Duration = &v
	return s
}

// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeIn(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.FadeIn = &v
	return s
}

// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeOut(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.FadeOut = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetHeight(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageInserterInput sets the ImageInserterInput field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageInserterInput(v string) *InsertableImage {
	s.ImageInserterInput = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageX(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.ImageX = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageY(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.ImageY = &v
	return s
}

// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetLayer(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.Layer = &v
	return s
}

// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetOpacity(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.Opacity = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetStartTime(v string) *InsertableImage {
	s.StartTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *InsertableImage) SetWidth(v int64) *InsertableImage {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorInternalServerErrorException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &InternalServerErrorException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string {
	return "InternalServerErrorException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *InternalServerErrorException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *InternalServerErrorException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
// see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
type Job struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding.
	// For jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED, AccelerationStatus
	// is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode)
	// set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the other states.
	// AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service determines
	// whether the input files and job settings are compatible with accelerated
	// transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your input
	// files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the
	// service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding,
	// depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service
	// runs your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED.
	AccelerationStatus *string `locationName:"accelerationStatus" type:"string" enum:"AccelerationStatus"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS
	// Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up.
	BillingTagsSource *string `locationName:"billingTagsSource" type:"string" enum:"BillingTagsSource"`

	// Prevent duplicate jobs from being created and ensure idempotency for your
	// requests. A client request token can be any string that includes up to 64
	// ASCII characters. If you reuse a client request token within one minute of
	// a successful request, the API returns the job details of the original request
	// instead. For more information see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/apireference/idempotency.html.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
	CurrentPhase *string `locationName:"currentPhase" type:"string" enum:"JobPhase"`

	// Error code for the job
	ErrorCode *int64 `locationName:"errorCode" type:"integer"`

	// Error message of Job
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []*HopDestination `locationName:"hopDestinations" type:"list"`

	// A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resources
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as
	// a percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when
	// your output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the
	// response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate
	// is reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream,
	// MP4, and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about
	// job progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value.
	JobPercentComplete *int64 `locationName:"jobPercentComplete" type:"integer"`

	// The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job
	// template.
	JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"`

	// Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully
	// submitted.
	Messages *JobMessages `locationName:"messages" type:"structure"`

	// List of output group details
	OutputGroupDetails []*OutputGroupDetail `locationName:"outputGroupDetails" type:"list"`

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If you don't
	// specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, see
	// the User Guide topic at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// The job's queue hopping history.
	QueueTransitions []*QueueTransition `locationName:"queueTransitions" type:"list"`

	// The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your
	// job after encountering an error.
	RetryCount *int64 `locationName:"retryCount" type:"integer"`

	// The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions,
	// see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs
	// your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will
	// see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue *string `locationName:"simulateReservedQueue" type:"string" enum:"SimulateReservedQueue"`

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

	// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified
	// in Unix epoch format in seconds.
	Timing *Timing `locationName:"timing" type:"structure"`

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job.
	// You specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"`

	// Contains any warning messages for the job. Use to help identify potential
	// issues with your input, output, or job. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/warning_codes.html
	Warnings []*WarningGroup `locationName:"warnings" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Job) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Job) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.
func (s *Job) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *Job {
	s.AccelerationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetAccelerationStatus sets the AccelerationStatus field's value.
func (s *Job) SetAccelerationStatus(v string) *Job {
	s.AccelerationStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *Job) SetArn(v string) *Job {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetBillingTagsSource sets the BillingTagsSource field's value.
func (s *Job) SetBillingTagsSource(v string) *Job {
	s.BillingTagsSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
func (s *Job) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *Job {
	s.ClientRequestToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Job {
	s.CreatedAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetCurrentPhase sets the CurrentPhase field's value.
func (s *Job) SetCurrentPhase(v string) *Job {
	s.CurrentPhase = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
func (s *Job) SetErrorCode(v int64) *Job {
	s.ErrorCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
func (s *Job) SetErrorMessage(v string) *Job {
	s.ErrorMessage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHopDestinations sets the HopDestinations field's value.
func (s *Job) SetHopDestinations(v []*HopDestination) *Job {
	s.HopDestinations = v
	return s
}

// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *Job) SetId(v string) *Job {
	s.Id = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobPercentComplete sets the JobPercentComplete field's value.
func (s *Job) SetJobPercentComplete(v int64) *Job {
	s.JobPercentComplete = &v
	return s
}

// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.
func (s *Job) SetJobTemplate(v string) *Job {
	s.JobTemplate = &v
	return s
}

// SetMessages sets the Messages field's value.
func (s *Job) SetMessages(v *JobMessages) *Job {
	s.Messages = v
	return s
}

// SetOutputGroupDetails sets the OutputGroupDetails field's value.
func (s *Job) SetOutputGroupDetails(v []*OutputGroupDetail) *Job {
	s.OutputGroupDetails = v
	return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *Job) SetPriority(v int64) *Job {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *Job) SetQueue(v string) *Job {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueueTransitions sets the QueueTransitions field's value.
func (s *Job) SetQueueTransitions(v []*QueueTransition) *Job {
	s.QueueTransitions = v
	return s
}

// SetRetryCount sets the RetryCount field's value.
func (s *Job) SetRetryCount(v int64) *Job {
	s.RetryCount = &v
	return s
}

// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job {
	s.Role = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *Job) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *Job {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetSimulateReservedQueue sets the SimulateReservedQueue field's value.
func (s *Job) SetSimulateReservedQueue(v string) *Job {
	s.SimulateReservedQueue = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Job) SetStatus(v string) *Job {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.
func (s *Job) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *Job {
	s.StatusUpdateInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetTiming sets the Timing field's value.
func (s *Job) SetTiming(v *Timing) *Job {
	s.Timing = v
	return s
}

// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
func (s *Job) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *Job {
	s.UserMetadata = v
	return s
}

// SetWarnings sets the Warnings field's value.
func (s *Job) SetWarnings(v []*WarningGroup) *Job {
	s.Warnings = v
	return s
}

// Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully
// submitted.
type JobMessages struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of messages that are informational only and don't indicate a problem
	// with your job.
	Info []*string `locationName:"info" type:"list"`

	// List of messages that warn about conditions that might cause your job not
	// to run or to fail.
	Warning []*string `locationName:"warning" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobMessages) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobMessages) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetInfo sets the Info field's value.
func (s *JobMessages) SetInfo(v []*string) *JobMessages {
	s.Info = v
	return s
}

// SetWarning sets the Warning field's value.
func (s *JobMessages) SetWarning(v []*string) *JobMessages {
	s.Warning = v
	return s
}

// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
type JobSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an
	// image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion,
	// you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings `locationName:"esam" type:"structure"`

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature
	// to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output.
	// For more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5
	// 05h Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices `locationName:"extendedDataServices" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the input that MediaConvert references for your default output settings.
	// MediaConvert uses this input's Resolution, Frame rate, and Pixel aspect ratio
	// for all outputs that you don't manually specify different output settings
	// for. Enabling this setting will disable "Follow source" for all other inputs.
	// If MediaConvert cannot follow your source, for example if you specify an
	// audio-only input, MediaConvert uses the first followable input instead. In
	// your JSON job specification, enter an integer from 1 to 150 corresponding
	// to the order of your inputs.
	FollowSource *int64 `locationName:"followSource" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Inputs to define source file used in the transcode job. There can be
	// multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together
	// to create the output.
	Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to specifying
	// these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS Secrets
	// Manager. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings `locationName:"kantarWatermark" type:"structure"`

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter `locationName:"motionImageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration,
	// MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks
	// in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need
	// to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in
	// your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings `locationName:"nielsenNonLinearWatermark" type:"structure"`

	// Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common
	// package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and
	// no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is
	// a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends
	// on the value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows.
	// * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings
	// * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"`

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"`

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In
	// each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata
	// to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *JobSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobSettings"}
	if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000))
	}
	if s.FollowSource != nil && *s.FollowSource < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FollowSource", 1))
	}
	if s.AvailBlanking != nil {
		if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Inputs != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Inputs {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Inputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.KantarWatermark != nil {
		if err := s.KantarWatermark.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("KantarWatermark", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.MotionImageInserter != nil {
		if err := s.MotionImageInserter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MotionImageInserter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark != nil {
		if err := s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NielsenNonLinearWatermark", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.OutputGroups != nil {
		for i, v := range s.OutputGroups {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobSettings {
	s.AdAvailOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobSettings {
	s.AvailBlanking = v
	return s
}

// SetEsam sets the Esam field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetEsam(v *EsamSettings) *JobSettings {
	s.Esam = v
	return s
}

// SetExtendedDataServices sets the ExtendedDataServices field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetExtendedDataServices(v *ExtendedDataServices) *JobSettings {
	s.ExtendedDataServices = v
	return s
}

// SetFollowSource sets the FollowSource field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetFollowSource(v int64) *JobSettings {
	s.FollowSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetInputs(v []*Input) *JobSettings {
	s.Inputs = v
	return s
}

// SetKantarWatermark sets the KantarWatermark field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetKantarWatermark(v *KantarWatermarkSettings) *JobSettings {
	s.KantarWatermark = v
	return s
}

// SetMotionImageInserter sets the MotionImageInserter field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetMotionImageInserter(v *MotionImageInserter) *JobSettings {
	s.MotionImageInserter = v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobSettings {
	s.NielsenConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenNonLinearWatermark sets the NielsenNonLinearWatermark field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetNielsenNonLinearWatermark(v *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) *JobSettings {
	s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark = v
	return s
}

// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobSettings {
	s.OutputGroups = v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobSettings {
	s.TimecodeConfig = v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value.
func (s *JobSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v
	return s
}

// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
// to quickly create a job.
type JobTemplate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// An optional category you create to organize your job templates.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description you create for each job template.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []*HopDestination `locationName:"hopDestinations" type:"list"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within
	// your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to.
	// If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

	// A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in
	// job templates can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobTemplate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobTemplate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *JobTemplate {
	s.AccelerationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetArn(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetCategory(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *JobTemplate {
	s.CreatedAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetDescription(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetHopDestinations sets the HopDestinations field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetHopDestinations(v []*HopDestination) *JobTemplate {
	s.HopDestinations = v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JobTemplate {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetName(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetPriority(v int64) *JobTemplate {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetQueue(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *JobTemplate {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.StatusUpdateInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *JobTemplate) SetType(v string) *JobTemplate {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
type JobTemplateSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an
	// image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion,
	// you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings `locationName:"esam" type:"structure"`

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature
	// to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output.
	// For more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5
	// 05h Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices `locationName:"extendedDataServices" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the input that MediaConvert references for your default output settings.
	// MediaConvert uses this input's Resolution, Frame rate, and Pixel aspect ratio
	// for all outputs that you don't manually specify different output settings
	// for. Enabling this setting will disable "Follow source" for all other inputs.
	// If MediaConvert cannot follow your source, for example if you specify an
	// audio-only input, MediaConvert uses the first followable input instead. In
	// your JSON job specification, enter an integer from 1 to 150 corresponding
	// to the order of your inputs.
	FollowSource *int64 `locationName:"followSource" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Inputs to define the source file used in the transcode job. There can
	// only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple
	// inputs when referencing a job template.
	Inputs []*InputTemplate `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to specifying
	// these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS Secrets
	// Manager. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings `locationName:"kantarWatermark" type:"structure"`

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter `locationName:"motionImageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration,
	// MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks
	// in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need
	// to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in
	// your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings `locationName:"nielsenNonLinearWatermark" type:"structure"`

	// Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common
	// package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and
	// no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is
	// a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends
	// on the value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows.
	// * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings
	// * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"`

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"`

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In
	// each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata
	// to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobTemplateSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s JobTemplateSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobTemplateSettings"}
	if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000))
	}
	if s.FollowSource != nil && *s.FollowSource < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FollowSource", 1))
	}
	if s.AvailBlanking != nil {
		if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Inputs != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Inputs {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Inputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.KantarWatermark != nil {
		if err := s.KantarWatermark.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("KantarWatermark", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.MotionImageInserter != nil {
		if err := s.MotionImageInserter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MotionImageInserter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark != nil {
		if err := s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NielsenNonLinearWatermark", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.OutputGroups != nil {
		for i, v := range s.OutputGroups {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.AdAvailOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.AvailBlanking = v
	return s
}

// SetEsam sets the Esam field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetEsam(v *EsamSettings) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.Esam = v
	return s
}

// SetExtendedDataServices sets the ExtendedDataServices field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetExtendedDataServices(v *ExtendedDataServices) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.ExtendedDataServices = v
	return s
}

// SetFollowSource sets the FollowSource field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetFollowSource(v int64) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.FollowSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetInputs(v []*InputTemplate) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.Inputs = v
	return s
}

// SetKantarWatermark sets the KantarWatermark field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetKantarWatermark(v *KantarWatermarkSettings) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.KantarWatermark = v
	return s
}

// SetMotionImageInserter sets the MotionImageInserter field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetMotionImageInserter(v *MotionImageInserter) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.MotionImageInserter = v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.NielsenConfiguration = v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenNonLinearWatermark sets the NielsenNonLinearWatermark field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetNielsenNonLinearWatermark(v *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.NielsenNonLinearWatermark = v
	return s
}

// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.OutputGroups = v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.TimecodeConfig = v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value.
func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobTemplateSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v
	return s
}

// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to specifying
// these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS Secrets
// Manager. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
type KantarWatermarkSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Provide an audio channel name from your Kantar audio license.
	ChannelName *string `locationName:"channelName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify a unique identifier for Kantar to use for this piece of content.
	ContentReference *string `locationName:"contentReference" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Provide the name of the AWS Secrets Manager secret where your Kantar credentials
	// are stored. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide access
	// to this secret. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/granting-permissions-for-mediaconvert-to-access-secrets-manager-secret.html.
	// For instructions on creating a secret, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/tutorials_basic.html,
	// in the AWS Secrets Manager User Guide.
	CredentialsSecretName *string `locationName:"credentialsSecretName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specify an offset, in whole seconds, from the start of your output
	// and the beginning of the watermarking. When you don't specify an offset,
	// Kantar defaults to zero.
	FileOffset *float64 `locationName:"fileOffset" type:"double"`

	// Provide your Kantar license ID number. You should get this number from Kantar.
	KantarLicenseId *int64 `locationName:"kantarLicenseId" type:"integer"`

	// Provide the HTTPS endpoint to the Kantar server. You should get this endpoint
	// from Kantar.
	KantarServerUrl *string `locationName:"kantarServerUrl" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specify the Amazon S3 bucket where you want MediaConvert to store
	// your Kantar watermark XML logs. When you don't specify a bucket, MediaConvert
	// doesn't save these logs. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide
	// access to this location. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	LogDestination *string `locationName:"logDestination" type:"string"`

	// You can optionally use this field to specify the first timestamp that Kantar
	// embeds during watermarking. Kantar suggests that you be very cautious when
	// using this Kantar feature, and that you use it only on channels that are
	// managed specifically for use with this feature by your Audience Measurement
	// Operator. For more information about this feature, contact Kantar technical
	// support.
	Metadata3 *string `locationName:"metadata3" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is
	// 50 characters.
	Metadata4 *string `locationName:"metadata4" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is
	// 50 characters.
	Metadata5 *string `locationName:"metadata5" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is
	// 50 characters.
	Metadata6 *string `locationName:"metadata6" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is
	// 50 characters.
	Metadata7 *string `locationName:"metadata7" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is
	// 50 characters.
	Metadata8 *string `locationName:"metadata8" min:"1" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s KantarWatermarkSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s KantarWatermarkSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KantarWatermarkSettings"}
	if s.ChannelName != nil && len(*s.ChannelName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelName", 1))
	}
	if s.ContentReference != nil && len(*s.ContentReference) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContentReference", 1))
	}
	if s.CredentialsSecretName != nil && len(*s.CredentialsSecretName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CredentialsSecretName", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata3 != nil && len(*s.Metadata3) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata3", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata4 != nil && len(*s.Metadata4) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata4", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata5 != nil && len(*s.Metadata5) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata5", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata6 != nil && len(*s.Metadata6) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata6", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata7 != nil && len(*s.Metadata7) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata7", 1))
	}
	if s.Metadata8 != nil && len(*s.Metadata8) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata8", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetChannelName sets the ChannelName field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetChannelName(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.ChannelName = &v
	return s
}

// SetContentReference sets the ContentReference field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetContentReference(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.ContentReference = &v
	return s
}

// SetCredentialsSecretName sets the CredentialsSecretName field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetCredentialsSecretName(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.CredentialsSecretName = &v
	return s
}

// SetFileOffset sets the FileOffset field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetFileOffset(v float64) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.FileOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetKantarLicenseId sets the KantarLicenseId field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetKantarLicenseId(v int64) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.KantarLicenseId = &v
	return s
}

// SetKantarServerUrl sets the KantarServerUrl field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetKantarServerUrl(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.KantarServerUrl = &v
	return s
}

// SetLogDestination sets the LogDestination field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetLogDestination(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.LogDestination = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata3 sets the Metadata3 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata3(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata3 = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata4 sets the Metadata4 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata4(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata4 = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata5 sets the Metadata5 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata5(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata5 = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata6 sets the Metadata6 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata6(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata6 = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata7 sets the Metadata7 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata7(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata7 = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadata8 sets the Metadata8 field's value.
func (s *KantarWatermarkSettings) SetMetadata8(v string) *KantarWatermarkSettings {
	s.Metadata8 = &v
	return s
}

// You can send list job templates requests with an empty body. Optionally,
// you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request
// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of
// job templates to be returned.
type ListJobTemplatesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// Optionally, specify a job template category to limit responses to only job
	// templates from that category.
	Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list
	// them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by name.
	ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"JobTemplateListBy"`

	// Optional. Number of job templates, up to twenty, that will be returned at
	// one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of job templates.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request lists of resources, you can specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobTemplatesInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput {
	s.ListBy = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobTemplatesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput {
	s.Order = &v
	return s
}

// Successful list job templates requests return a JSON array of job templates.
// If you don't specify how they are ordered, you will receive them in alphabetical
// order by name.
type ListJobTemplatesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of Job templates.
	JobTemplates []*JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplates" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of job templates.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobTemplates sets the JobTemplates field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetJobTemplates(v []*JobTemplate) *ListJobTemplatesOutput {
	s.JobTemplates = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// You can send list jobs requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter
// the response by queue and/or job status by specifying them in your request
// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of
// jobs to be returned.
type ListJobsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// Optional. Number of jobs, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request,
	// to request the next batch of jobs.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request lists of resources, you can specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"`

	// Optional. Provide a queue name to get back only jobs from that queue.
	Queue *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// Optional. A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED,
	// or ERROR.
	Status *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.Order = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetQueue(v string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListJobsInput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// Successful list jobs requests return a JSON array of jobs. If you don't specify
// how they are ordered, you will receive the most recently created first.
type ListJobsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// List of jobs
	Jobs []*Job `locationName:"jobs" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of jobs.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *ListJobsOutput {
	s.Jobs = v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// You can send list presets requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can
// filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You
// can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to
// be returned.
type ListPresetsInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// Optionally, specify a preset category to limit responses to only presets
	// from that category.
	Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them
	// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by name.
	ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"PresetListBy"`

	// Optional. Number of presets, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of presets.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request lists of resources, you can specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListPresetsInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPresetsInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
	s.ListBy = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPresetsInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
	s.Order = &v
	return s
}

// Successful list presets requests return a JSON array of presets. If you don't
// specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name.
type ListPresetsOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of presets.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// List of presets
	Presets []*Preset `locationName:"presets" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListPresetsOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetPresets sets the Presets field's value.
func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetPresets(v []*Preset) *ListPresetsOutput {
	s.Presets = v
	return s
}

// You can send list queues requests with an empty body. You can optionally
// specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned.
type ListQueuesInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them
	// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by creation date.
	ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"QueueListBy"`

	// Optional. Number of queues, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of queues.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request lists of resources, you can specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListQueuesInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListQueuesInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListQueuesInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListQueuesInput"}
	if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListQueuesInput {
	s.ListBy = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListQueuesInput {
	s.MaxResults = &v
	return s
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesInput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListQueuesInput {
	s.Order = &v
	return s
}

// Successful list queues requests return a JSON array of queues. If you don't
// specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name.
type ListQueuesOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of queues.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// List of queues.
	Queues []*Queue `locationName:"queues" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListQueuesOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListQueuesOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesOutput {
	s.NextToken = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueues sets the Queues field's value.
func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetQueues(v []*Queue) *ListQueuesOutput {
	s.Queues = v
	return s
}

// List the tags for your AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource by sending a request
// with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. To get the ARN, send
// a GET request with the resource name.
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to list tags
	// for. To get the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
	if s.Arn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
	}
	if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// A successful request to list the tags for a resource returns a JSON map of
// tags.
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resource.
	ResourceTags *ResourceTags `locationName:"resourceTags" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetResourceTags sets the ResourceTags field's value.
func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetResourceTags(v *ResourceTags) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
	s.ResourceTags = v
	return s
}

// Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings
// to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion
// points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in
// the setting SCC XML.
type M2tsScte35Esam struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated
	// by ESAM.
	Scte35EsamPid *int64 `locationName:"scte35EsamPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M2tsScte35Esam) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M2tsScte35Esam) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *M2tsScte35Esam) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsScte35Esam"}
	if s.Scte35EsamPid != nil && *s.Scte35EsamPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Scte35EsamPid", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetScte35EsamPid sets the Scte35EsamPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsScte35Esam) SetScte35EsamPid(v int64) *M2tsScte35Esam {
	s.Scte35EsamPid = &v
	return s
}

// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group
// when the output's container is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets,
// data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program
// contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these
// subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each
// transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT
// lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems
// and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of
// data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the
// asset.
type M2tsSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
	AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"`

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
	// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
	// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
	// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
	// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
	// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
	// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
	// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
	// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
	// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
	// depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration *string `locationName:"audioDuration" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioDuration"`

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you
	// include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is
	// the range 482-492.
	AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`

	// Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting
	// to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other
	// common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"`

	// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX,
	// use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency,
	// but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
	BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"`

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
	// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
	// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser
	// PTS values). Keep the default value to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl *string `locationName:"dataPTSControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsDataPtsControl"`

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the
	// transport stream of this output.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the
	// transport stream of this output.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this
	// output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479.
	DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"`

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport
	// stream of this output.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in
	// this output. Default is 499.
	DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be
	// fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When
	// set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only
	// applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers
	// is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpAudioInterval"`

	// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only
	// on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable
	// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP
	// or EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"`

	// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"`

	// Keep the default value unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly
	// appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this
	// value to Force.
	ForceTsVideoEbpOrder *string `locationName:"forceTsVideoEbpOrder" type:"string" enum:"M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder"`

	// The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"`

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
	// passes it through to the output transport stream. To exclude this KLV metadata:
	// Set KLV metadata insertion to None or leave blank.
	KlvMetadata *string `locationName:"klvMetadata" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlvMetadata"`

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
	// time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP
	// is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is
	// not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead
	// value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured
	// elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
	MinEbpInterval *int64 `locationName:"minEbpInterval" type:"integer"`

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
	// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 *string `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3"`

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only
	// when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR)
	// in this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value
	// for Video PID.
	PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table
	// (PMT) in the output transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself.
	// Default is 480.
	PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default
	// is 503.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Program number to specify the program number used in the program map
	// table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and program map
	// tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for organizing
	// data.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Manually specify the initial PTS offset, in seconds, when you set PTS offset
	// to Seconds. Enter an integer from 0 to 3600. Leave blank to keep the default
	// value 2.
	PtsOffset *int64 `locationName:"ptsOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the initial presentation timestamp (PTS) offset for your transport
	// stream output. To let MediaConvert automatically determine the initial PTS
	// offset: Keep the default value, Auto. We recommend that you choose Auto for
	// the widest player compatibility. The initial PTS will be at least two seconds
	// and vary depending on your output's bitrate, HRD buffer size and HRD buffer
	// initial fill percentage. To manually specify an initial PTS offset: Choose
	// Seconds. Then specify the number of seconds with PTS offset.
	PtsOffsetMode *string `locationName:"ptsOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"TsPtsOffset"`

	// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate,
	// but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
	RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"`

	// Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and
	// transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM
	// XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam `locationName:"scte35Esam" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport
	// stream.
	Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
	// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None
	// if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from
	// an ESAM XML document-- Choose None. Also provide the ESAM XML as a string
	// in the setting Signal processing notification XML. Also enable ESAM SCTE-35
	// (include the property scte35Esam).
	Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Source"`

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart
	// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets
	// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information
	// to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"`

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
	// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment
	// is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence.
	// This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However,
	// all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"`

	// Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers
	// is set to _none_.
	SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the ID3 metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for
	// this output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2
	// transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the
	// transport stream.
	VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M2tsSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"}
	if s.DvbTeletextPid != nil && *s.DvbTeletextPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DvbTeletextPid", 32))
	}
	if s.PcrPid != nil && *s.PcrPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PcrPid", 32))
	}
	if s.PmtPid != nil && *s.PmtPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PmtPid", 32))
	}
	if s.PrivateMetadataPid != nil && *s.PrivateMetadataPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PrivateMetadataPid", 32))
	}
	if s.Scte35Pid != nil && *s.Scte35Pid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Scte35Pid", 32))
	}
	if s.TimedMetadataPid != nil && *s.TimedMetadataPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TimedMetadataPid", 32))
	}
	if s.VideoPid != nil && *s.VideoPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VideoPid", 32))
	}
	if s.DvbNitSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Scte35Esam != nil {
		if err := s.Scte35Esam.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35Esam", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.AudioBufferModel = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioDuration sets the AudioDuration field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioDuration(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.AudioDuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.AudioPids = v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.BufferModel = &v
	return s
}

// SetDataPTSControl sets the DataPTSControl field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDataPTSControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DataPTSControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DvbNitSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DvbSdtSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DvbSubPids = v
	return s
}

// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DvbTdtSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.DvbTeletextPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.EbpAudioInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.EbpPlacement = &v
	return s
}

// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.EsRateInPes = &v
	return s
}

// SetForceTsVideoEbpOrder sets the ForceTsVideoEbpOrder field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetForceTsVideoEbpOrder(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.ForceTsVideoEbpOrder = &v
	return s
}

// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.FragmentTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetKlvMetadata sets the KlvMetadata field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvMetadata(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.KlvMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxPcrInterval sets the MaxPcrInterval field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMaxPcrInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.MaxPcrInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinEbpInterval sets the MinEbpInterval field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMinEbpInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.MinEbpInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenId3 sets the NielsenId3 field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.NielsenId3 = &v
	return s
}

// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.NullPacketBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PatInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PcrControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PcrPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PmtInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PmtPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.ProgramNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffset sets the PtsOffset field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPtsOffset(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PtsOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffsetMode sets the PtsOffsetMode field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPtsOffsetMode(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.PtsOffsetMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.RateMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Esam sets the Scte35Esam field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Esam(v *M2tsScte35Esam) *M2tsSettings {
	s.Scte35Esam = v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.Scte35Pid = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.Scte35Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.SegmentationMarkers = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings {
	s.SegmentationStyle = &v
	return s
}

// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.SegmentationTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.TransportStreamId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
	s.VideoPid = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container
// for the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.
type M3u8Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
	// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
	// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
	// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
	// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
	// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
	// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
	// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
	// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
	// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
	// depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration *string `locationName:"audioDuration" type:"string" enum:"M3u8AudioDuration"`

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
	// by comma separation.
	AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
	// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
	// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser
	// PTS values). Keep the default value AUTO to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl *string `locationName:"dataPTSControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8DataPtsControl"`

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"`

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
	// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 *string `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
	// the Video PID.
	PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream.
	PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Manually specify the initial PTS offset, in seconds, when you set PTS offset
	// to Seconds. Enter an integer from 0 to 3600. Leave blank to keep the default
	// value 2.
	PtsOffset *int64 `locationName:"ptsOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the initial presentation timestamp (PTS) offset for your transport
	// stream output. To let MediaConvert automatically determine the initial PTS
	// offset: Keep the default value, Auto. We recommend that you choose Auto for
	// the widest player compatibility. The initial PTS will be at least two seconds
	// and vary depending on your output's bitrate, HRD buffer size and HRD buffer
	// initial fill percentage. To manually specify an initial PTS offset: Choose
	// Seconds. Then specify the number of seconds with PTS offset.
	PtsOffsetMode *string `locationName:"ptsOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"TsPtsOffset"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream.
	Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
	// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None
	// if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from
	// an ESAM XML document-- Choose None if you don't want manifest conditioning.
	// Choose Passthrough and choose Ad markers if you do want manifest conditioning.
	// In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal
	// processing notification XML.
	Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Source"`

	// Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough to include ID3 metadata in this output. This
	// includes ID3 metadata from the following features: ID3 timestamp period,
	// and Custom ID3 metadata inserter. To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output:
	// set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata *string `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"TimedMetadata"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the ID3 metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M3u8Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *M3u8Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M3u8Settings"}
	if s.PcrPid != nil && *s.PcrPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PcrPid", 32))
	}
	if s.PmtPid != nil && *s.PmtPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PmtPid", 32))
	}
	if s.PrivateMetadataPid != nil && *s.PrivateMetadataPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PrivateMetadataPid", 32))
	}
	if s.Scte35Pid != nil && *s.Scte35Pid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Scte35Pid", 32))
	}
	if s.TimedMetadataPid != nil && *s.TimedMetadataPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TimedMetadataPid", 32))
	}
	if s.VideoPid != nil && *s.VideoPid < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VideoPid", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioDuration sets the AudioDuration field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioDuration(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.AudioDuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.AudioPids = v
	return s
}

// SetDataPTSControl sets the DataPTSControl field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetDataPTSControl(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.DataPTSControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxPcrInterval sets the MaxPcrInterval field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetMaxPcrInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.MaxPcrInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetNielsenId3 sets the NielsenId3 field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.NielsenId3 = &v
	return s
}

// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PatInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PcrControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PcrPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PmtInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PmtPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.ProgramNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffset sets the PtsOffset field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPtsOffset(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PtsOffset = &v
	return s
}

// SetPtsOffsetMode sets the PtsOffsetMode field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPtsOffsetMode(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.PtsOffsetMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.Scte35Pid = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.Scte35Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadata sets the TimedMetadata field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadata(v string) *M3u8Settings {
	s.TimedMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
	return s
}

// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.TransportStreamId = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
	s.VideoPid = &v
	return s
}

// Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the lowest resolution
// in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
// 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
// than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, the value
// that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less than, or equal
// to, Min top rendition size.
type MinBottomRenditionSize struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinBottomRenditionSize) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinBottomRenditionSize) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MinBottomRenditionSize) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MinBottomRenditionSize"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 32))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *MinBottomRenditionSize) SetHeight(v int64) *MinBottomRenditionSize {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *MinBottomRenditionSize) SetWidth(v int64) *MinBottomRenditionSize {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
// 1280x720 the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
// than 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that
// you specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
// resolution.
type MinTopRenditionSize struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinTopRenditionSize) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MinTopRenditionSize) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MinTopRenditionSize) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MinTopRenditionSize"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 32))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 32))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *MinTopRenditionSize) SetHeight(v int64) *MinTopRenditionSize {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *MinTopRenditionSize) SetWidth(v int64) *MinTopRenditionSize {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
type MotionImageInserter struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified.
	// If your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame
	// rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify
	// 24 fps as 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches
	// the frame rate and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want
	// a 30-second overlay at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay
	// frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
	Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate `locationName:"framerate" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on
	// your video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the
	// series. Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers
	// that specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png,
	// overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero,
	// and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial
	// file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the
	// first image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence,
	// with the last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png,
	// there can be 100 images in the sequence.
	Input *string `locationName:"input" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay.
	// You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
	InsertionMode *string `locationName:"insertionMode" type:"string" enum:"MotionImageInsertionMode"`

	// Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the
	// video frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame.
	// If you don't specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full
	// size of the frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native
	// resolution and scales the size up or down with any video scaling.
	Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset `locationName:"offset" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
	// once.
	Playback *string `locationName:"playback" type:"string" enum:"MotionImagePlayback"`

	// Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF
	// or HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into
	// account how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings
	// and input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at
	// 0. If you need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source
	// that don't start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is
	// after the first embedded timecode. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html
	StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" min:"11" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInserter) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInserter) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MotionImageInserter"}
	if s.Input != nil && len(*s.Input) < 14 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Input", 14))
	}
	if s.StartTime != nil && len(*s.StartTime) < 11 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StartTime", 11))
	}
	if s.Framerate != nil {
		if err := s.Framerate.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Framerate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetFramerate(v *MotionImageInsertionFramerate) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.Framerate = v
	return s
}

// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetInput(v string) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.Input = &v
	return s
}

// SetInsertionMode sets the InsertionMode field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetInsertionMode(v string) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.InsertionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetOffset sets the Offset field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetOffset(v *MotionImageInsertionOffset) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.Offset = v
	return s
}

// SetPlayback sets the Playback field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetPlayback(v string) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.Playback = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInserter) SetStartTime(v string) *MotionImageInserter {
	s.StartTime = &v
	return s
}

// For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame
// rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify
// 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate
// of the underlying video.
type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInsertionFramerate) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInsertionFramerate) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MotionImageInsertionFramerate) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MotionImageInsertionFramerate"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInsertionFramerate) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *MotionImageInsertionFramerate {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInsertionFramerate) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *MotionImageInsertionFramerate {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the
// top left corner of the overlay.
type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the
	// video frame.
	ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"`

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the
	// video frame.
	ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInsertionOffset) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MotionImageInsertionOffset) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInsertionOffset) SetImageX(v int64) *MotionImageInsertionOffset {
	s.ImageX = &v
	return s
}

// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value.
func (s *MotionImageInsertionOffset) SetImageY(v int64) *MotionImageInsertionOffset {
	s.ImageY = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.
type MovSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
	ClapAtom *string `locationName:"clapAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovClapAtom"`

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
	// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
	// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
	// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovCslgAtom"`

	// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
	// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
	// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
	// video codec is MPEG2.
	Mpeg2FourCCControl *string `locationName:"mpeg2FourCCControl" type:"string" enum:"MovMpeg2FourCCControl"`

	// Unless you need Omneon compatibility: Keep the default value, None. To make
	// this output compatible with Omneon: Choose Omneon. When you do, MediaConvert
	// increases the length of the 'elst' edit list atom. Note that this might cause
	// file rejections when a recipient of the output file doesn't expect this extra
	// padding.
	PaddingControl *string `locationName:"paddingControl" type:"string" enum:"MovPaddingControl"`

	// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
	Reference *string `locationName:"reference" type:"string" enum:"MovReference"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MovSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MovSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetClapAtom sets the ClapAtom field's value.
func (s *MovSettings) SetClapAtom(v string) *MovSettings {
	s.ClapAtom = &v
	return s
}

// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value.
func (s *MovSettings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *MovSettings {
	s.CslgAtom = &v
	return s
}

// SetMpeg2FourCCControl sets the Mpeg2FourCCControl field's value.
func (s *MovSettings) SetMpeg2FourCCControl(v string) *MovSettings {
	s.Mpeg2FourCCControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetPaddingControl sets the PaddingControl field's value.
func (s *MovSettings) SetPaddingControl(v string) *MovSettings {
	s.PaddingControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetReference sets the Reference field's value.
func (s *MovSettings) SetReference(v string) *MovSettings {
	s.Reference = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value MP2.
type Mp2Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`

	// Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track.
	// Choosing Mono in will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo will give
	// you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp2Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Mp2Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Mp2Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 32000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 32000))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 32000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 32000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mp2Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *Mp2Settings) SetChannels(v int64) *Mp2Settings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Mp2Settings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
// value MP3.
type Mp3Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"16000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono
	// gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid
	// values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant
	// bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR).
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp3RateControlMode"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"22050" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Bitrate control mode to VBR. Specify the audio quality
	// of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
	VbrQuality *int64 `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp3Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp3Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Mp3Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Mp3Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 16000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 16000))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 22050 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 22050))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Mp3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mp3Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *Mp3Settings) SetChannels(v int64) *Mp3Settings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *Mp3Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Mp3Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *Mp3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Mp3Settings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.
func (s *Mp3Settings) SetVbrQuality(v int64) *Mp3Settings {
	s.VbrQuality = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio
// only outputs with this container. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.
type Mp4Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
	// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
	// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
	// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
	// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
	// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
	// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
	// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
	// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
	// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
	// depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration *string `locationName:"audioDuration" type:"string" enum:"CmfcAudioDuration"`

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
	// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
	// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
	// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"Mp4CslgAtom"`

	// Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification
	// matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version
	// to 1 and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify
	// a value of 1, you must also set CSLG atom to the value INCLUDE. Keep the
	// default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward
	// compatibility for some players and packagers.
	CttsVersion *int64 `locationName:"cttsVersion" type:"integer"`

	// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
	FreeSpaceBox *string `locationName:"freeSpaceBox" type:"string" enum:"Mp4FreeSpaceBox"`

	// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
	// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
	// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
	MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"Mp4MoovPlacement"`

	// Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary
	// to specify.
	Mp4MajorBrand *string `locationName:"mp4MajorBrand" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp4Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mp4Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAudioDuration sets the AudioDuration field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetAudioDuration(v string) *Mp4Settings {
	s.AudioDuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *Mp4Settings {
	s.CslgAtom = &v
	return s
}

// SetCttsVersion sets the CttsVersion field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetCttsVersion(v int64) *Mp4Settings {
	s.CttsVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetFreeSpaceBox sets the FreeSpaceBox field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetFreeSpaceBox(v string) *Mp4Settings {
	s.FreeSpaceBox = &v
	return s
}

// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *Mp4Settings {
	s.MoovPlacement = &v
	return s
}

// SetMp4MajorBrand sets the Mp4MajorBrand field's value.
func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMp4MajorBrand(v string) *Mp4Settings {
	s.Mp4MajorBrand = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in
// your DASH outputs.
type MpdSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Choose Include to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH manifest
	// with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally required,
	// but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608 captions.
	// Keep the default value, Exclude, to leave these elements out. When you enable
	// this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes in your manifest:
	AccessibilityCaptionHints *string `locationName:"accessibilityCaptionHints" type:"string" enum:"MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints"`

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
	// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
	// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
	// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
	// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
	// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
	// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
	// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
	// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
	// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
	// depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration *string `locationName:"audioDuration" type:"string" enum:"MpdAudioDuration"`

	// Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or
	// IMSC captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your
	// audio and video. Choose Raw for captions in a single XML file in a raw container.
	// Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 for captions in XML format contained within fragmented
	// MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from your video and
	// audio fragmented MP4 files.
	CaptionContainerType *string `locationName:"captionContainerType" type:"string" enum:"MpdCaptionContainerType"`

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
	// writes each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according
	// to MISB ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to None or leave blank.
	KlvMetadata *string `locationName:"klvMetadata" type:"string" enum:"MpdKlvMetadata"`

	// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each
	// type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3
	// event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value
	// that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages,
	// the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin".
	// To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
	// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also
	// set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata
	// to Passthrough.
	ManifestMetadataSignaling *string `locationName:"manifestMetadataSignaling" type:"string" enum:"MpdManifestMetadataSignaling"`

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose
	// INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that
	// you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting
	// SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam *string `locationName:"scte35Esam" type:"string" enum:"MpdScte35Esam"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input
	// to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35
	// markers in this output.
	Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"MpdScte35Source"`

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
	// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To
	// exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata *string `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"MpdTimedMetadata"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output.For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
	// Syntax.Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.When you specify Version
	// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataBoxVersion *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBoxVersion" type:"string" enum:"MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata
	// in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3
	// When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set
	// ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri *string `locationName:"timedMetadataSchemeIdUri" type:"string"`

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also
	// set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataValue *string `locationName:"timedMetadataValue" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MpdSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MpdSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccessibilityCaptionHints sets the AccessibilityCaptionHints field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetAccessibilityCaptionHints(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.AccessibilityCaptionHints = &v
	return s
}

// SetAudioDuration sets the AudioDuration field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetAudioDuration(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.AudioDuration = &v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionContainerType sets the CaptionContainerType field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetCaptionContainerType(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.CaptionContainerType = &v
	return s
}

// SetKlvMetadata sets the KlvMetadata field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetKlvMetadata(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.KlvMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetManifestMetadataSignaling sets the ManifestMetadataSignaling field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetManifestMetadataSignaling(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.ManifestMetadataSignaling = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Esam sets the Scte35Esam field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetScte35Esam(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.Scte35Esam = &v
	return s
}

// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.Scte35Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadata sets the TimedMetadata field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetTimedMetadata(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.TimedMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataBoxVersion sets the TimedMetadataBoxVersion field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetTimedMetadataBoxVersion(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataBoxVersion = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataSchemeIdUri sets the TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetTimedMetadataSchemeIdUri(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimedMetadataValue sets the TimedMetadataValue field's value.
func (s *MpdSettings) SetTimedMetadataValue(v string) *MpdSettings {
	s.TimedMetadataValue = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value MPEG2.
type Mpeg2Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable.
	// The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial
	// adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use Level to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
	CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecLevel"`

	// Use Profile to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecProfile"`

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
	// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
	// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
	// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
	DynamicSubGop *string `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2DynamicSubGop"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"24" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP,
	// set this value to 5. When you create a streaming output, we recommend that
	// you keep the default value, 1, so that players starting mid-stream receive
	// an IDR frame as quickly as possible. Don't set this value to 0; that would
	// break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the interval between keyframes, in seconds or frames, for this output.
	// Default: 12 Related settings: When you specify the GOP size in seconds, set
	// GOP mode control to Specified, seconds. The default value for GOP mode control
	// is Frames.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Specify the units for GOP size. If you don't specify a value here, by default
	// the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
	GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2GopSizeUnits"`

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded
	// video segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferFinalFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2InterlaceMode"`

	// Use Intra DC precision to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients.
	// If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision
	// based on the per-frame compression ratio.
	IntraDcPrecision *string `locationName:"intraDcPrecision" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting
	// determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts
	// as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene
	// change detection. When you specify a value for this setting, the encoder
	// determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set.
	// For example, if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame
	// would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips
	// the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one
	// GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from
	// the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves
	// all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller
	// than the usual cadence GOPs.
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of B-frames that MediaConvert puts between reference frames
	// in this output. Valid values are whole numbers from 0 through 7. When you
	// don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
	// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
	// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
	// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
	// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel"`

	// Use Rate control mode to specify whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or
	// constant (cbr).
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2RateControlMode"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
	// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
	// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
	// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
	// You must also set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SlowPal"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness setting
	// specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default
	// value, 0, to use the AWS Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from
	// 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result
	// in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in
	// the softest video.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
	// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
	// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
	// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
	// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
	// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
	// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
	// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default
	// value to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 for your
	// MXF profile, you must also set this value to D10.
	Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Syntax"`

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
	// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
	// hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces
	// a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back.
	// When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame
	// rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to
	// create a smoother picture.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Telecine"`

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
	// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
	// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
	// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
	// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
	// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Mpeg2Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 24 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 24))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.CodecLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetDynamicSubGop sets the DynamicSubGop field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetDynamicSubGop(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.DynamicSubGop = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.GopClosedCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.GopSizeUnits = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferFinalFillPercentage(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetIntraDcPrecision sets the IntraDcPrecision field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetIntraDcPrecision(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.IntraDcPrecision = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.MinIInterval = &v
	return s
}

// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.Softness = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.Syntax = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings {
	s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// Specify the details for each additional Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest
// that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest
// can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest
	// to make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the
	// output group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your Microsoft
	// Smooth group is film-name.ismv. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting,
	// then the file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.ismv.
	ManifestNameModifier *string `locationName:"manifestNameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to reference.
	SelectedOutputs []*string `locationName:"selectedOutputs" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothAdditionalManifest"}
	if s.ManifestNameModifier != nil && len(*s.ManifestNameModifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ManifestNameModifier", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetManifestNameModifier sets the ManifestNameModifier field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) SetManifestNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothAdditionalManifest {
	s.ManifestNameModifier = &v
	return s
}

// SetSelectedOutputs sets the SelectedOutputs field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) SetSelectedOutputs(v []*string) *MsSmoothAdditionalManifest {
	s.SelectedOutputs = v
	return s
}

// If you are using DRM, set DRM System to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings {
	s.SpekeKeyProvider = v
	return s
}

// Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more
// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// By default, the service creates one .ism Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest
	// for each Microsoft Smooth Streaming output group in your job. This default
	// manifest references every output in the output group. To create additional
	// manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify
	// a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []*MsSmoothAdditionalManifest `locationName:"additionalManifests" type:"list"`

	// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across
	// a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
	AudioDeduplication *string `locationName:"audioDeduplication" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothAudioDeduplication"`

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename
	// base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base
	// filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// If you are using DRM, set DRM System to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
	Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
	// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
	// GOP boundary.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
	// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
	// GOP boundary.
	FragmentLengthControl *string `locationName:"fragmentLengthControl" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl"`

	// Use Manifest encoding to specify the encoding format for the server and client
	// manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
	ManifestEncoding *string `locationName:"manifestEncoding" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothManifestEncoding"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"}
	if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1))
	}
	if s.AdditionalManifests != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AdditionalManifests {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AdditionalManifests", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdditionalManifests sets the AdditionalManifests field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAdditionalManifests(v []*MsSmoothAdditionalManifest) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.AdditionalManifests = v
	return s
}

// SetAudioDeduplication sets the AudioDeduplication field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioDeduplication(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.AudioDeduplication = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.Destination = &v
	return s
}

// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.DestinationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.Encryption = v
	return s
}

// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.FragmentLength = &v
	return s
}

// SetFragmentLengthControl sets the FragmentLengthControl field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLengthControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.FragmentLengthControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetManifestEncoding sets the ManifestEncoding field's value.
func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetManifestEncoding(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
	s.ManifestEncoding = &v
	return s
}

// These settings relate to your MXF output container.
type MxfSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream,
	// use this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper.
	// Choose Don't copy to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy
	// from video stream to copy the AFD values from the video stream for this output
	// to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the AFD values
	// remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output to include
	// or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On the console,
	// find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
	AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"MxfAfdSignaling"`

	// Specify the MXF profile, also called shim, for this output. To automatically
	// select a profile according to your output video codec and resolution, leave
	// blank. For a list of codecs supported with each MXF profile, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/codecs-supported-with-each-mxf-profile.html.
	// For more information about the automatic selection behavior, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/default-automatic-selection-of-mxf-profiles.html.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"MxfProfile"`

	// Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile
	// to XAVC.
	XavcProfileSettings *MxfXavcProfileSettings `locationName:"xavcProfileSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MxfSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MxfSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.
func (s *MxfSettings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *MxfSettings {
	s.AfdSignaling = &v
	return s
}

// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
func (s *MxfSettings) SetProfile(v string) *MxfSettings {
	s.Profile = &v
	return s
}

// SetXavcProfileSettings sets the XavcProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *MxfSettings) SetXavcProfileSettings(v *MxfXavcProfileSettings) *MxfSettings {
	s.XavcProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile
// to XAVC.
type MxfXavcProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for
	// interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance. To
	// include all frames from your input in this output, keep the default setting,
	// Allow any duration. The number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when
	// you set this to Drop frames for compliance depends on the output frame rate
	// and duration.
	DurationMode *string `locationName:"durationMode" type:"string" enum:"MxfXavcDurationMode"`

	// Specify a value for this setting only for outputs that you set up with one
	// of these two XAVC profiles: XAVC HD Intra CBG or XAVC 4K Intra CBG. Specify
	// the amount of space in each frame that the service reserves for ancillary
	// data, such as teletext captions. The default value for this setting is 1492
	// bytes per frame. This should be sufficient to prevent overflow unless you
	// have multiple pages of teletext captions data. If you have a large amount
	// of teletext data, specify a larger number.
	MaxAncDataSize *int64 `locationName:"maxAncDataSize" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MxfXavcProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s MxfXavcProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDurationMode sets the DurationMode field's value.
func (s *MxfXavcProfileSettings) SetDurationMode(v string) *MxfXavcProfileSettings {
	s.DurationMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxAncDataSize sets the MaxAncDataSize field's value.
func (s *MxfXavcProfileSettings) SetMaxAncDataSize(v int64) *MxfXavcProfileSettings {
	s.MaxAncDataSize = &v
	return s
}

// For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File
// Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2)
// and OTT Streaming workflows.
type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly
	// in your JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include
	// Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
	License *string `locationName:"license" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values
	// vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job. For
	// PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2), specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303.
	// You must generate a unique ID for each asset you watermark, and keep a record
	// of which ID you have assigned to each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert
	// keep track of the relationship between output files and your IDs. For OTT
	// Streaming, create two adaptive bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this
	// by setting up two output groups. For one output group, set the value of Payload
	// ID to 0 in every output. For the other output group, set Payload ID to 1
	// in every output.
	Payload *int64 `locationName:"payload" type:"integer"`

	// Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
	Preset *string `locationName:"preset" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify
	// a value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library
	// uses its default value.
	Strength *string `locationName:"strength" type:"string" enum:"WatermarkingStrength"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NexGuardFileMarkerSettings"}
	if s.License != nil && len(*s.License) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("License", 1))
	}
	if s.Preset != nil && len(*s.Preset) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Preset", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetLicense sets the License field's value.
func (s *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) SetLicense(v string) *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings {
	s.License = &v
	return s
}

// SetPayload sets the Payload field's value.
func (s *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) SetPayload(v int64) *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings {
	s.Payload = &v
	return s
}

// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
func (s *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) SetPreset(v string) *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings {
	s.Preset = &v
	return s
}

// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.
func (s *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) SetStrength(v string) *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings {
	s.Strength = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration,
// MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
type NielsenConfiguration struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must
	// include this property, set the value to zero.
	BreakoutCode *int64 `locationName:"breakoutCode" type:"integer"`

	// Use Distributor ID to specify the distributor ID that is assigned to your
	// organization by Nielsen.
	DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetBreakoutCode sets the BreakoutCode field's value.
func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetBreakoutCode(v int64) *NielsenConfiguration {
	s.BreakoutCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value.
func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration {
	s.DistributorId = &v
	return s
}

// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks
// in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need
// to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in
// your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When
	// you choose NAES 2 and NW, you must provide a value for the setting SID. When
	// you choose CBET, you must provide a value for the setting CSID. When you
	// choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET, you must provide values for both of these settings.
	ActiveWatermarkProcess *string `locationName:"activeWatermarkProcess" type:"string" enum:"NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType"`

	// Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file
	// in the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon
	// S3 and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format:
	// S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file,
	// see the setting Metadata destination.
	AdiFilename *string `locationName:"adiFilename" type:"string"`

	// Use the asset ID that you provide to Nielsen to uniquely identify this asset.
	// Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetId *string `locationName:"assetId" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Use the asset name that you provide to Nielsen for this asset. Required for
	// all Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetName *string `locationName:"assetName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be
	// unique to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that
	// have CBET watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting
	// Watermark types that includes CBET.
	CbetSourceId *string `locationName:"cbetSourceId" type:"string"`

	// Optional. If this asset uses an episode ID with Nielsen, provide it here.
	EpisodeId *string `locationName:"episodeId" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen
	// non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same
	// Region as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want
	// to include an ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file to specify
	// it. MediaConvert delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata
	// destination Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen.
	// You are responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
	MetadataDestination *string `locationName:"metadataDestination" type:"string"`

	// Use the SID that Nielsen provides to you. This source ID should be unique
	// to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets. Required
	// for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking. This ID should be unique to your
	// Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	SourceId *int64 `locationName:"sourceId" type:"integer"`

	// Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen non-linear
	// watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked, the service fails the
	// job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to only clean
	// content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
	SourceWatermarkStatus *string `locationName:"sourceWatermarkStatus" type:"string" enum:"NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType"`

	// Specify the endpoint for the TIC server that you have deployed and configured
	// in the AWS Cloud. Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking. MediaConvert
	// can't connect directly to a TIC server. Instead, you must use API Gateway
	// to provide a RESTful interface between MediaConvert and a TIC server that
	// you deploy in your AWS account. For more information on deploying a TIC server
	// in your AWS account and the required API Gateway, contact Nielsen support.
	TicServerUrl *string `locationName:"ticServerUrl" type:"string"`

	// To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep
	// the default value Share TICs. To create assets that have unique TIC values
	// for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs.
	UniqueTicPerAudioTrack *string `locationName:"uniqueTicPerAudioTrack" type:"string" enum:"NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings"}
	if s.AssetId != nil && len(*s.AssetId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssetId", 1))
	}
	if s.AssetName != nil && len(*s.AssetName) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssetName", 1))
	}
	if s.EpisodeId != nil && len(*s.EpisodeId) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EpisodeId", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetActiveWatermarkProcess sets the ActiveWatermarkProcess field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetActiveWatermarkProcess(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.ActiveWatermarkProcess = &v
	return s
}

// SetAdiFilename sets the AdiFilename field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetAdiFilename(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.AdiFilename = &v
	return s
}

// SetAssetId sets the AssetId field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetAssetId(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.AssetId = &v
	return s
}

// SetAssetName sets the AssetName field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetAssetName(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.AssetName = &v
	return s
}

// SetCbetSourceId sets the CbetSourceId field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetCbetSourceId(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.CbetSourceId = &v
	return s
}

// SetEpisodeId sets the EpisodeId field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetEpisodeId(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.EpisodeId = &v
	return s
}

// SetMetadataDestination sets the MetadataDestination field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetMetadataDestination(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.MetadataDestination = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceId sets the SourceId field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetSourceId(v int64) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.SourceId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceWatermarkStatus sets the SourceWatermarkStatus field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetSourceWatermarkStatus(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.SourceWatermarkStatus = &v
	return s
}

// SetTicServerUrl sets the TicServerUrl field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetTicServerUrl(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.TicServerUrl = &v
	return s
}

// SetUniqueTicPerAudioTrack sets the UniqueTicPerAudioTrack field's value.
func (s *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings) SetUniqueTicPerAudioTrack(v string) *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
	s.UniqueTicPerAudioTrack = &v
	return s
}

// Enable the Noise reducer feature to remove noise from your video output if
// necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This
// setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer, you must also
// select a value for Noise reducer filter. For AVC outputs, when you include
// Noise reducer, you cannot include the Bandwidth reduction filter.
type NoiseReducer struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Noise reducer filter to select one of the following spatial image filtering
	// functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer. * Bilateral
	// preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos,
	// and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max
	// noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles.
	// * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.
	Filter *string `locationName:"filter" type:"string" enum:"NoiseReducerFilter"`

	// Settings for a noise reducer filter
	FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
	SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings `locationName:"spatialFilterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
	TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducer) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducer) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NoiseReducer) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NoiseReducer"}
	if s.SpatialFilterSettings != nil {
		if err := s.SpatialFilterSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("SpatialFilterSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TemporalFilterSettings != nil {
		if err := s.TemporalFilterSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TemporalFilterSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilter(v string) *NoiseReducer {
	s.Filter = &v
	return s
}

// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer {
	s.FilterSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialFilterSettings sets the SpatialFilterSettings field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducer) SetSpatialFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer {
	s.SpatialFilterSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducer) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer {
	s.TemporalFilterSettings = v
	return s
}

// Settings for a noise reducer filter
type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerFilterSettings {
	s.Strength = &v
	return s
}

// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling
	// the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength.
	PostFilterSharpenStrength *int64 `locationName:"postFilterSharpenStrength" type:"integer"`

	// The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with
	// 0 being the nominal value.
	Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"`

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings"}
	if s.Speed != nil && *s.Speed < -2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Speed", -2))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPostFilterSharpenStrength sets the PostFilterSharpenStrength field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpenStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings {
	s.PostFilterSharpenStrength = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpeed sets the Speed field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetSpeed(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings {
	s.Speed = &v
	return s
}

// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings {
	s.Strength = &v
	return s
}

// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce
	// stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more aggressively
	// and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs.
	AggressiveMode *int64 `locationName:"aggressiveMode" type:"integer"`

	// When you set Noise reducer to Temporal, the bandwidth and sharpness of your
	// output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal sharpening to apply
	// sharpening to the edges of your output. Note that Post temporal sharpening
	// will also make the bandwidth reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The
	// default behavior, Auto, allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply
	// sharpening, depending on your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal
	// sharpening to Enabled, specify how much sharpening is applied using Post
	// temporal sharpening strength. Set Post temporal sharpening to Disabled to
	// not apply sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpening *string `locationName:"postTemporalSharpening" type:"string" enum:"NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening"`

	// Use Post temporal sharpening strength to define the amount of sharpening
	// the transcoder applies to your output. Set Post temporal sharpening strength
	// to Low, Medium, or High to indicate the amount of sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpeningStrength *string `locationName:"postTemporalSharpeningStrength" type:"string" enum:"NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength"`

	// The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit
	// rate at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time
	// at the cost of bit rate.
	Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher
	// values produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges,
	// depending on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with
	// minimal sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation
	// * 8-16 for a high level of complexity reduction
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings"}
	if s.Speed != nil && *s.Speed < -1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Speed", -1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAggressiveMode sets the AggressiveMode field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) SetAggressiveMode(v int64) *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings {
	s.AggressiveMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetPostTemporalSharpening sets the PostTemporalSharpening field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) SetPostTemporalSharpening(v string) *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings {
	s.PostTemporalSharpening = &v
	return s
}

// SetPostTemporalSharpeningStrength sets the PostTemporalSharpeningStrength field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) SetPostTemporalSharpeningStrength(v string) *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings {
	s.PostTemporalSharpeningStrength = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpeed sets the Speed field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) SetSpeed(v int64) *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings {
	s.Speed = &v
	return s
}

// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value.
func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings {
	s.Strength = &v
	return s
}

type NotFoundException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NotFoundException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s NotFoundException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &NotFoundException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *NotFoundException) Code() string {
	return "NotFoundException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *NotFoundException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *NotFoundException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *NotFoundException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *NotFoundException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *NotFoundException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
// value OPUS.
type OpusSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values are
	// multiples of 8000, from 32000 through 192000. The default value is 96000,
	// which we recommend for quality and bandwidth.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono
	// on gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid
	// values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 16000, 24000, and 48000. The
	// default value is 48000.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"16000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OpusSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OpusSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OpusSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OpusSettings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 32000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 32000))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 16000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 16000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *OpusSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *OpusSettings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *OpusSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *OpusSettings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *OpusSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *OpusSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// Each output in your job is a collection of settings that describes how you
// want MediaConvert to encode a single output file or stream. For more information,
// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/create-outputs.html.
type Output struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include
	// one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Contains groups of captions settings. For each output that has captions,
	// include one instance of CaptionDescriptions. Can contain multiple groups
	// of captions settings.
	CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Extension to specify the file extension for outputs in File output groups.
	// If you do not specify a value, the service will use default extensions by
	// container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * Quicktime, mov
	// * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container, webm * No
	// Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3)
	Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"`

	// Use Name modifier to have the service add a string to the end of each output
	// filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination URI.
	// When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier
	// is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For DASH ISO
	// outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one output,
	// you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specific settings for this type of output.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Preset to specify a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide the
	// system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset or Container
	// settings, but not both.
	Preset *string `locationName:"preset" type:"string"`

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property
	// codec. Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Output) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Output) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Output) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Output"}
	if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1))
	}
	if s.AudioDescriptions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.ContainerSettings != nil {
		if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoDescription != nil {
		if err := s.VideoDescription.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoDescription", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value.
func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *Output {
	s.AudioDescriptions = v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value.
func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *Output {
	s.CaptionDescriptions = v
	return s
}

// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.
func (s *Output) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *Output {
	s.ContainerSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value.
func (s *Output) SetExtension(v string) *Output {
	s.Extension = &v
	return s
}

// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
func (s *Output) SetNameModifier(v string) *Output {
	s.NameModifier = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value.
func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output {
	s.OutputSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
func (s *Output) SetPreset(v string) *Output {
	s.Preset = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value.
func (s *Output) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *Output {
	s.VideoDescription = v
	return s
}

// OutputChannel mapping settings.
type OutputChannelMapping struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they are integers, such
	// as -10, 0, or 4.
	InputChannels []*int64 `locationName:"inputChannels" type:"list"`

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they have a decimal component,
	// such as -10.312, 0.08, or 4.9. MediaConvert rounds your remixing values to
	// the nearest thousandth.
	InputChannelsFineTune []*float64 `locationName:"inputChannelsFineTune" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputChannelMapping) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputChannelMapping) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetInputChannels sets the InputChannels field's value.
func (s *OutputChannelMapping) SetInputChannels(v []*int64) *OutputChannelMapping {
	s.InputChannels = v
	return s
}

// SetInputChannelsFineTune sets the InputChannelsFineTune field's value.
func (s *OutputChannelMapping) SetInputChannelsFineTune(v []*float64) *OutputChannelMapping {
	s.InputChannelsFineTune = v
	return s
}

// Details regarding output
type OutputDetail struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Duration in milliseconds
	DurationInMs *int64 `locationName:"durationInMs" type:"integer"`

	// Contains details about the output's video stream
	VideoDetails *VideoDetail `locationName:"videoDetails" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputDetail) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputDetail) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDurationInMs sets the DurationInMs field's value.
func (s *OutputDetail) SetDurationInMs(v int64) *OutputDetail {
	s.DurationInMs = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoDetails sets the VideoDetails field's value.
func (s *OutputDetail) SetVideoDetails(v *VideoDetail) *OutputDetail {
	s.VideoDetails = v
	return s
}

// Group of outputs
type OutputGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings
	// for you, based on characteristics of your input video.
	AutomatedEncodingSettings *AutomatedEncodingSettings `locationName:"automatedEncodingSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Custom Group Name to specify a name for the output group. This value
	// is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more human-readable.
	// It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters that are either
	// letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
	CustomName *string `locationName:"customName" type:"string"`

	// Name of the output group
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Output Group settings, including type
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per
	// output.
	Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroup"}
	if s.AutomatedEncodingSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AutomatedEncodingSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AutomatedEncodingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.OutputGroupSettings != nil {
		if err := s.OutputGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("OutputGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Outputs != nil {
		for i, v := range s.Outputs {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Outputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAutomatedEncodingSettings sets the AutomatedEncodingSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroup) SetAutomatedEncodingSettings(v *AutomatedEncodingSettings) *OutputGroup {
	s.AutomatedEncodingSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCustomName sets the CustomName field's value.
func (s *OutputGroup) SetCustomName(v string) *OutputGroup {
	s.CustomName = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup {
	s.OutputGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value.
func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup {
	s.Outputs = v
	return s
}

// Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.
type OutputGroupDetail struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Details about the output
	OutputDetails []*OutputDetail `locationName:"outputDetails" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroupDetail) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroupDetail) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetOutputDetails sets the OutputDetails field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupDetail) SetOutputDetails(v []*OutputDetail) *OutputGroupDetail {
	s.OutputDetails = v
	return s
}

// Output Group settings, including type
type OutputGroupSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings `locationName:"cmafGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings `locationName:"dashIsoGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group
	// of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming
	// package.
	FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings `locationName:"fileGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more
	// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming,
	// CMAF)
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"OutputGroupType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroupSettings"}
	if s.CmafGroupSettings != nil {
		if err := s.CmafGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("CmafGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.DashIsoGroupSettings != nil {
		if err := s.DashIsoGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("DashIsoGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.HlsGroupSettings != nil {
		if err := s.HlsGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("HlsGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.MsSmoothGroupSettings != nil {
		if err := s.MsSmoothGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("MsSmoothGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCmafGroupSettings sets the CmafGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetCmafGroupSettings(v *CmafGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.CmafGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetDashIsoGroupSettings sets the DashIsoGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetDashIsoGroupSettings(v *DashIsoGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.DashIsoGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetFileGroupSettings sets the FileGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFileGroupSettings(v *FileGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.FileGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.HlsGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetType(v string) *OutputGroupSettings {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Specific settings for this type of output.
type OutputSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Settings for HLS output groups
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *OutputSettings {
	s.HlsSettings = v
	return s
}

// If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group
// of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks
// in your output.
type PartnerWatermarking struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File
	// Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2)
	// and OTT Streaming workflows.
	NexguardFileMarkerSettings *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings `locationName:"nexguardFileMarkerSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PartnerWatermarking) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PartnerWatermarking) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PartnerWatermarking) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PartnerWatermarking"}
	if s.NexguardFileMarkerSettings != nil {
		if err := s.NexguardFileMarkerSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NexguardFileMarkerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetNexguardFileMarkerSettings sets the NexguardFileMarkerSettings field's value.
func (s *PartnerWatermarking) SetNexguardFileMarkerSettings(v *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings) *PartnerWatermarking {
	s.NexguardFileMarkerSettings = v
	return s
}

// A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account.
// For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
type Policy struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTP inputs.
	HttpInputs *string `locationName:"httpInputs" type:"string" enum:"InputPolicy"`

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTPS inputs.
	HttpsInputs *string `locationName:"httpsInputs" type:"string" enum:"InputPolicy"`

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify Amazon S3 inputs.
	S3Inputs *string `locationName:"s3Inputs" type:"string" enum:"InputPolicy"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Policy) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Policy) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetHttpInputs sets the HttpInputs field's value.
func (s *Policy) SetHttpInputs(v string) *Policy {
	s.HttpInputs = &v
	return s
}

// SetHttpsInputs sets the HttpsInputs field's value.
func (s *Policy) SetHttpsInputs(v string) *Policy {
	s.HttpsInputs = &v
	return s
}

// SetS3Inputs sets the S3Inputs field's value.
func (s *Policy) SetS3Inputs(v string) *Policy {
	s.S3Inputs = &v
	return s
}

// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
type Preset struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// An optional category you create to organize your presets.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description you create for each preset.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset
	// can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Preset) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Preset) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetArn(v string) *Preset {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetCategory(v string) *Preset {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Preset {
	s.CreatedAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetDescription(v string) *Preset {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Preset {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetName(v string) *Preset {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *Preset {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Preset) SetType(v string) *Preset {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for preset
type PresetSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include
	// one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output.
	// For each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.
	CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescriptionPreset `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"`

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property
	// codec. Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PresetSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PresetSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PresetSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PresetSettings"}
	if s.AudioDescriptions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil {
		for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.ContainerSettings != nil {
		if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoDescription != nil {
		if err := s.VideoDescription.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoDescription", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value.
func (s *PresetSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *PresetSettings {
	s.AudioDescriptions = v
	return s
}

// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value.
func (s *PresetSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescriptionPreset) *PresetSettings {
	s.CaptionDescriptions = v
	return s
}

// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.
func (s *PresetSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *PresetSettings {
	s.ContainerSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value.
func (s *PresetSettings) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *PresetSettings {
	s.VideoDescription = v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value PRORES.
type ProresSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that
	// you create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4
	// sampling to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You must specify
	// a value for this setting when your output codec profile supports 4:4:4 chroma
	// sampling. Related Settings: For Apple ProRes outputs with 4:4:4 chroma sampling:
	// Choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling. Use when your input has 4:4:4 chroma sampling
	// and your output codec Profile is Apple ProRes 4444 or 4444 XQ. Note that
	// when you choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you cannot include any of the following
	// Preprocessors: Dolby Vision, HDR10+, or Noise reducer.
	ChromaSampling *string `locationName:"chromaSampling" type:"string" enum:"ProresChromaSampling"`

	// Use Profile to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"ProresCodecProfile"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"ProresInterlaceMode"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
	// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
	// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value
	// other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
	// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"ProresScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
	// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
	// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
	// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
	// You must also set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"ProresSlowPal"`

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
	// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
	// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"ProresTelecine"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ProresSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ProresSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ProresSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ProresSettings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetChromaSampling sets the ChromaSampling field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetChromaSampling(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.ChromaSampling = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetParControl(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetSlowPal(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *ProresSettings) SetTelecine(v string) *ProresSettings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// Create or change a policy by sending a request that includes your policy
// in JSON.
type PutPolicyInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account.
	// For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	//
	// Policy is a required field
	Policy *Policy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PutPolicyInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PutPolicyInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutPolicyInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPolicyInput"}
	if s.Policy == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *PutPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v *Policy) *PutPolicyInput {
	s.Policy = v
	return s
}

// Successful PUT policy requests will return your policy.
type PutPolicyOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account.
	// For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Policy *Policy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PutPolicyOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s PutPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *PutPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v *Policy) *PutPolicyOutput {
	s.Policy = v
	return s
}

// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
type Queue struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description that you create for each queue.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
	// For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
	// reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
	// of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
	// commitment.
	PricingPlan *string `locationName:"pricingPlan" type:"string" enum:"PricingPlan"`

	// The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status.
	ProgressingJobsCount *int64 `locationName:"progressingJobsCount" type:"integer"`

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan `locationName:"reservationPlan" type:"structure"`

	// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin
	// processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue
	// continue to run until they finish or result in an error.
	Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"`

	// The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status.
	SubmittedJobsCount *int64 `locationName:"submittedJobsCount" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues
	// are built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and
	// modify custom queues.
	Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Queue) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Queue) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetArn(v string) *Queue {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Queue {
	s.CreatedAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetDescription(v string) *Queue {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Queue {
	s.LastUpdated = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetName(v string) *Queue {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPricingPlan sets the PricingPlan field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetPricingPlan(v string) *Queue {
	s.PricingPlan = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgressingJobsCount sets the ProgressingJobsCount field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetProgressingJobsCount(v int64) *Queue {
	s.ProgressingJobsCount = &v
	return s
}

// SetReservationPlan sets the ReservationPlan field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetReservationPlan(v *ReservationPlan) *Queue {
	s.ReservationPlan = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetStatus(v string) *Queue {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// SetSubmittedJobsCount sets the SubmittedJobsCount field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetSubmittedJobsCount(v int64) *Queue {
	s.SubmittedJobsCount = &v
	return s
}

// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Queue) SetType(v string) *Queue {
	s.Type = &v
	return s
}

// Description of the source and destination queues between which the job has
// moved, along with the timestamp of the move
type QueueTransition struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The queue that the job was on after the transition.
	DestinationQueue *string `locationName:"destinationQueue" type:"string"`

	// The queue that the job was on before the transition.
	SourceQueue *string `locationName:"sourceQueue" type:"string"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the job moved from the source queue
	// to the destination queue.
	Timestamp *time.Time `locationName:"timestamp" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s QueueTransition) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s QueueTransition) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetDestinationQueue sets the DestinationQueue field's value.
func (s *QueueTransition) SetDestinationQueue(v string) *QueueTransition {
	s.DestinationQueue = &v
	return s
}

// SetSourceQueue sets the SourceQueue field's value.
func (s *QueueTransition) SetSourceQueue(v string) *QueueTransition {
	s.SourceQueue = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
func (s *QueueTransition) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *QueueTransition {
	s.Timestamp = &v
	return s
}

// Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.
type Rectangle struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	X *int64 `locationName:"x" type:"integer"`

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	Y *int64 `locationName:"y" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Rectangle) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Rectangle) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Rectangle) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rectangle"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 2))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 2 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 2))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *Rectangle) SetHeight(v int64) *Rectangle {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *Rectangle) SetWidth(v int64) *Rectangle {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// SetX sets the X field's value.
func (s *Rectangle) SetX(v int64) *Rectangle {
	s.X = &v
	return s
}

// SetY sets the Y field's value.
func (s *Rectangle) SetY(v int64) *Rectangle {
	s.Y = &v
	return s
}

// Use Manual audio remixing to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in
// each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer
// audio channels than your input audio source provides.
type RemixSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Channel mapping contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value
	// for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the
	// content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels.
	// Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies
	// these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each
	// output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the
	// graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix
	// correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60
	// (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the
	// output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune
	// to specify your remix values. Don't use both.
	ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMapping" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use
	// in your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these
	// channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different.
	// If you are doing both input channel mapping and output channel mapping, the
	// number of output channels in your input mapping must be the same as the number
	// of input channels in your output mapping.
	ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values:
	// 1, 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.) If you are doing both input
	// channel mapping and output channel mapping, the number of output channels
	// in your input mapping must be the same as the number of input channels in
	// your output mapping.
	ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemixSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemixSettings"}
	if s.ChannelsIn != nil && *s.ChannelsIn < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsIn", 1))
	}
	if s.ChannelsOut != nil && *s.ChannelsOut < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsOut", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetChannelMapping sets the ChannelMapping field's value.
func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMapping(v *ChannelMapping) *RemixSettings {
	s.ChannelMapping = v
	return s
}

// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value.
func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings {
	s.ChannelsIn = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value.
func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings {
	s.ChannelsOut = &v
	return s
}

// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
type ReservationPlan struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	Commitment *string `locationName:"commitment" type:"string" enum:"Commitment"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for
	// this reserved queue expires.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `locationName:"expiresAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan
	// for this reserved queue.
	PurchasedAt *time.Time `locationName:"purchasedAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
	RenewalType *string `locationName:"renewalType" type:"string" enum:"RenewalType"`

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel;
	// each RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you
	// extend your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger
	// number of RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional
	// capacity. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue.
	ReservedSlots *int64 `locationName:"reservedSlots" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
	Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ReservationPlanStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservationPlan) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservationPlan) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCommitment sets the Commitment field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetCommitment(v string) *ReservationPlan {
	s.Commitment = &v
	return s
}

// SetExpiresAt sets the ExpiresAt field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetExpiresAt(v time.Time) *ReservationPlan {
	s.ExpiresAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetPurchasedAt sets the PurchasedAt field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetPurchasedAt(v time.Time) *ReservationPlan {
	s.PurchasedAt = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenewalType sets the RenewalType field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetRenewalType(v string) *ReservationPlan {
	s.RenewalType = &v
	return s
}

// SetReservedSlots sets the ReservedSlots field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetReservedSlots(v int64) *ReservationPlan {
	s.ReservedSlots = &v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlan) SetStatus(v string) *ReservationPlan {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
type ReservationPlanSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	//
	// Commitment is a required field
	Commitment *string `locationName:"commitment" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Commitment"`

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your
	// term is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto
	// renew date. You can cancel this commitment.
	//
	// RenewalType is a required field
	RenewalType *string `locationName:"renewalType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RenewalType"`

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel;
	// each RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of
	// RTS in your reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending
	// your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number.
	// The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You
	// can't cancel your commitment or revert to your original commitment after
	// you increase the capacity.
	//
	// ReservedSlots is a required field
	ReservedSlots *int64 `locationName:"reservedSlots" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservationPlanSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ReservationPlanSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReservationPlanSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReservationPlanSettings"}
	if s.Commitment == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Commitment"))
	}
	if s.RenewalType == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RenewalType"))
	}
	if s.ReservedSlots == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedSlots"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCommitment sets the Commitment field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlanSettings) SetCommitment(v string) *ReservationPlanSettings {
	s.Commitment = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenewalType sets the RenewalType field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlanSettings) SetRenewalType(v string) *ReservationPlanSettings {
	s.RenewalType = &v
	return s
}

// SetReservedSlots sets the ReservedSlots field's value.
func (s *ReservationPlanSettings) SetReservedSlots(v int64) *ReservationPlanSettings {
	s.ReservedSlots = &v
	return s
}

// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert
// resource.
type ResourceTags struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The tags for the resource.
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResourceTags) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s ResourceTags) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *ResourceTags) SetArn(v string) *ResourceTags {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ResourceTags) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ResourceTags {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control
// for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3
// automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
type S3DestinationAccessControl struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output.
	CannedAcl *string `locationName:"cannedAcl" type:"string" enum:"S3ObjectCannedAcl"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3DestinationAccessControl) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3DestinationAccessControl) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCannedAcl sets the CannedAcl field's value.
func (s *S3DestinationAccessControl) SetCannedAcl(v string) *S3DestinationAccessControl {
	s.CannedAcl = &v
	return s
}

// Settings associated with S3 destination
type S3DestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control
	// for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3
	// automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
	AccessControl *S3DestinationAccessControl `locationName:"accessControl" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
	// S3.
	Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the S3 storage class to use for this output. To use your destination's
	// default storage class: Keep the default value, Not set. For more information
	// about S3 storage classes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html
	StorageClass *string `locationName:"storageClass" type:"string" enum:"S3StorageClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3DestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3DestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccessControl sets the AccessControl field's value.
func (s *S3DestinationSettings) SetAccessControl(v *S3DestinationAccessControl) *S3DestinationSettings {
	s.AccessControl = v
	return s
}

// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *S3DestinationSettings) SetEncryption(v *S3EncryptionSettings) *S3DestinationSettings {
	s.Encryption = v
	return s
}

// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *S3DestinationSettings) SetStorageClass(v string) *S3DestinationSettings {
	s.StorageClass = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
// S3.
type S3EncryptionSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt
	// your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer
	// master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your
	// encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages
	// the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3. If you want your master key
	// to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS. By default,
	// when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK)
	// associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose
	// to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN.
	EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"S3ServerSideEncryptionType"`

	// Optionally, specify the encryption context that you want to use alongside
	// your KMS key. AWS KMS uses this encryption context as additional authenticated
	// data (AAD) to support authenticated encryption. This value must be a base64-encoded
	// UTF-8 string holding JSON which represents a string-string map. To use this
	// setting, you must also set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. For more information
	// about encryption context, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context.
	KmsEncryptionContext *string `locationName:"kmsEncryptionContext" type:"string"`

	// Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to
	// encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter
	// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must
	// also set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. If you set Server-side encryption
	// to AWS KMS but don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated
	// with Amazon S3.
	KmsKeyArn *string `locationName:"kmsKeyArn" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3EncryptionSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s S3EncryptionSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
func (s *S3EncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *S3EncryptionSettings {
	s.EncryptionType = &v
	return s
}

// SetKmsEncryptionContext sets the KmsEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *S3EncryptionSettings) SetKmsEncryptionContext(v string) *S3EncryptionSettings {
	s.KmsEncryptionContext = &v
	return s
}

// SetKmsKeyArn sets the KmsKeyArn field's value.
func (s *S3EncryptionSettings) SetKmsKeyArn(v string) *S3EncryptionSettings {
	s.KmsKeyArn = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions
// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.
type SccDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Set Framerate to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized
	// in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated
	// video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe only if the
	// video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose
	// 29.97 non-dropframe.
	Framerate *string `locationName:"framerate" type:"string" enum:"SccDestinationFramerate"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SccDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SccDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value.
func (s *SccDestinationSettings) SetFramerate(v string) *SccDestinationSettings {
	s.Framerate = &v
	return s
}

// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
type SpekeKeyProvider struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides
	// to MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string `locationName:"certificateArn" type:"string"`

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`

	// Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups
	// support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id.
	// See https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details.
	SystemIds []*string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SpekeKeyProvider) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetCertificateArn(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider {
	s.CertificateArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetResourceId(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider {
	s.ResourceId = &v
	return s
}

// SetSystemIds sets the SystemIds field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProvider {
	s.SystemIds = v
	return s
}

// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider {
	s.Url = &v
	return s
}

// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH,
// or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides
	// to MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string `locationName:"certificateArn" type:"string"`

	// Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can
	// currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	DashSignaledSystemIds []*string `locationName:"dashSignaledSystemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can currently
	// signal only one system ID. For more information, see https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	HlsSignaledSystemIds []*string `locationName:"hlsSignaledSystemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) SetCertificateArn(v string) *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf {
	s.CertificateArn = &v
	return s
}

// SetDashSignaledSystemIds sets the DashSignaledSystemIds field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) SetDashSignaledSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf {
	s.DashSignaledSystemIds = v
	return s
}

// SetHlsSignaledSystemIds sets the HlsSignaledSystemIds field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) SetHlsSignaledSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf {
	s.HlsSignaledSystemIds = v
	return s
}

// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) SetResourceId(v string) *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf {
	s.ResourceId = &v
	return s
}

// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
func (s *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) SetUrl(v string) *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf {
	s.Url = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions
// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
// in the same output group, but different output from your video.
type SrtDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
	// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
	// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
	// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
	// information from your input captions and use simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"SrtStylePassthrough"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SrtDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s SrtDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *SrtDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *SrtDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
type StaticKeyProvider struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute.
	// Must be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an
	// implicit value of 'identity'.
	KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value
	// or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify
	// Key Value.
	StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for
	// protecting content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StaticKeyProvider) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s StaticKeyProvider) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value.
func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormat(v string) *StaticKeyProvider {
	s.KeyFormat = &v
	return s
}

// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value.
func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *StaticKeyProvider {
	s.KeyFormatVersions = &v
	return s
}

// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value.
func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeyProvider {
	s.StaticKeyValue = &v
	return s
}

// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *StaticKeyProvider {
	s.Url = &v
	return s
}

// To add tags to a queue, preset, or job template, send a request with the
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource and the tags that you want to
// add.
type TagResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to tag. To get
	// the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TagResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagResourceInput"}
	if s.Arn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
	}
	if s.Tags == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetArn(v string) *TagResourceInput {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *TagResourceInput {
	s.Tags = v
	return s
}

// A successful request to add tags to a resource returns an OK message.
type TagResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same
// output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.
type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for
	// this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings
	// ending in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext
	// data, do not use this field.
	PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle. If you
	// pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't use this field. When
	// you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has the same page types
	// as your input.
	PageTypes []*string `locationName:"pageTypes" type:"list" enum:"TeletextPageType"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TeletextDestinationSettings"}
	if s.PageNumber != nil && len(*s.PageNumber) < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PageNumber", 3))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value.
func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextDestinationSettings {
	s.PageNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetPageTypes sets the PageTypes field's value.
func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) SetPageTypes(v []*string) *TeletextDestinationSettings {
	s.PageTypes = v
	return s
}

// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
type TeletextSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Page Number to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number that will
	// be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are passing
	// through teletext from the input source to output.
	PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" min:"3" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TeletextSourceSettings"}
	if s.PageNumber != nil && len(*s.PageNumber) < 3 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PageNumber", 3))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value.
func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings {
	s.PageNumber = &v
	return s
}

// Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.
type TimecodeBurnin struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use Font size to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid values
	// are 10, 16, 32, 48.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" min:"10" type:"integer"`

	// Use Position under Timecode burn-in to specify the location the burned-in
	// timecode on output video.
	Position *string `locationName:"position" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeBurninPosition"`

	// Use Prefix to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For example,
	// a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide either
	// the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported range
	// of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and all
	// special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
	Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimecodeBurnin) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimecodeBurnin) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TimecodeBurnin) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TimecodeBurnin"}
	if s.FontSize != nil && *s.FontSize < 10 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontSize", 10))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetFontSize(v int64) *TimecodeBurnin {
	s.FontSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetPosition sets the Position field's value.
func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPosition(v string) *TimecodeBurnin {
	s.Position = &v
	return s
}

// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPrefix(v string) *TimecodeBurnin {
	s.Prefix = &v
	return s
}

// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
// These settings don't affect input clipping.
type TimecodeConfig struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor
	// Timecode to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to the
	// output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior
	// for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source. * If Source
	// is set to Specified Start, the first input frame is the specified value in
	// Start Timecode. Anchor Timecode and Start Timecode are used calculate output
	// timecode. * If Source is set to Start at 0 the first frame is 00:00:00:00.
	// * If Source is set to Embedded, the first frame is the timecode value on
	// the first input frame of the input.
	Anchor *string `locationName:"anchor" type:"string"`

	// Use Source to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure
	// that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based
	// features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source
	// option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with
	// frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded - Use the timecode that is in the
	// input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use
	// Start at 0 instead. * Start at 0 - Set the timecode of the initial frame
	// to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start - Set the timecode of the initial frame
	// to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode to provide this value.
	Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeSource"`

	// Only use when you set Source to Specified start. Use Start timecode to specify
	// the timecode for the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number,
	// (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF).
	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	// Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp
	// offset to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the time and frame
	// number. Provide the new date as a string in the format "yyyy-mm-dd". To use
	// Timestamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time in the output
	// settings. For example, if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and
	// you want to change it to one year later, set Timestamp offset to 2003-1-25.
	TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAnchor sets the Anchor field's value.
func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetAnchor(v string) *TimecodeConfig {
	s.Anchor = &v
	return s
}

// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig {
	s.Source = &v
	return s
}

// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetStart(v string) *TimecodeConfig {
	s.Start = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value.
func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *TimecodeConfig {
	s.TimestampOffset = &v
	return s
}

// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In
// each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata
// to Passthrough.
type TimedMetadataInsertion struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances.
	Id3Insertions []*Id3Insertion `locationName:"id3Insertions" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetId3Insertions sets the Id3Insertions field's value.
func (s *TimedMetadataInsertion) SetId3Insertions(v []*Id3Insertion) *TimedMetadataInsertion {
	s.Id3Insertions = v
	return s
}

// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified
// in Unix epoch format in seconds.
type Timing struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished
	FinishTime *time.Time `locationName:"finishTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began.
	StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job.
	SubmitTime *time.Time `locationName:"submitTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Timing) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Timing) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetFinishTime sets the FinishTime field's value.
func (s *Timing) SetFinishTime(v time.Time) *Timing {
	s.FinishTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
func (s *Timing) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Timing {
	s.StartTime = &v
	return s
}

// SetSubmitTime sets the SubmitTime field's value.
func (s *Timing) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) *Timing {
	s.SubmitTime = &v
	return s
}

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	_            struct{}                  `type:"structure"`
	RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"`

	Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TooManyRequestsException) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TooManyRequestsException) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

func newErrorTooManyRequestsException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error {
	return &TooManyRequestsException{
		RespMetadata: v,
	}
}

// Code returns the exception type name.
func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Code() string {
	return "TooManyRequestsException"
}

// Message returns the exception's message.
func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Message() string {
	if s.Message_ != nil {
		return *s.Message_
	}
	return ""
}

// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface.
func (s *TooManyRequestsException) OrigErr() error {
	return nil
}

func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string {
	return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message())
}

// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error.
func (s *TooManyRequestsException) StatusCode() int {
	return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode
}

// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request.
func (s *TooManyRequestsException) RequestID() string {
	return s.RespMetadata.RequestID
}

// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption
// source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead
// of TrackSourceSettings.
type TrackSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers
	// correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track
	// numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For
	// example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL.
	// To include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple
	// input captions selectors. Specify one track per selector.
	TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"trackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TrackSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TrackSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TrackSourceSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TrackSourceSettings"}
	if s.TrackNumber != nil && *s.TrackNumber < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TrackNumber", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetTrackNumber sets the TrackNumber field's value.
func (s *TrackSourceSettings) SetTrackNumber(v int64) *TrackSourceSettings {
	s.TrackNumber = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions
// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions
// in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
// information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source
	// (TTML, IMSC, SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"TtmlStylePassthrough"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// To remove tags from a resource, send a request with the Amazon Resource Name
// (ARN) of the resource and the keys of the tags that you want to remove.
type UntagResourceInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags
	// from. To get the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The keys of the tags that you want to remove from the resource.
	TagKeys []*string `locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
	if s.Arn == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
	}
	if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
	s.Arn = &v
	return s
}

// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
	s.TagKeys = v
	return s
}

// A successful request to remove tags from a resource returns an OK message.
type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Modify a job template by sending a request with the job template name and
// any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and
// queue.
type UpdateJobTemplateInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
	// information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The new category for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The new description for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []*HopDestination `locationName:"hopDestinations" type:"list"`

	// The name of the job template you are modifying
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
	// begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
	// job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
	// submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
	// value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// The new queue for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobTemplateInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < -50 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", -50))
	}
	if s.AccelerationSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AccelerationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AccelerationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.HopDestinations != nil {
		for i, v := range s.HopDestinations {
			if v == nil {
				continue
			}
			if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
				invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "HopDestinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
			}
		}
	}
	if s.Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.AccelerationSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetHopDestinations sets the HopDestinations field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetHopDestinations(v []*HopDestination) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.HopDestinations = v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetPriority(v int64) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Priority = &v
	return s
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Queue = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput {
	s.StatusUpdateInterval = &v
	return s
}

// Successful update job template requests will return the new job template
// JSON.
type UpdateJobTemplateOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *UpdateJobTemplateOutput {
	s.JobTemplate = v
	return s
}

// Modify a preset by sending a request with the preset name and any of the
// following that you wish to change: description, category, and transcoding
// settings.
type UpdatePresetInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The new category for the preset, if you are changing it.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The new description for the preset, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the preset you are modifying.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdatePresetInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdatePresetInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePresetInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetCategory sets the Category field's value.
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdatePresetInput {
	s.Category = &v
	return s
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdatePresetInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *UpdatePresetInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *UpdatePresetInput {
	s.Settings = v
	return s
}

// Successful update preset requests will return the new preset JSON.
type UpdatePresetOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
func (s *UpdatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *UpdatePresetOutput {
	s.Preset = v
	return s
}

// Modify a queue by sending a request with the queue name and any changes to
// the queue.
type UpdateQueueInput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// The new description for the queue, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the queue that you are modifying.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new details of your pricing plan for your reserved queue. When you set
	// up a new pricing plan to replace an expired one, you enter into another 12-month
	// commitment. When you add capacity to your queue by increasing the number
	// of RTS, you extend the term of your commitment to 12 months from when you
	// add capacity. After you make these commitments, you can't cancel them.
	ReservationPlanSettings *ReservationPlanSettings `locationName:"reservationPlanSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Pause or activate a queue by changing its status between ACTIVE and PAUSED.
	// If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue won't begin. Jobs that are running
	// when you pause the queue continue to run until they finish or result in an
	// error.
	Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateQueueInput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateQueueInput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateQueueInput"}
	if s.Name == nil {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
	}
	if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
	}
	if s.ReservationPlanSettings != nil {
		if err := s.ReservationPlanSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ReservationPlanSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateQueueInput {
	s.Description = &v
	return s
}

// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateQueueInput {
	s.Name = &v
	return s
}

// SetReservationPlanSettings sets the ReservationPlanSettings field's value.
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetReservationPlanSettings(v *ReservationPlanSettings) *UpdateQueueInput {
	s.ReservationPlanSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetStatus(v string) *UpdateQueueInput {
	s.Status = &v
	return s
}

// Successful update queue requests return the new queue information in JSON
// format.
type UpdateQueueOutput struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *UpdateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *UpdateQueueOutput {
	s.Queue = v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value VC3
type Vc3Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Vc3FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"24" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify
	// a value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"Vc3InterlaceMode"`

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
	// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
	// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
	// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
	// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
	// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
	// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
	// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
	// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
	// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
	// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode *string `locationName:"scanTypeConversionMode" type:"string" enum:"Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the
	// video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also
	// set Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"Vc3SlowPal"`

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
	// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
	// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"Vc3Telecine"`

	// Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output.
	// VC3 class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator)
	// and Resolution (height and width), determine your output bitrate. For example,
	// say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your framerate is 29.97.
	// Then Class 145 gives you an output with a bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps
	// and Class 220 gives you and output with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps.
	// VC3 class also specifies the color bit depth of your output.
	Vc3Class *string `locationName:"vc3Class" type:"string" enum:"Vc3Class"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vc3Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vc3Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Vc3Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Vc3Settings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 24 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 24))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Vc3Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Vc3Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetScanTypeConversionMode sets the ScanTypeConversionMode field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetScanTypeConversionMode(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.ScanTypeConversionMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// SetVc3Class sets the Vc3Class field's value.
func (s *Vc3Settings) SetVc3Class(v string) *Vc3Settings {
	s.Vc3Class = &v
	return s
}

// Video codec settings contains the group of settings related to video encoding.
// The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for
// Video codec. For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding
// settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs.
// * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings
// * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES,
// ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings *
// XAVC, XavcSettings
type VideoCodecSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the
	// value AV1.
	Av1Settings *Av1Settings `locationName:"av1Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more
	// information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification.
	// For detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936.
	// For information about 4K/2K in AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.
	AvcIntraSettings *AvcIntraSettings `locationName:"avcIntraSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined
	// by the object VideoCodec. To passthrough the video stream of your input JPEG2000,
	// VC-3, AVC-INTRA or Apple ProRes video without any video encoding: Choose
	// Passthrough. If you have multiple input videos, note that they must have
	// identical encoding attributes. When you choose Passthrough, your output container
	// must be MXF or QuickTime MOV.
	Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"VideoCodec"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value H_264.
	H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for H265 codec
	H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value MPEG2.
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value PRORES.
	ProresSettings *ProresSettings `locationName:"proresSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VC3
	Vc3Settings *Vc3Settings `locationName:"vc3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VP8.
	Vp8Settings *Vp8Settings `locationName:"vp8Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VP9.
	Vp9Settings *Vp9Settings `locationName:"vp9Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Codec to the value XAVC.
	XavcSettings *XavcSettings `locationName:"xavcSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoCodecSettings"}
	if s.Av1Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Av1Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Av1Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.AvcIntraSettings != nil {
		if err := s.AvcIntraSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("AvcIntraSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.FrameCaptureSettings != nil {
		if err := s.FrameCaptureSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.H264Settings != nil {
		if err := s.H264Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("H264Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.H265Settings != nil {
		if err := s.H265Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("H265Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Mpeg2Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Mpeg2Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Mpeg2Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ProresSettings != nil {
		if err := s.ProresSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ProresSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Vc3Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Vc3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Vc3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Vp8Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Vp8Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Vp8Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Vp9Settings != nil {
		if err := s.Vp9Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Vp9Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.XavcSettings != nil {
		if err := s.XavcSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("XavcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAv1Settings sets the Av1Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetAv1Settings(v *Av1Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Av1Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetAvcIntraSettings sets the AvcIntraSettings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetAvcIntraSettings(v *AvcIntraSettings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.AvcIntraSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Codec = &v
	return s
}

// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.FrameCaptureSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.H264Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.H265Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetMpeg2Settings sets the Mpeg2Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings(v *Mpeg2Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Mpeg2Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetProresSettings sets the ProresSettings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetProresSettings(v *ProresSettings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.ProresSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetVc3Settings sets the Vc3Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetVc3Settings(v *Vc3Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Vc3Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetVp8Settings sets the Vp8Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetVp8Settings(v *Vp8Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Vp8Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetVp9Settings sets the Vp9Settings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetVp9Settings(v *Vp9Settings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.Vp9Settings = v
	return s
}

// SetXavcSettings sets the XavcSettings field's value.
func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetXavcSettings(v *XavcSettings) *VideoCodecSettings {
	s.XavcSettings = v
	return s
}

// Settings related to video encoding of your output. The specific video settings
// depend on the video codec that you choose.
type VideoDescription struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert
	// AFD signaling to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output
	// video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values
	// from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode
	// the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values
	// based on the input AFD scaler data.
	AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`

	// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service
	// no longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in
	// your job, the service will ignore the setting.
	AntiAlias *string `locationName:"antiAlias" type:"string" enum:"AntiAlias"`

	// Video codec settings contains the group of settings related to video encoding.
	// The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for
	// Video codec. For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding
	// settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs.
	// * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings
	// * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES,
	// ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings *
	// XAVC, XavcSettings
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Choose Insert for this setting to include color metadata in this output.
	// Choose Ignore to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify
	// a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
	ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"ColorMetadata"`

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame.
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
	// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
	// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
	// by default when Timecode insertion is enabled.
	DropFrameTimecode *string `locationName:"dropFrameTimecode" type:"string" enum:"DropFrameTimecode"`

	// Applies only if you set AFD Signaling to Fixed. Use Fixed to specify a four-bit
	// AFD value which the service will write on all frames of this video output.
	FixedAfd *int64 `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"integer"`

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this output.
	// To use the same resolution as your input: Leave both Width and Height blank.
	// To evenly scale from your input resolution: Leave Height blank and enter
	// a value for Width. For example, if your input is 1920x1080 and you set Width
	// to 1280, your output will be 1280x720.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The
	// area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Respond to AFD to specify how the service changes the video itself in
	// response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video
	// frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output
	// display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values.
	// Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to NONE. A preferred implementation
	// of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to and set AfdSignaling to AUTO.
	// * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.
	RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"RespondToAfd"`

	// Specify the video Scaling behavior when your output has a different resolution
	// than your input. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-scaling.html
	ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ScalingBehavior"`

	// Use Sharpness setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This setting
	// changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. Sharpness
	// only applies if your output resolution is different from your input resolution.
	// 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content.
	Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"`

	// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
	// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate.
	// To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion to PIC_TIMING_SEI.
	// To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service
	// inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes
	// from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for
	// the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the
	// settings under Timecode configuration. In the console, these settings are
	// located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode
	// source under input settings does not affect the timecodes that are inserted
	// in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration does.
	TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"VideoTimecodeInsertion"`

	// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors. Enable the features
	// at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
	VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor `locationName:"videoPreprocessors" type:"structure"`

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this output.
	// To use the same resolution as your input: Leave both Width and Height blank.
	// To evenly scale from your input resolution: Leave Width blank and enter a
	// value for Height. For example, if your input is 1920x1080 and you set Height
	// to 720, your output will be 1280x720.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoDescription) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoDescription"}
	if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 32))
	}
	if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 32 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 32))
	}
	if s.CodecSettings != nil {
		if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Crop != nil {
		if err := s.Crop.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Crop", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.Position != nil {
		if err := s.Position.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Position", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.VideoPreprocessors != nil {
		if err := s.VideoPreprocessors.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("VideoPreprocessors", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.AfdSignaling = &v
	return s
}

// SetAntiAlias sets the AntiAlias field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetAntiAlias(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.AntiAlias = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription {
	s.CodecSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetColorMetadata(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.ColorMetadata = &v
	return s
}

// SetCrop sets the Crop field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetCrop(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription {
	s.Crop = v
	return s
}

// SetDropFrameTimecode sets the DropFrameTimecode field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetDropFrameTimecode(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.DropFrameTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetFixedAfd(v int64) *VideoDescription {
	s.FixedAfd = &v
	return s
}

// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription {
	s.Height = &v
	return s
}

// SetPosition sets the Position field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetPosition(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription {
	s.Position = v
	return s
}

// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.RespondToAfd = &v
	return s
}

// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.ScalingBehavior = &v
	return s
}

// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription {
	s.Sharpness = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *VideoDescription {
	s.TimecodeInsertion = &v
	return s
}

// SetVideoPreprocessors sets the VideoPreprocessors field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetVideoPreprocessors(v *VideoPreprocessor) *VideoDescription {
	s.VideoPreprocessors = v
	return s
}

// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription {
	s.Width = &v
	return s
}

// Contains details about the output's video stream
type VideoDetail struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Height in pixels for the output
	HeightInPx *int64 `locationName:"heightInPx" type:"integer"`

	// Width in pixels for the output
	WidthInPx *int64 `locationName:"widthInPx" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoDetail) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoDetail) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetHeightInPx sets the HeightInPx field's value.
func (s *VideoDetail) SetHeightInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail {
	s.HeightInPx = &v
	return s
}

// SetWidthInPx sets the WidthInPx field's value.
func (s *VideoDetail) SetWidthInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail {
	s.WidthInPx = &v
	return s
}

// Overlay one or more videos on top of your input video. For more information,
// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-overlays.html
type VideoOverlay struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Enter the end timecode in the underlying input video for this overlay. Your
	// overlay will be active through this frame. To display your video overlay
	// for the duration of the underlying video: Leave blank. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF
	// or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second,
	// and FF is the frame number. When entering this value, take into account your
	// choice for the underlying Input timecode source. For example, if you have
	// embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your overlay to
	// end ten minutes into the video, enter 01:10:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"`

	// Input settings for Video overlay. You can include one or more video overlays
	// in sequence at different times that you specify.
	Input *VideoOverlayInput_ `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`

	// Enter the start timecode in the underlying input video for this overlay.
	// Your overlay will be active starting with this frame. To display your video
	// overlay starting at the beginning of the underlying video: Leave blank. Use
	// the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute,
	// SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When entering this value, take
	// into account your choice for the underlying Input timecode source. For example,
	// if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your
	// overlay to begin five minutes into the video, enter 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlay) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlay) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoOverlay) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoOverlay"}
	if s.Input != nil {
		if err := s.Input.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Input", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetEndTimecode sets the EndTimecode field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlay) SetEndTimecode(v string) *VideoOverlay {
	s.EndTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlay) SetInput(v *VideoOverlayInput_) *VideoOverlay {
	s.Input = v
	return s
}

// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlay) SetStartTimecode(v string) *VideoOverlay {
	s.StartTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// To transcode only portions of your video overlay, include one input clip
// for each part of your video overlay that you want in your output.
type VideoOverlayInputClipping struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the timecode of the last frame to include in your video overlay's
	// clip. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM
	// is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When entering
	// this value, take into account your choice for Timecode source.
	EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"`

	// Specify the timecode of the first frame to include in your video overlay's
	// clip. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM
	// is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When entering
	// this value, take into account your choice for Timecode source.
	StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlayInputClipping) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlayInputClipping) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetEndTimecode sets the EndTimecode field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInputClipping) SetEndTimecode(v string) *VideoOverlayInputClipping {
	s.EndTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInputClipping) SetStartTimecode(v string) *VideoOverlayInputClipping {
	s.StartTimecode = &v
	return s
}

// Input settings for Video overlay. You can include one or more video overlays
// in sequence at different times that you specify.
type VideoOverlayInput_ struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the input file S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URI for your video overlay. For
	// consistency in color and formatting in your output video image, we recommend
	// that you specify a video with similar characteristics as the underlying input
	// video.
	FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"`

	// Specify one or more clips to use from your video overlay. When you include
	// an input clip, you must also specify its start timecode, end timecode, or
	// both start and end timecode.
	InputClippings []*VideoOverlayInputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"`

	// Specify the timecode source for your video overlay input clips. To use the
	// timecode present in your video overlay: Choose Embedded. To use a zerobased
	// timecode: Choose Start at 0. To choose a timecode: Choose Specified start.
	// When you do, enter the starting timecode in Start timecode. If you don't
	// specify a value for Timecode source, MediaConvert uses Embedded by default.
	TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`

	// Specify the starting timecode for this video overlay. To use this setting,
	// you must set Timecode source to Specified start.
	TimecodeStart *string `locationName:"timecodeStart" min:"11" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlayInput_) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoOverlayInput_) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoOverlayInput_) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoOverlayInput_"}
	if s.TimecodeStart != nil && len(*s.TimecodeStart) < 11 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TimecodeStart", 11))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetFileInput sets the FileInput field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInput_) SetFileInput(v string) *VideoOverlayInput_ {
	s.FileInput = &v
	return s
}

// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInput_) SetInputClippings(v []*VideoOverlayInputClipping) *VideoOverlayInput_ {
	s.InputClippings = v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInput_) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *VideoOverlayInput_ {
	s.TimecodeSource = &v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeStart sets the TimecodeStart field's value.
func (s *VideoOverlayInput_) SetTimecodeStart(v string) *VideoOverlayInput_ {
	s.TimecodeStart = &v
	return s
}

// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors. Enable the features
// at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
type VideoPreprocessor struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to convert the color space or to modify properties such
	// as hue and contrast for this output. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/converting-the-color-space.html.
	ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector `locationName:"colorCorrector" type:"structure"`

	// Use the deinterlacer to produce smoother motion and a clearer picture. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-scan-type.html.
	Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer `locationName:"deinterlacer" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Dolby Vision feature to produce Dolby Vision compatible video output.
	DolbyVision *DolbyVision `locationName:"dolbyVision" type:"structure"`

	// Enable HDR10+ analysis and metadata injection. Compatible with HEVC only.
	Hdr10Plus *Hdr10Plus `locationName:"hdr10Plus" type:"structure"`

	// Enable the Image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting
	// is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Enable the Noise reducer feature to remove noise from your video output if
	// necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This
	// setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer, you must also
	// select a value for Noise reducer filter. For AVC outputs, when you include
	// Noise reducer, you cannot include the Bandwidth reduction filter.
	NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer `locationName:"noiseReducer" type:"structure"`

	// If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group
	// of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks
	// in your output.
	PartnerWatermarking *PartnerWatermarking `locationName:"partnerWatermarking" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.
	TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin `locationName:"timecodeBurnin" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoPreprocessor) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoPreprocessor) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoPreprocessor"}
	if s.ColorCorrector != nil {
		if err := s.ColorCorrector.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ColorCorrector", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.ImageInserter != nil {
		if err := s.ImageInserter.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("ImageInserter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.NoiseReducer != nil {
		if err := s.NoiseReducer.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("NoiseReducer", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.PartnerWatermarking != nil {
		if err := s.PartnerWatermarking.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("PartnerWatermarking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.TimecodeBurnin != nil {
		if err := s.TimecodeBurnin.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeBurnin", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetColorCorrector sets the ColorCorrector field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetColorCorrector(v *ColorCorrector) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.ColorCorrector = v
	return s
}

// SetDeinterlacer sets the Deinterlacer field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetDeinterlacer(v *Deinterlacer) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.Deinterlacer = v
	return s
}

// SetDolbyVision sets the DolbyVision field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetDolbyVision(v *DolbyVision) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.DolbyVision = v
	return s
}

// SetHdr10Plus sets the Hdr10Plus field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetHdr10Plus(v *Hdr10Plus) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.Hdr10Plus = v
	return s
}

// SetImageInserter sets the ImageInserter field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetImageInserter(v *ImageInserter) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.ImageInserter = v
	return s
}

// SetNoiseReducer sets the NoiseReducer field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetNoiseReducer(v *NoiseReducer) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.NoiseReducer = v
	return s
}

// SetPartnerWatermarking sets the PartnerWatermarking field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetPartnerWatermarking(v *PartnerWatermarking) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.PartnerWatermarking = v
	return s
}

// SetTimecodeBurnin sets the TimecodeBurnin field's value.
func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetTimecodeBurnin(v *TimecodeBurnin) *VideoPreprocessor {
	s.TimecodeBurnin = v
	return s
}

// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
// inputs can have up to one video selector.
type VideoSelector struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha
	// channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each
	// output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting
	// at the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the
	// video. Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel
	// to the luma channel of your outputs.
	AlphaBehavior *string `locationName:"alphaBehavior" type:"string" enum:"AlphaBehavior"`

	// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
	// about color space: Keep the default value, Follow. MediaConvert will automatically
	// detect your input color space. If your input video has metadata indicating
	// the wrong color space, or has missing metadata: Specify the accurate color
	// space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering
	// Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream,
	// or if that metadata is present but not accurate: Choose Force HDR 10. Specify
	// correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata settings. For more information
	// about HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	// When you specify an input color space, MediaConvert uses the following color
	// space metadata, which includes color primaries, transfer characteristics,
	// and matrix coefficients: * HDR 10: BT.2020, PQ, BT.2020 non-constant * HLG
	// 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant * P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE
	// 428M, BT.709 * P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB, BT.709 * P3D65 (HDR): Display
	// P3, PQ, BT.709
	ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpace"`

	// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
	// settings Color space and HDR master display information settings. The Color
	// space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force to use
	// color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for
	// those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK
	// - Choose Fallback to use color metadata from the source when it is present.
	// If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to
	// using values you specify in the input settings.
	ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceUsage"`

	// Set Embedded timecode override to Use MDPM when your AVCHD input contains
	// timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video Pack Metadata. When you do,
	// we recommend you also set Timecode source to Embedded. Leave Embedded timecode
	// override blank, or set to None, when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverride *string `locationName:"embeddedTimecodeOverride" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedTimecodeOverride"`

	// Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate
	// in your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video
	// and must be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these
	// values during the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these
	// settings is 0 to 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color
	// coordinate. Related settings - When you specify these values, you must also
	// set Color space to HDR 10. To specify whether the the values you specify
	// here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file,
	// set Color space usage. To specify whether color metadata is included in an
	// output, set Color metadata. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting if your input has video and audio durations that don't align,
	// and your output or player has strict alignment requirements. Examples: Input
	// audio track has a delayed start. Input video track ends before audio ends.
	// When you set Pad video to Black, MediaConvert generates black video frames
	// so that output video and audio durations match. Black video frames are added
	// at the beginning or end, depending on your input. To keep the default behavior
	// and not generate black video, set Pad video to Disabled or leave blank.
	PadVideo *string `locationName:"padVideo" type:"string" enum:"PadVideo"`

	// Use PID to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this value
	// as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal value.
	// For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an identifier
	// for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream.
	// Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Use Rotate to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose
	// automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation
	// of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4
	// and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the
	// service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata.
	// The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the
	// rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default
	// to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input
	// video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
	Rotate *string `locationName:"rotate" type:"string" enum:"InputRotate"`

	// If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't
	// know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow, for this setting.
	// When you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range. If
	// your input video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify
	// the accurate sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample
	// range information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert
	// uses the input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert
	// uses the sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
	SampleRange *string `locationName:"sampleRange" type:"string" enum:"InputSampleRange"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoSelector) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VideoSelector) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoSelector"}
	if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1))
	}
	if s.ProgramNumber != nil && *s.ProgramNumber < -2.147483648e+09 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ProgramNumber", -2.147483648e+09))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAlphaBehavior sets the AlphaBehavior field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetAlphaBehavior(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.AlphaBehavior = &v
	return s
}

// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.ColorSpace = &v
	return s
}

// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v
	return s
}

// SetEmbeddedTimecodeOverride sets the EmbeddedTimecodeOverride field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetEmbeddedTimecodeOverride(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.EmbeddedTimecodeOverride = &v
	return s
}

// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *VideoSelector {
	s.Hdr10Metadata = v
	return s
}

// SetPadVideo sets the PadVideo field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetPadVideo(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.PadVideo = &v
	return s
}

// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelector {
	s.Pid = &v
	return s
}

// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *VideoSelector {
	s.ProgramNumber = &v
	return s
}

// SetRotate sets the Rotate field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetRotate(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.Rotate = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRange sets the SampleRange field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetSampleRange(v string) *VideoSelector {
	s.SampleRange = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
// value Vorbis.
type VorbisSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing
	// Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you
	// 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. The default value is 2.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify the audio sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 22050, 32000,
	// 44100, and 48000. The default value is 48000.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"22050" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify the variable audio quality of this Vorbis output from -1
	// (lowest quality, ~45 kbit/s) to 10 (highest quality, ~500 kbit/s). The default
	// value is 4 (~128 kbit/s). Values 5 and 6 are approximately 160 and 192 kbit/s,
	// respectively.
	VbrQuality *int64 `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VorbisSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s VorbisSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *VorbisSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VorbisSettings"}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 22050 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 22050))
	}
	if s.VbrQuality != nil && *s.VbrQuality < -1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VbrQuality", -1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *VorbisSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *VorbisSettings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *VorbisSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *VorbisSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.
func (s *VorbisSettings) SetVbrQuality(v int64) *VorbisSettings {
	s.VbrQuality = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value VP8.
type Vp8Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Vp8FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Optional. Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five
	// megabits as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits
	// per second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate
	// as the maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
	// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
	// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
	// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
	// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"Vp8ParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Vp8QualityTuningLevel"`

	// With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Vp8RateControlMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vp8Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vp8Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Vp8Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Vp8Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Vp8Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Vp8Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetParControl(v string) *Vp8Settings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *Vp8Settings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Vp8Settings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *Vp8Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Vp8Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value VP9.
type Vp9Settings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Vp9FramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits
	// per second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate
	// as the maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio for this
	// output. The default behavior is to use the same pixel aspect ratio as your
	// input video.
	ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"Vp9ParControl"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is
	// 33.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Vp9QualityTuningLevel"`

	// With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Vp9RateControlMode"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vp9Settings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Vp9Settings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Vp9Settings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Vp9Settings"}
	if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
	}
	if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
	}
	if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.Bitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Vp9Settings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Vp9Settings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.GopSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.MaxBitrate = &v
	return s
}

// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetParControl(v string) *Vp9Settings {
	s.ParControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.ParDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *Vp9Settings {
	s.ParNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Vp9Settings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
func (s *Vp9Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Vp9Settings {
	s.RateControlMode = &v
	return s
}

// Contains any warning codes and their count for the job.
type WarningGroup struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Warning code that identifies a specific warning in the job. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/warning_codes.html
	//
	// Code is a required field
	Code *int64 `locationName:"code" type:"integer" required:"true"`

	// The number of times this warning occurred in the job.
	//
	// Count is a required field
	Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WarningGroup) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WarningGroup) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func (s *WarningGroup) SetCode(v int64) *WarningGroup {
	s.Code = &v
	return s
}

// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
func (s *WarningGroup) SetCount(v int64) *WarningGroup {
	s.Count = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value WAV.
type WavSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for
	// this audio track.
	BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are
	// 1 and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio
	// is likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
	// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
	Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" enum:"WavFormat"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WavSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WavSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *WavSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WavSettings"}
	if s.BitDepth != nil && *s.BitDepth < 16 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BitDepth", 16))
	}
	if s.Channels != nil && *s.Channels < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Channels", 1))
	}
	if s.SampleRate != nil && *s.SampleRate < 8000 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SampleRate", 8000))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.
func (s *WavSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *WavSettings {
	s.BitDepth = &v
	return s
}

// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
func (s *WavSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *WavSettings {
	s.Channels = &v
	return s
}

// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *WavSettings) SetFormat(v string) *WavSettings {
	s.Format = &v
	return s
}

// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
func (s *WavSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *WavSettings {
	s.SampleRate = &v
	return s
}

// Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds
// captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar
// captions in the same output group, but different output from your video.
// For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
type WebvttDestinationSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// If the WebVTT captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people
	// who are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled.
	// When you do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS
	// or DASH manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
	// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track: CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following
	// in the adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended
	// to provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you
	// do, for DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation
	// set for this track: .
	Accessibility *string `locationName:"accessibility" type:"string" enum:"WebvttAccessibilitySubs"`

	// To use the available style, color, and position information from your input
	// captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. MediaConvert uses default settings
	// when style and position information is missing from your input captions.
	// To recreate the input captions exactly: Set Style passthrough to Strict.
	// MediaConvert automatically applies timing adjustments, including adjustments
	// for frame rate conversion, ad avails, and input clipping. Your input captions
	// format must be WebVTT. To ignore the style and position information from
	// your input captions and use simplified output captions: Set Style passthrough
	// to Disabled, or leave blank.
	StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"WebvttStylePassthrough"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetAccessibility sets the Accessibility field's value.
func (s *WebvttDestinationSettings) SetAccessibility(v string) *WebvttDestinationSettings {
	s.Accessibility = &v
	return s
}

// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value.
func (s *WebvttDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *WebvttDestinationSettings {
	s.StylePassthrough = &v
	return s
}

// Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify
// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode)
// to identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups
// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
// match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle
// track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default
// subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file,
// use FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.
type WebvttHlsSourceSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string `locationName:"renditionGroupId" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode *string `locationName:"renditionLanguageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string `locationName:"renditionName" type:"string"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WebvttHlsSourceSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s WebvttHlsSourceSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetRenditionGroupId sets the RenditionGroupId field's value.
func (s *WebvttHlsSourceSettings) SetRenditionGroupId(v string) *WebvttHlsSourceSettings {
	s.RenditionGroupId = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenditionLanguageCode sets the RenditionLanguageCode field's value.
func (s *WebvttHlsSourceSettings) SetRenditionLanguageCode(v string) *WebvttHlsSourceSettings {
	s.RenditionLanguageCode = &v
	return s
}

// SetRenditionName sets the RenditionName field's value.
func (s *WebvttHlsSourceSettings) SetRenditionName(v string) *WebvttHlsSourceSettings {
	s.RenditionName = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass *string `locationName:"xavcClass" type:"string" enum:"Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetXavcClass sets the XavcClass field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings) SetXavcClass(v string) *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings {
	s.XavcClass = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (VBR) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass *string `locationName:"xavcClass" type:"string" enum:"Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetXavcClass sets the XavcClass field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings) SetXavcClass(v string) *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings {
	s.XavcClass = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K.
type Xavc4kProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the XAVC 4k (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass *string `locationName:"bitrateClass" type:"string" enum:"Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass"`

	// Specify the codec profile for this output. Choose High, 8-bit, 4:2:0 (HIGH)
	// or High, 10-bit, 4:2:2 (HIGH_422). These profiles are specified in ITU-T
	// H.264.
	CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile"`

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
	// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting
	// to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker
	// that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many
	// times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you
	// enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more
	// often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related
	// setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive
	// quantization to a value other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization
	// to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures
	// in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference
	// frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as
	// reference frames.
	GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"XavcGopBReference"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"8" type:"integer"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s Xavc4kProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Xavc4kProfileSettings"}
	if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 8 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 8))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrateClass sets the BitrateClass field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetBitrateClass(v string) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.BitrateClass = &v
	return s
}

// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.CodecProfile = &v
	return s
}

// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetGopBReference(v string) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.GopBReference = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.GopClosedCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
func (s *Xavc4kProfileSettings) SetSlices(v int64) *Xavc4kProfileSettings {
	s.Slices = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the XAVC Intra HD (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass *string `locationName:"xavcClass" type:"string" enum:"XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// SetXavcClass sets the XavcClass field's value.
func (s *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings) SetXavcClass(v string) *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings {
	s.XavcClass = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD.
type XavcHdProfileSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Specify the XAVC HD (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass *string `locationName:"bitrateClass" type:"string" enum:"XavcHdProfileBitrateClass"`

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
	// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting
	// to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker
	// that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many
	// times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you
	// enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more
	// often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related
	// setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive
	// quantization to a value other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization
	// to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures
	// in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference
	// frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as
	// reference frames.
	GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"XavcGopBReference"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
	// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
	// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
	// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
	// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
	// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
	// Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"XavcInterlaceMode"`

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"4" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided
	// by framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose
	// Hard. Otherwise, keep the default value None. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
	Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"XavcHdProfileTelecine"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcHdProfileSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcHdProfileSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "XavcHdProfileSettings"}
	if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 4 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 4))
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetBitrateClass sets the BitrateClass field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetBitrateClass(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.BitrateClass = &v
	return s
}

// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetGopBReference(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.GopBReference = &v
	return s
}

// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.GopClosedCadence = &v
	return s
}

// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.HrdBufferSize = &v
	return s
}

// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.InterlaceMode = &v
	return s
}

// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.QualityTuningLevel = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetSlices(v int64) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.Slices = &v
	return s
}

// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value.
func (s *XavcHdProfileSettings) SetTelecine(v string) *XavcHdProfileSettings {
	s.Telecine = &v
	return s
}

// Required when you set Codec to the value XAVC.
type XavcSettings struct {
	_ struct{} `type:"structure"`

	// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically
	// apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want
	// to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive quantization
	// to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any
	// adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert
	// to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization
	// to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following
	// settings: Flicker adaptive quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial
	// adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"XavcAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Optional. Choose a specific entropy encoding mode only when you want to override
	// XAVC recommendations. If you choose the value auto, MediaConvert uses the
	// mode that the XAVC file format specifies given this output's operating point.
	EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"XavcEntropyEncoding"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown
	// list are decimal approximations of fractions.
	FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"XavcFramerateControl"`

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
	// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
	// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
	// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
	// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
	// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
	// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
	// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
	// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
	// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
	// be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Frame rate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"24" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the XAVC profile for this output. For more information, see the Sony
	// documentation at https://www.xavc-info.org/. Note that MediaConvert doesn't
	// support the interlaced video XAVC operating points for XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
	// To create an interlaced XAVC output, choose the profile XAVC_HD.
	Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"XavcProfile"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the
	// video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also
	// set Frame rate to 25.
	SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"XavcSlowPal"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your downstream workflow requires that you specify
	// it explicitly. Otherwise, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your
	// output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness or by enabling a
	// noise reducer filter. The Softness setting specifies the quantization matrices
	// that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization.
	// Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies
	// from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar
	// interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction
	// of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
	// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting,
	// keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
	// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
	// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
	// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
	// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
	// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
	// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
	// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
	// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting,
	// keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
	// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
	// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
	// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
	// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
	// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive
	// quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive
	// quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization"`

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings `locationName:"xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings `locationName:"xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K.
	Xavc4kProfileSettings *Xavc4kProfileSettings `locationName:"xavc4kProfileSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings `locationName:"xavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD.
	XavcHdProfileSettings *XavcHdProfileSettings `locationName:"xavcHdProfileSettings" type:"structure"`
}

// String returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcSettings) String() string {
	return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}

// GoString returns the string representation.
//
// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not
// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the
// value will be replaced with "sensitive".
func (s XavcSettings) GoString() string {
	return s.String()
}

// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *XavcSettings) Validate() error {
	invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "XavcSettings"}
	if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
	}
	if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 24 {
		invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 24))
	}
	if s.Xavc4kProfileSettings != nil {
		if err := s.Xavc4kProfileSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("Xavc4kProfileSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}
	if s.XavcHdProfileSettings != nil {
		if err := s.XavcHdProfileSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
			invalidParams.AddNested("XavcHdProfileSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
		}
	}

	if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
		return invalidParams
	}
	return nil
}

// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.EntropyEncoding = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.FramerateControl = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *XavcSettings {
	s.FramerateDenominator = &v
	return s
}

// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *XavcSettings {
	s.FramerateNumerator = &v
	return s
}

// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetProfile(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.Profile = &v
	return s
}

// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetSlowPal(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.SlowPal = &v
	return s
}

// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetSoftness(v int64) *XavcSettings {
	s.Softness = &v
	return s
}

// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *XavcSettings {
	s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v
	return s
}

// SetXavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings sets the Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetXavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings(v *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings) *XavcSettings {
	s.Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetXavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings sets the Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetXavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings(v *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings) *XavcSettings {
	s.Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetXavc4kProfileSettings sets the Xavc4kProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetXavc4kProfileSettings(v *Xavc4kProfileSettings) *XavcSettings {
	s.Xavc4kProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetXavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings sets the XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetXavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings(v *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings) *XavcSettings {
	s.XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// SetXavcHdProfileSettings sets the XavcHdProfileSettings field's value.
func (s *XavcSettings) SetXavcHdProfileSettings(v *XavcHdProfileSettings) *XavcSettings {
	s.XavcHdProfileSettings = v
	return s
}

// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio
// + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be
// set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
// Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description
// (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType
// and FollowInputAudioType.
const (
	// AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"

	// AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal = "NORMAL"
)

// AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix_Values returns all elements of the AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum
func AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd,
		AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal,
	}
}

// AAC Profile.
const (
	// AacCodecProfileLc is a AacCodecProfile enum value
	AacCodecProfileLc = "LC"

	// AacCodecProfileHev1 is a AacCodecProfile enum value
	AacCodecProfileHev1 = "HEV1"

	// AacCodecProfileHev2 is a AacCodecProfile enum value
	AacCodecProfileHev2 = "HEV2"
)

// AacCodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the AacCodecProfile enum
func AacCodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacCodecProfileLc,
		AacCodecProfileHev1,
		AacCodecProfileHev2,
	}
}

// The Coding mode that you specify determines the number of audio channels
// and the audio channel layout metadata in your AAC output. Valid coding modes
// depend on the Rate control mode and Profile that you select. The following
// list shows the number of audio channels and channel layout for each coding
// mode. * 1.0 Audio Description (Receiver Mix): One channel, C. Includes audio
// description data from your stereo input. For more information see ETSI TS
// 101 154 Annex E. * 1.0 Mono: One channel, C. * 2.0 Stereo: Two channels,
// L, R. * 5.1 Surround: Six channels, C, L, R, Ls, Rs, LFE.
const (
	// AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

// AacCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the AacCodingMode enum
func AacCodingMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix,
		AacCodingModeCodingMode10,
		AacCodingModeCodingMode11,
		AacCodingModeCodingMode20,
		AacCodingModeCodingMode51,
	}
}

// Rate Control Mode.
const (
	// AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
	AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
	AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

// AacRateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the AacRateControlMode enum
func AacRateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacRateControlModeCbr,
		AacRateControlModeVbr,
	}
}

// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
const (
	// AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS"

	// AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value
	AacRawFormatNone = "NONE"
)

// AacRawFormat_Values returns all elements of the AacRawFormat enum
func AacRawFormat_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacRawFormatLatmLoas,
		AacRawFormatNone,
	}
}

// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
// containers.
const (
	// AacSpecificationMpeg2 is a AacSpecification enum value
	AacSpecificationMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

	// AacSpecificationMpeg4 is a AacSpecification enum value
	AacSpecificationMpeg4 = "MPEG4"
)

// AacSpecification_Values returns all elements of the AacSpecification enum
func AacSpecification_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacSpecificationMpeg2,
		AacSpecificationMpeg4,
	}
}

// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
const (
	// AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW"

	// AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW"

	// AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH"

	// AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
	AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH"
)

// AacVbrQuality_Values returns all elements of the AacVbrQuality enum
func AacVbrQuality_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AacVbrQualityLow,
		AacVbrQualityMediumLow,
		AacVbrQualityMediumHigh,
		AacVbrQualityHigh,
	}
}

// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
// more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
// E).
const (
	// Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"

	// Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER"
)

// Ac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3BitstreamMode enum
func Ac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain,
		Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary,
		Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue,
		Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency,
		Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired,
		Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects,
		Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired,
		Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver,
	}
}

// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
const (
	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

// Ac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3CodingMode enum
func Ac3CodingMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10,
		Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11,
		Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20,
		Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert
// ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For
// information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see
// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE"
)

// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values returns all elements of the Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum
func Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone,
	}
}

// When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your
// output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead
// of Dynamic range compression profile. The mode-specific settings are Dynamic
// range compression profile, line mode and Dynamic range compression profile,
// RF mode. Note that when you specify values for all three settings, MediaConvert
// ignores the value of this setting in favor of the mode-specific settings.
// If you do use this setting instead of the mode-specific settings, choose
// None to leave out DRC signaling. Keep the default Film standard to set the
// profile to Dolby's film standard profile for all operating modes.
const (
	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone = "NONE"
)

// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile_Values returns all elements of the Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum
func Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any
// value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH"

	// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE"
)

// Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values returns all elements of the Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum
func Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech,
		Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone,
	}
}

// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
const (
	// Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Ac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Ac3LfeFilter enum
func Ac3LfeFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3LfeFilterEnabled,
		Ac3LfeFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
const (
	// Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

// Ac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Ac3MetadataControl enum
func Ac3MetadataControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput,
		Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured,
	}
}

// Specify whether the service runs your job with accelerated transcoding. Choose
// DISABLED if you don't want accelerated transcoding. Choose ENABLED if you
// want your job to run with accelerated transcoding and to fail if your input
// files or your job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding.
// Choose PREFERRED if you want your job to run with accelerated transcoding
// if the job is compatible with the feature and to run at standard speed if
// it's not.
const (
	// AccelerationModeDisabled is a AccelerationMode enum value
	AccelerationModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// AccelerationModeEnabled is a AccelerationMode enum value
	AccelerationModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// AccelerationModePreferred is a AccelerationMode enum value
	AccelerationModePreferred = "PREFERRED"
)

// AccelerationMode_Values returns all elements of the AccelerationMode enum
func AccelerationMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AccelerationModeDisabled,
		AccelerationModeEnabled,
		AccelerationModePreferred,
	}
}

// Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding.
// For jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED, AccelerationStatus
// is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode)
// set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the other states.
// AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service determines
// whether the input files and job settings are compatible with accelerated
// transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your input
// files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the
// service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding,
// depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service
// runs your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED.
const (
	// AccelerationStatusNotApplicable is a AccelerationStatus enum value
	AccelerationStatusNotApplicable = "NOT_APPLICABLE"

	// AccelerationStatusInProgress is a AccelerationStatus enum value
	AccelerationStatusInProgress = "IN_PROGRESS"

	// AccelerationStatusAccelerated is a AccelerationStatus enum value
	AccelerationStatusAccelerated = "ACCELERATED"

	// AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated is a AccelerationStatus enum value
	AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated = "NOT_ACCELERATED"
)

// AccelerationStatus_Values returns all elements of the AccelerationStatus enum
func AccelerationStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AccelerationStatusNotApplicable,
		AccelerationStatusInProgress,
		AccelerationStatusAccelerated,
		AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated,
	}
}

// Use to remove noise, blocking, blurriness, or ringing from your input as
// a pre-filter step before encoding. The Advanced input filter removes more
// types of compression artifacts and is an improvement when compared to basic
// Deblock and Denoise filters. To remove video compression artifacts from your
// input and improve the video quality: Choose Enabled. Additionally, this filter
// can help increase the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate,
// since noisy inputs are more complex and require more bits to encode. To help
// restore loss of detail after applying the filter, you can optionally add
// texture or sharpening as an additional step. Jobs that use this feature incur
// pro-tier pricing. To not apply advanced input filtering: Choose Disabled.
// Note that you can still apply basic filtering with Deblock and Denoise.
const (
	// AdvancedInputFilterEnabled is a AdvancedInputFilter enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// AdvancedInputFilterDisabled is a AdvancedInputFilter enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// AdvancedInputFilter_Values returns all elements of the AdvancedInputFilter enum
func AdvancedInputFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AdvancedInputFilterEnabled,
		AdvancedInputFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// Add texture and detail to areas of your input video content that were lost
// after applying the Advanced input filter. To adaptively add texture and reduce
// softness: Choose Enabled. To not add any texture: Keep the default value,
// Disabled. We recommend that you choose Disabled for input video content that
// doesn't have texture, including screen recordings, computer graphics, or
// cartoons.
const (
	// AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureEnabled is a AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureDisabled is a AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture_Values returns all elements of the AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture enum
func AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureEnabled,
		AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureDisabled,
	}
}

// Optionally specify the amount of sharpening to apply when you use the Advanced
// input filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content
// and can reduce softness. To apply no sharpening: Keep the default value,
// Off. To apply a minimal amount of sharpening choose Low, or for the maximum
// choose High.
const (
	// AdvancedInputFilterSharpenOff is a AdvancedInputFilterSharpen enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenOff = "OFF"

	// AdvancedInputFilterSharpenLow is a AdvancedInputFilterSharpen enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenLow = "LOW"

	// AdvancedInputFilterSharpenHigh is a AdvancedInputFilterSharpen enum value
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenHigh = "HIGH"
)

// AdvancedInputFilterSharpen_Values returns all elements of the AdvancedInputFilterSharpen enum
func AdvancedInputFilterSharpen_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AdvancedInputFilterSharpenOff,
		AdvancedInputFilterSharpenLow,
		AdvancedInputFilterSharpenHigh,
	}
}

// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert
// AFD signaling to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output
// video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values
// from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode
// the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values
// based on the input AFD scaler data.
const (
	// AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingNone = "NONE"

	// AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO"

	// AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value
	AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED"
)

// AfdSignaling_Values returns all elements of the AfdSignaling enum
func AfdSignaling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AfdSignalingNone,
		AfdSignalingAuto,
		AfdSignalingFixed,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha
// channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each
// output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting
// at the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the
// video. Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel
// to the luma channel of your outputs.
const (
	// AlphaBehaviorDiscard is a AlphaBehavior enum value
	AlphaBehaviorDiscard = "DISCARD"

	// AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma is a AlphaBehavior enum value
	AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma = "REMAP_TO_LUMA"
)

// AlphaBehavior_Values returns all elements of the AlphaBehavior enum
func AlphaBehavior_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AlphaBehaviorDiscard,
		AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma,
	}
}

// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
// 708.
const (
	// AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert is a AncillaryConvert608To708 enum value
	AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

	// AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled is a AncillaryConvert608To708 enum value
	AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

// AncillaryConvert608To708_Values returns all elements of the AncillaryConvert608To708 enum
func AncillaryConvert608To708_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert,
		AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled,
	}
}

// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
// this setting.
const (
	// AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput is a AncillaryTerminateCaptions enum value
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput = "END_OF_INPUT"

	// AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled is a AncillaryTerminateCaptions enum value
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// AncillaryTerminateCaptions_Values returns all elements of the AncillaryTerminateCaptions enum
func AncillaryTerminateCaptions_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput,
		AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled,
	}
}

// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service
// no longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in
// your job, the service will ignore the setting.
const (
	// AntiAliasDisabled is a AntiAlias enum value
	AntiAliasDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// AntiAliasEnabled is a AntiAlias enum value
	AntiAliasEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// AntiAlias_Values returns all elements of the AntiAlias enum
func AntiAlias_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AntiAliasDisabled,
		AntiAliasEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in
// this audio track. Enter channel layout tags in the same order as your output's
// audio channel order. For example, if your output audio track has a left and
// a right channel, enter Left (L) for the first channel and Right (R) for the
// second. If your output has multiple single-channel audio tracks, enter a
// single channel layout tag for each track.
const (
	// AudioChannelTagL is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagL = "L"

	// AudioChannelTagR is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagR = "R"

	// AudioChannelTagC is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagC = "C"

	// AudioChannelTagLfe is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLfe = "LFE"

	// AudioChannelTagLs is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLs = "LS"

	// AudioChannelTagRs is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRs = "RS"

	// AudioChannelTagLc is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLc = "LC"

	// AudioChannelTagRc is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRc = "RC"

	// AudioChannelTagCs is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagCs = "CS"

	// AudioChannelTagLsd is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLsd = "LSD"

	// AudioChannelTagRsd is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRsd = "RSD"

	// AudioChannelTagTcs is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagTcs = "TCS"

	// AudioChannelTagVhl is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagVhl = "VHL"

	// AudioChannelTagVhc is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagVhc = "VHC"

	// AudioChannelTagVhr is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagVhr = "VHR"

	// AudioChannelTagTbl is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagTbl = "TBL"

	// AudioChannelTagTbc is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagTbc = "TBC"

	// AudioChannelTagTbr is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagTbr = "TBR"

	// AudioChannelTagRsl is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRsl = "RSL"

	// AudioChannelTagRsr is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRsr = "RSR"

	// AudioChannelTagLw is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLw = "LW"

	// AudioChannelTagRw is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRw = "RW"

	// AudioChannelTagLfe2 is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLfe2 = "LFE2"

	// AudioChannelTagLt is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagLt = "LT"

	// AudioChannelTagRt is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagRt = "RT"

	// AudioChannelTagHi is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagHi = "HI"

	// AudioChannelTagNar is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagNar = "NAR"

	// AudioChannelTagM is a AudioChannelTag enum value
	AudioChannelTagM = "M"
)

// AudioChannelTag_Values returns all elements of the AudioChannelTag enum
func AudioChannelTag_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioChannelTagL,
		AudioChannelTagR,
		AudioChannelTagC,
		AudioChannelTagLfe,
		AudioChannelTagLs,
		AudioChannelTagRs,
		AudioChannelTagLc,
		AudioChannelTagRc,
		AudioChannelTagCs,
		AudioChannelTagLsd,
		AudioChannelTagRsd,
		AudioChannelTagTcs,
		AudioChannelTagVhl,
		AudioChannelTagVhc,
		AudioChannelTagVhr,
		AudioChannelTagTbl,
		AudioChannelTagTbc,
		AudioChannelTagTbr,
		AudioChannelTagRsl,
		AudioChannelTagRsr,
		AudioChannelTagLw,
		AudioChannelTagRw,
		AudioChannelTagLfe2,
		AudioChannelTagLt,
		AudioChannelTagRt,
		AudioChannelTagHi,
		AudioChannelTagNar,
		AudioChannelTagM,
	}
}

// Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital
// passthrough applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus audio inputs.
// Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your output container:
// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio
// For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your
// output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information,
// see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only
// and https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
const (
	// AudioCodecAac is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecAac = "AAC"

	// AudioCodecMp2 is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecMp2 = "MP2"

	// AudioCodecMp3 is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecMp3 = "MP3"

	// AudioCodecWav is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecWav = "WAV"

	// AudioCodecAiff is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecAiff = "AIFF"

	// AudioCodecAc3 is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecAc3 = "AC3"

	// AudioCodecEac3 is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecEac3 = "EAC3"

	// AudioCodecEac3Atmos is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecEac3Atmos = "EAC3_ATMOS"

	// AudioCodecVorbis is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecVorbis = "VORBIS"

	// AudioCodecOpus is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecOpus = "OPUS"

	// AudioCodecPassthrough is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// AudioCodecFlac is a AudioCodec enum value
	AudioCodecFlac = "FLAC"
)

// AudioCodec_Values returns all elements of the AudioCodec enum
func AudioCodec_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioCodecAac,
		AudioCodecMp2,
		AudioCodecMp3,
		AudioCodecWav,
		AudioCodecAiff,
		AudioCodecAc3,
		AudioCodecEac3,
		AudioCodecEac3Atmos,
		AudioCodecVorbis,
		AudioCodecOpus,
		AudioCodecPassthrough,
		AudioCodecFlac,
	}
}

// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the
// job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
const (
	// AudioDefaultSelectionDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value
	AudioDefaultSelectionDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value
	AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

// AudioDefaultSelection_Values returns all elements of the AudioDefaultSelection enum
func AudioDefaultSelection_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioDefaultSelectionDefault,
		AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault,
	}
}

// Apply audio timing corrections to help synchronize audio and video in your
// output. To apply timing corrections, your input must meet the following requirements:
// * Container: MP4, or MOV, with an accurate time-to-sample (STTS) table. *
// Audio track: AAC. Choose from the following audio timing correction settings:
// * Disabled (Default): Apply no correction. * Auto: Recommended for most inputs.
// MediaConvert analyzes the audio timing in your input and determines which
// correction setting to use, if needed. * Track: Adjust the duration of each
// audio frame by a constant amount to align the audio track length with STTS
// duration. Track-level correction does not affect pitch, and is recommended
// for tonal audio content such as music. * Frame: Adjust the duration of each
// audio frame by a variable amount to align audio frames with STTS timestamps.
// No corrections are made to already-aligned frames. Frame-level correction
// may affect the pitch of corrected frames, and is recommended for atonal audio
// content such as speech or percussion.
const (
	// AudioDurationCorrectionDisabled is a AudioDurationCorrection enum value
	AudioDurationCorrectionDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// AudioDurationCorrectionAuto is a AudioDurationCorrection enum value
	AudioDurationCorrectionAuto = "AUTO"

	// AudioDurationCorrectionTrack is a AudioDurationCorrection enum value
	AudioDurationCorrectionTrack = "TRACK"

	// AudioDurationCorrectionFrame is a AudioDurationCorrection enum value
	AudioDurationCorrectionFrame = "FRAME"
)

// AudioDurationCorrection_Values returns all elements of the AudioDurationCorrection enum
func AudioDurationCorrection_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioDurationCorrectionDisabled,
		AudioDurationCorrectionAuto,
		AudioDurationCorrectionTrack,
		AudioDurationCorrectionFrame,
	}
}

// Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track.
// When you choose Follow input, the service uses the language code from the
// input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input track,
// the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code.
// When you choose Use configured, the service uses the language code that you
// specify.
const (
	// AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value
	AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value
	AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

// AudioLanguageCodeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioLanguageCodeControl enum
func AudioLanguageCodeControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput,
		AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured,
	}
}

// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire
// piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2:
// Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows
// for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations
// such as 7.1.
const (
	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1"

	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2"

	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 = "ITU_BS_1770_3"

	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

// AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum
func AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701,
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702,
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703,
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704,
	}
}

// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
const (
	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO"

	// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum
func AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio,
		AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly,
	}
}

// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
const (
	// AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog = "LOG"

	// AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog = "DONT_LOG"
)

// AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum
func AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog,
		AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog,
	}
}

// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
// track loudness.
const (
	// AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak = "TRUE_PEAK"

	// AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone = "NONE"
)

// AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum
func AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak,
		AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone,
	}
}

// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
const (
	// AudioSelectorTypePid is a AudioSelectorType enum value
	AudioSelectorTypePid = "PID"

	// AudioSelectorTypeTrack is a AudioSelectorType enum value
	AudioSelectorTypeTrack = "TRACK"

	// AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode is a AudioSelectorType enum value
	AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode = "LANGUAGE_CODE"

	// AudioSelectorTypeHlsRenditionGroup is a AudioSelectorType enum value
	AudioSelectorTypeHlsRenditionGroup = "HLS_RENDITION_GROUP"
)

// AudioSelectorType_Values returns all elements of the AudioSelectorType enum
func AudioSelectorType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioSelectorTypePid,
		AudioSelectorTypeTrack,
		AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode,
		AudioSelectorTypeHlsRenditionGroup,
	}
}

// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then
// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO
// 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise
// the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
const (
	// AudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioTypeControl enum value
	AudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// AudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioTypeControl enum value
	AudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

// AudioTypeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioTypeControl enum
func AudioTypeControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AudioTypeControlFollowInput,
		AudioTypeControlUseConfigured,
	}
}

// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable.
// The value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization.
const (
	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"
)

// Av1AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Av1AdaptiveQuantization enum
func Av1AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff,
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow,
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium,
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh,
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher,
		Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax,
	}
}

// Specify the Bit depth. You can choose 8-bit or 10-bit.
const (
	// Av1BitDepthBit8 is a Av1BitDepth enum value
	Av1BitDepthBit8 = "BIT_8"

	// Av1BitDepthBit10 is a Av1BitDepth enum value
	Av1BitDepthBit10 = "BIT_10"
)

// Av1BitDepth_Values returns all elements of the Av1BitDepth enum
func Av1BitDepth_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1BitDepthBit8,
		Av1BitDepthBit10,
	}
}

// Film grain synthesis replaces film grain present in your content with similar
// quality synthesized AV1 film grain. We recommend that you choose Enabled
// to reduce the bandwidth of your QVBR quality level 5, 6, 7, or 8 outputs.
// For QVBR quality level 9 or 10 outputs we recommend that you keep the default
// value, Disabled. When you include Film grain synthesis, you cannot include
// the Noise reducer preprocessor.
const (
	// Av1FilmGrainSynthesisDisabled is a Av1FilmGrainSynthesis enum value
	Av1FilmGrainSynthesisDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Av1FilmGrainSynthesisEnabled is a Av1FilmGrainSynthesis enum value
	Av1FilmGrainSynthesisEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Av1FilmGrainSynthesis_Values returns all elements of the Av1FilmGrainSynthesis enum
func Av1FilmGrainSynthesis_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1FilmGrainSynthesisDisabled,
		Av1FilmGrainSynthesisEnabled,
	}
}

// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source.
// If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown
// list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate
// as a fraction.
const (
	// Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Av1FramerateControl enum value
	Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Av1FramerateControlSpecified is a Av1FramerateControl enum value
	Av1FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Av1FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the Av1FramerateControl enum
func Av1FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		Av1FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only quality-defined
// variable bitrate (QVBR). You can”t use CBR or VBR.'
const (
	// Av1RateControlModeQvbr is a Av1RateControlMode enum value
	Av1RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

// Av1RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the Av1RateControlMode enum
func Av1RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1RateControlModeQvbr,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
const (
	// Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum
func Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify the AVC-Intra class of your output. The AVC-Intra class selection
// determines the output video bit rate depending on the frame rate of the output.
// Outputs with higher class values have higher bitrates and improved image
// quality. Note that for Class 4K/2K, MediaConvert supports only 4:2:2 chroma
// subsampling.
const (
	// AvcIntraClassClass50 is a AvcIntraClass enum value
	AvcIntraClassClass50 = "CLASS_50"

	// AvcIntraClassClass100 is a AvcIntraClass enum value
	AvcIntraClassClass100 = "CLASS_100"

	// AvcIntraClassClass200 is a AvcIntraClass enum value
	AvcIntraClassClass200 = "CLASS_200"

	// AvcIntraClassClass4k2k is a AvcIntraClass enum value
	AvcIntraClassClass4k2k = "CLASS_4K_2K"
)

// AvcIntraClass_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraClass enum
func AvcIntraClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraClassClass50,
		AvcIntraClassClass100,
		AvcIntraClassClass200,
		AvcIntraClassClass4k2k,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a AvcIntraFramerateControl enum value
	AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified is a AvcIntraFramerateControl enum value
	AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// AvcIntraFramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraFramerateControl enum
func AvcIntraFramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive is a AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum value
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField is a AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum value
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField is a AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum value
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum value
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum value
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// AvcIntraInterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraInterlaceMode enum
func AvcIntraInterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive,
		AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField,
		AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField,
		AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode enum
func AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
// You must also set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled is a AvcIntraSlowPal enum value
	AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled is a AvcIntraSlowPal enum value
	AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// AvcIntraSlowPal_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraSlowPal enum
func AvcIntraSlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled,
		AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
const (
	// AvcIntraTelecineNone is a AvcIntraTelecine enum value
	AvcIntraTelecineNone = "NONE"

	// AvcIntraTelecineHard is a AvcIntraTelecine enum value
	AvcIntraTelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// AvcIntraTelecine_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraTelecine enum
func AvcIntraTelecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraTelecineNone,
		AvcIntraTelecineHard,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how many transcoding passes
// MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass, your video
// quality is better and your output bitrate is more accurate. That is, the
// actual bitrate of your output is closer to the target bitrate defined in
// the specification. When you choose Single-pass, your encoding time is faster.
// The default behavior is Single-pass.
const (
	// AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel enum value
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel enum value
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS"
)

// AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel enum
func AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelMultiPass,
	}
}

// Optionally specify the level of sharpening to apply when you use the Bandwidth
// reduction filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content
// and can reduce softness. Keep the default value Off to apply no sharpening.
// Set Sharpening strength to Low to apply a minimal amount of sharpening, or
// High to apply a maximum amount of sharpening.
const (
	// BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningLow is a BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningLow = "LOW"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningMedium is a BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningHigh is a BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningHigh = "HIGH"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningOff is a BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningOff = "OFF"
)

// BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening_Values returns all elements of the BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening enum
func BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningLow,
		BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningMedium,
		BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningHigh,
		BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningOff,
	}
}

// Specify the strength of the Bandwidth reduction filter. For most workflows,
// we recommend that you choose Auto to reduce the bandwidth of your output
// with little to no perceptual decrease in video quality. For high quality
// and high bitrate outputs, choose Low. For the most bandwidth reduction, choose
// High. We recommend that you choose High for low bitrate outputs. Note that
// High may incur a slight increase in the softness of your output.
const (
	// BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthLow is a BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthLow = "LOW"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthMedium is a BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthHigh is a BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthHigh = "HIGH"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthAuto is a BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthAuto = "AUTO"

	// BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthOff is a BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum value
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthOff = "OFF"
)

// BandwidthReductionFilterStrength_Values returns all elements of the BandwidthReductionFilterStrength enum
func BandwidthReductionFilterStrength_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthLow,
		BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthMedium,
		BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthHigh,
		BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthAuto,
		BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthOff,
	}
}

// The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS
// Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up.
const (
	// BillingTagsSourceQueue is a BillingTagsSource enum value
	BillingTagsSourceQueue = "QUEUE"

	// BillingTagsSourcePreset is a BillingTagsSource enum value
	BillingTagsSourcePreset = "PRESET"

	// BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate is a BillingTagsSource enum value
	BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate = "JOB_TEMPLATE"

	// BillingTagsSourceJob is a BillingTagsSource enum value
	BillingTagsSourceJob = "JOB"
)

// BillingTagsSource_Values returns all elements of the BillingTagsSource enum
func BillingTagsSource_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BillingTagsSourceQueue,
		BillingTagsSourcePreset,
		BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate,
		BillingTagsSourceJob,
	}
}

// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
// information from your input captions and use default settings: white text
// with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether
// you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually
// override any of the individual style and position settings.
const (
	// BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled is a BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough enum value
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled is a BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough enum value
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough enum
func BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled,
		BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center
// of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to
// the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction
// with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or
// centered) relative to those coordinates.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

	// BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"

	// BurninSubtitleAlignmentAuto is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleAlignment_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleAlignment enum
func BurninSubtitleAlignment_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered,
		BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft,
		BurninSubtitleAlignmentAuto,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave
// blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions.
// For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions
// have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text.
// When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your
// output captions text.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly is a BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"

	// BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText is a BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText = "ALL_TEXT"
)

// BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor enum
func BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly,
		BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background
// color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color
// data from your input captions, if present.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

	// BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum
func BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone,
		BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack,
		BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite,
		BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support.
// When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses
// a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best.
// When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch is a BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch = "BEST_MATCH"

	// BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif is a BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"

	// BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif is a BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"

	// BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif is a BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"

	// BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif is a BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

// BurninSubtitleFallbackFont_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleFallbackFont enum
func BurninSubtitleFallbackFont_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch,
		BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif,
		BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif,
		BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif,
		BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color blank
// and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your
// input captions, if present.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorRed is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorHex is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorHex = "HEX"

	// BurninSubtitleFontColorAuto is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleFontColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleFontColor_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleFontColor enum
func BurninSubtitleFontColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorRed,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorHex,
		BurninSubtitleFontColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
// present.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// BurninSubtitleOutlineColorAuto is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum
func BurninSubtitleOutlineColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue,
		BurninSubtitleOutlineColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from
// your input captions, if present.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE"

	// BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// BurninSubtitleShadowColorAuto is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum
func BurninSubtitleShadowColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone,
		BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack,
		BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite,
		BurninSubtitleShadowColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify whether the text spacing in your captions is set by the captions
// grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
// to make the text easier to read for closed captions.
const (
	// BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID"

	// BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL"

	// BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto = "AUTO"
)

// BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing_Values returns all elements of the BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum
func BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid,
		BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional,
		BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto,
	}
}

// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
// is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container
// constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see
// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html.
// If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with
// the SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded. To create a non-compliant
// output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20.
const (
	// CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn = "BURN_IN"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeImsc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeImsc = "IMSC"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeScc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeScc = "SCC"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeSrt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeSrt = "SRT"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeSmi is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeSmi = "SMI"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeTtml is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeTtml = "TTML"

	// CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
	CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt = "WEBVTT"
)

// CaptionDestinationType_Values returns all elements of the CaptionDestinationType enum
func CaptionDestinationType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn,
		CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub,
		CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded,
		CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20,
		CaptionDestinationTypeImsc,
		CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded,
		CaptionDestinationTypeScc,
		CaptionDestinationTypeSrt,
		CaptionDestinationTypeSmi,
		CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext,
		CaptionDestinationTypeTtml,
		CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt,
	}
}

// Choose the presentation style of your input SCC captions. To use the same
// presentation style as your input: Keep the default value, Disabled. To convert
// paint-on captions to pop-on: Choose Enabled. We also recommend that you choose
// Enabled if you notice additional repeated lines in your output captions.
const (
	// CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnEnabled is a CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn enum value
	CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnDisabled is a CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn enum value
	CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn_Values returns all elements of the CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn enum
func CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnEnabled,
		CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnDisabled,
	}
}

// Use Source to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot
// auto-detect caption format.
const (
	// CaptionSourceTypeAncillary is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeAncillary = "ANCILLARY"

	// CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB"

	// CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

	// CaptionSourceTypeScte20 is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeScte20 = "SCTE20"

	// CaptionSourceTypeScc is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeScc = "SCC"

	// CaptionSourceTypeTtml is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeTtml = "TTML"

	// CaptionSourceTypeStl is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeStl = "STL"

	// CaptionSourceTypeSrt is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeSrt = "SRT"

	// CaptionSourceTypeSmi is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeSmi = "SMI"

	// CaptionSourceTypeSmpteTt is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeSmpteTt = "SMPTE_TT"

	// CaptionSourceTypeTeletext is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT"

	// CaptionSourceTypeNullSource is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeNullSource = "NULL_SOURCE"

	// CaptionSourceTypeImsc is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeImsc = "IMSC"

	// CaptionSourceTypeWebvtt is a CaptionSourceType enum value
	CaptionSourceTypeWebvtt = "WEBVTT"
)

// CaptionSourceType_Values returns all elements of the CaptionSourceType enum
func CaptionSourceType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CaptionSourceTypeAncillary,
		CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub,
		CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded,
		CaptionSourceTypeScte20,
		CaptionSourceTypeScc,
		CaptionSourceTypeTtml,
		CaptionSourceTypeStl,
		CaptionSourceTypeSrt,
		CaptionSourceTypeSmi,
		CaptionSourceTypeSmpteTt,
		CaptionSourceTypeTeletext,
		CaptionSourceTypeNullSource,
		CaptionSourceTypeImsc,
		CaptionSourceTypeWebvtt,
	}
}

// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your
// video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
const (
	// CmafClientCacheDisabled is a CmafClientCache enum value
	CmafClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CmafClientCacheEnabled is a CmafClientCache enum value
	CmafClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// CmafClientCache_Values returns all elements of the CmafClientCache enum
func CmafClientCache_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafClientCacheDisabled,
		CmafClientCacheEnabled,
	}
}

// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
// generation.
const (
	// CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a CmafCodecSpecification enum value
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381"

	// CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a CmafCodecSpecification enum value
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281"
)

// CmafCodecSpecification_Values returns all elements of the CmafCodecSpecification enum
func CmafCodecSpecification_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381,
		CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281,
	}
}

// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample or AES_CTR.
const (
	// CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a CmafEncryptionType enum value
	CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES"

	// CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr is a CmafEncryptionType enum value
	CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr = "AES_CTR"
)

// CmafEncryptionType_Values returns all elements of the CmafEncryptionType enum
func CmafEncryptionType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes,
		CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
// and full-resolution images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest,
// MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate
// and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write
// DASH manifest, MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set
// of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku
// trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates
// with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
const (
	// CmafImageBasedTrickPlayNone is a CmafImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayNone = "NONE"

	// CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail is a CmafImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail = "THUMBNAIL"

	// CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe is a CmafImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"

	// CmafImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced is a CmafImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced = "ADVANCED"
)

// CmafImageBasedTrickPlay_Values returns all elements of the CmafImageBasedTrickPlay enum
func CmafImageBasedTrickPlay_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafImageBasedTrickPlayNone,
		CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail,
		CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe,
		CmafImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced,
	}
}

// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
const (
	// CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a CmafInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a CmafInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// CmafInitializationVectorInManifest_Values returns all elements of the CmafInitializationVectorInManifest enum
func CmafInitializationVectorInManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude,
		CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude,
	}
}

// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
const (
	// CmafIntervalCadenceFollowIframe is a CmafIntervalCadence enum value
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowIframe = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"

	// CmafIntervalCadenceFollowCustom is a CmafIntervalCadence enum value
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowCustom = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

// CmafIntervalCadence_Values returns all elements of the CmafIntervalCadence enum
func CmafIntervalCadence_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafIntervalCadenceFollowIframe,
		CmafIntervalCadenceFollowCustom,
	}
}

// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
const (
	// CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a CmafKeyProviderType enum value
	CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE"

	// CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a CmafKeyProviderType enum value
	CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY"
)

// CmafKeyProviderType_Values returns all elements of the CmafKeyProviderType enum
func CmafKeyProviderType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke,
		CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey,
	}
}

// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
const (
	// CmafManifestCompressionGzip is a CmafManifestCompression enum value
	CmafManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP"

	// CmafManifestCompressionNone is a CmafManifestCompression enum value
	CmafManifestCompressionNone = "NONE"
)

// CmafManifestCompression_Values returns all elements of the CmafManifestCompression enum
func CmafManifestCompression_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafManifestCompressionGzip,
		CmafManifestCompressionNone,
	}
}

// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
// segment duration.
const (
	// CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a CmafManifestDurationFormat enum value
	CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT"

	// CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger is a CmafManifestDurationFormat enum value
	CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER"
)

// CmafManifestDurationFormat_Values returns all elements of the CmafManifestDurationFormat enum
func CmafManifestDurationFormat_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint,
		CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger,
	}
}

// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output,
// in bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
// video output, in bits per second.
const (
	// CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage is a CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType enum value
	CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage = "AVERAGE"

	// CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax is a CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType enum value
	CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax = "MAX"
)

// CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType_Values returns all elements of the CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType enum
func CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage,
		CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax,
	}
}

// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your
// .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011
// in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group
// setting Segment control to Single file.
const (
	// CmafMpdProfileMainProfile is a CmafMpdProfile enum value
	CmafMpdProfileMainProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"

	// CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile is a CmafMpdProfile enum value
	CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

// CmafMpdProfile_Values returns all elements of the CmafMpdProfile enum
func CmafMpdProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafMpdProfileMainProfile,
		CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile,
	}
}

// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time
// stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert
// to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
// of your choice here.
const (
	// CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased is a CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum value
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased = "ZERO_BASED"

	// CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts is a CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum value
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

// CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames_Values returns all elements of the CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum
func CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased,
		CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts,
	}
}

// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
// separate segment files will be created.
const (
	// CmafSegmentControlSingleFile is a CmafSegmentControl enum value
	CmafSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

	// CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a CmafSegmentControl enum value
	CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

// CmafSegmentControl_Values returns all elements of the CmafSegmentControl enum
func CmafSegmentControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafSegmentControlSingleFile,
		CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles,
	}
}

// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
// GOP boundary.
const (
	// CmafSegmentLengthControlExact is a CmafSegmentLengthControl enum value
	CmafSegmentLengthControlExact = "EXACT"

	// CmafSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple is a CmafSegmentLengthControl enum value
	CmafSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

// CmafSegmentLengthControl_Values returns all elements of the CmafSegmentLengthControl enum
func CmafSegmentLengthControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafSegmentLengthControlExact,
		CmafSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple,
	}
}

// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
// of variant manifest.
const (
	// CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude is a CmafStreamInfResolution enum value
	CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude is a CmafStreamInfResolution enum value
	CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// CmafStreamInfResolution_Values returns all elements of the CmafStreamInfResolution enum
func CmafStreamInfResolution_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude,
		CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude,
	}
}

// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to SPEC\\_COMPLIANT,
// the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest integer value if
// fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and rounded down
// if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client needs
// to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual duration
// of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback when
// the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target duration.
const (
	// CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy is a CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum value
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy = "LEGACY"

	// CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant is a CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum value
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

// CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode_Values returns all elements of the CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum
func CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy,
		CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant,
	}
}

// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4
// TRUN box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to
// Unsigned or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than
// zero, and sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers.
// For strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to
// Signed. The earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample
// composition time offsets will increment using signed integers.
const (
	// CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned is a CmafVideoCompositionOffsets enum value
	CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned = "SIGNED"

	// CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned is a CmafVideoCompositionOffsets enum value
	CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned = "UNSIGNED"
)

// CmafVideoCompositionOffsets_Values returns all elements of the CmafVideoCompositionOffsets enum
func CmafVideoCompositionOffsets_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned,
		CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned,
	}
}

// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
const (
	// CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled is a CmafWriteDASHManifest enum value
	CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled is a CmafWriteDASHManifest enum value
	CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// CmafWriteDASHManifest_Values returns all elements of the CmafWriteDASHManifest enum
func CmafWriteDASHManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled,
		CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled,
	}
}

// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
const (
	// CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled is a CmafWriteHLSManifest enum value
	CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled is a CmafWriteHLSManifest enum value
	CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// CmafWriteHLSManifest_Values returns all elements of the CmafWriteHLSManifest enum
func CmafWriteHLSManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled,
		CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled,
	}
}

// When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests, your DASH manifest
// shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears
// inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation
// level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH
// manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the
// duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
const (
	// CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled is a CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled is a CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation_Values returns all elements of the CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum
func CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled,
		CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
// depend on your output audio codec.
const (
	// CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration is a CmfcAudioDuration enum value
	CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"

	// CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration is a CmfcAudioDuration enum value
	CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

// CmfcAudioDuration_Values returns all elements of the CmfcAudioDuration enum
func CmfcAudioDuration_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration,
		CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration,
	}
}

// Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS
// parent playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track
// to play. Choose Audio-only variant stream (AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM) for
// any variant that you want to prohibit the client from playing with video.
// This causes MediaConvert to represent the variant as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF
// in the HLS manifest. The other options for this setting determine the values
// that MediaConvert writes for the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the
// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for the audio variant. For more information about these
// attributes, see the Apple documentation article https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist.
// Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default to set DEFAULT=YES and AUTOSELECT=YES.
// Choose this value for only one variant in your output group. Choose Alternate
// audio, auto select, not default to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose
// Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=NO. When
// you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert defaults to Alternate
// audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one variant in your
// output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this setting.
const (
	// CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a CmfcAudioTrackType enum value
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"

	// CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a CmfcAudioTrackType enum value
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"

	// CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a CmfcAudioTrackType enum value
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"

	// CmfcAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a CmfcAudioTrackType enum value
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

// CmfcAudioTrackType_Values returns all elements of the CmfcAudioTrackType enum
func CmfcAudioTrackType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault,
		CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect,
		CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect,
		CmfcAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream,
	}
}

// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS)
// in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes
// the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't
// flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
const (
	// CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag is a CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum value
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag = "DONT_FLAG"

	// CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag is a CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum value
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag = "FLAG"
)

// CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag_Values returns all elements of the CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum
func CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag,
		CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag,
	}
}

// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest that lists
// only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest
// for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that
// creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame
// only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest.
// When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value
// Exclude.
const (
	// CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestInclude is a CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestExclude is a CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest_Values returns all elements of the CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest enum
func CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestInclude,
		CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestExclude,
	}
}

// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
// writes each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according
// to MISB ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion
// to None or leave blank.
const (
	// CmfcKlvMetadataPassthrough is a CmfcKlvMetadata enum value
	CmfcKlvMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// CmfcKlvMetadataNone is a CmfcKlvMetadata enum value
	CmfcKlvMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

// CmfcKlvMetadata_Values returns all elements of the CmfcKlvMetadata enum
func CmfcKlvMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcKlvMetadataPassthrough,
		CmfcKlvMetadataNone,
	}
}

// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each
// type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3
// event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value
// that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages,
// the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin".
// To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also
// set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata
// to Passthrough.
const (
	// CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled is a CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling enum value
	CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled is a CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling enum value
	CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling_Values returns all elements of the CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling enum
func CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled,
		CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled,
	}
}

// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose
// INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that
// you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting
// SCC XML.
const (
	// CmfcScte35EsamInsert is a CmfcScte35Esam enum value
	CmfcScte35EsamInsert = "INSERT"

	// CmfcScte35EsamNone is a CmfcScte35Esam enum value
	CmfcScte35EsamNone = "NONE"
)

// CmfcScte35Esam_Values returns all elements of the CmfcScte35Esam enum
func CmfcScte35Esam_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcScte35EsamInsert,
		CmfcScte35EsamNone,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input
// to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35
// markers in this output.
const (
	// CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough is a CmfcScte35Source enum value
	CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// CmfcScte35SourceNone is a CmfcScte35Source enum value
	CmfcScte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

// CmfcScte35Source_Values returns all elements of the CmfcScte35Source enum
func CmfcScte35Source_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough,
		CmfcScte35SourceNone,
	}
}

// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To
// exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
const (
	// CmfcTimedMetadataPassthrough is a CmfcTimedMetadata enum value
	CmfcTimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// CmfcTimedMetadataNone is a CmfcTimedMetadata enum value
	CmfcTimedMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

// CmfcTimedMetadata_Values returns all elements of the CmfcTimedMetadata enum
func CmfcTimedMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcTimedMetadataPassthrough,
		CmfcTimedMetadataNone,
	}
}

// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
// output.For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
// Syntax.Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.When you specify Version
// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
const (
	// CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 is a CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum value
	CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 = "VERSION_0"

	// CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 is a CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum value
	CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 = "VERSION_1"
)

// CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion_Values returns all elements of the CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum
func CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0,
		CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1,
	}
}

// Choose Insert for this setting to include color metadata in this output.
// Choose Ignore to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify
// a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
const (
	// ColorMetadataIgnore is a ColorMetadata enum value
	ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE"

	// ColorMetadataInsert is a ColorMetadata enum value
	ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT"
)

// ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the ColorMetadata enum
func ColorMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ColorMetadataIgnore,
		ColorMetadataInsert,
	}
}

// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
// about color space: Keep the default value, Follow. MediaConvert will automatically
// detect your input color space. If your input video has metadata indicating
// the wrong color space, or has missing metadata: Specify the accurate color
// space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering
// Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream,
// or if that metadata is present but not accurate: Choose Force HDR 10. Specify
// correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata settings. For more information
// about HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
// When you specify an input color space, MediaConvert uses the following color
// space metadata, which includes color primaries, transfer characteristics,
// and matrix coefficients: * HDR 10: BT.2020, PQ, BT.2020 non-constant * HLG
// 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant * P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE
// 428M, BT.709 * P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB, BT.709 * P3D65 (HDR): Display
// P3, PQ, BT.709
const (
	// ColorSpaceFollow is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// ColorSpaceRec601 is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601"

	// ColorSpaceRec709 is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709"

	// ColorSpaceHdr10 is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceHdr10 = "HDR10"

	// ColorSpaceHlg2020 is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceHlg2020 = "HLG_2020"

	// ColorSpaceP3dci is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceP3dci = "P3DCI"

	// ColorSpaceP3d65Sdr is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceP3d65Sdr = "P3D65_SDR"

	// ColorSpaceP3d65Hdr is a ColorSpace enum value
	ColorSpaceP3d65Hdr = "P3D65_HDR"
)

// ColorSpace_Values returns all elements of the ColorSpace enum
func ColorSpace_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ColorSpaceFollow,
		ColorSpaceRec601,
		ColorSpaceRec709,
		ColorSpaceHdr10,
		ColorSpaceHlg2020,
		ColorSpaceP3dci,
		ColorSpaceP3d65Sdr,
		ColorSpaceP3d65Hdr,
	}
}

// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion
// between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from HDR to
// SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The converted
// video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an unconverted
// output. HDR to SDR conversion uses tone mapping to approximate the outcome
// of manually regrading from HDR to SDR. When you specify an output color space,
// MediaConvert uses the following color space metadata, which includes color
// primaries, transfer characteristics, and matrix coefficients: * HDR 10: BT.2020,
// PQ, BT.2020 non-constant * HLG 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant *
// P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE 428M, BT.709 * P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB,
// BT.709 * P3D65 (HDR): Display P3, PQ, BT.709
const (
	// ColorSpaceConversionNone is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionNone = "NONE"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForce601 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForce601 = "FORCE_601"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForce709 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForce709 = "FORCE_709"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 = "FORCE_HDR10"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 = "FORCE_HLG_2020"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForceP3dci is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3dci = "FORCE_P3DCI"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Sdr is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Sdr = "FORCE_P3D65_SDR"

	// ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Hdr is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Hdr = "FORCE_P3D65_HDR"
)

// ColorSpaceConversion_Values returns all elements of the ColorSpaceConversion enum
func ColorSpaceConversion_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ColorSpaceConversionNone,
		ColorSpaceConversionForce601,
		ColorSpaceConversionForce709,
		ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10,
		ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020,
		ColorSpaceConversionForceP3dci,
		ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Sdr,
		ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Hdr,
	}
}

// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
// settings Color space and HDR master display information settings. The Color
// space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force to use
// color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for
// those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK
// - Choose Fallback to use color metadata from the source when it is present.
// If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to
// using values you specify in the input settings.
const (
	// ColorSpaceUsageForce is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value
	ColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE"

	// ColorSpaceUsageFallback is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value
	ColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK"
)

// ColorSpaceUsage_Values returns all elements of the ColorSpaceUsage enum
func ColorSpaceUsage_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ColorSpaceUsageForce,
		ColorSpaceUsageFallback,
	}
}

// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
const (
	// CommitmentOneYear is a Commitment enum value
	CommitmentOneYear = "ONE_YEAR"
)

// Commitment_Values returns all elements of the Commitment enum
func Commitment_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CommitmentOneYear,
	}
}

// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
// If not specified, the default object will be created.
const (
	// ContainerTypeF4v is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeF4v = "F4V"

	// ContainerTypeIsmv is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeIsmv = "ISMV"

	// ContainerTypeM2ts is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeM2ts = "M2TS"

	// ContainerTypeM3u8 is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeM3u8 = "M3U8"

	// ContainerTypeCmfc is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeCmfc = "CMFC"

	// ContainerTypeMov is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeMov = "MOV"

	// ContainerTypeMp4 is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeMp4 = "MP4"

	// ContainerTypeMpd is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeMpd = "MPD"

	// ContainerTypeMxf is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeMxf = "MXF"

	// ContainerTypeWebm is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeWebm = "WEBM"

	// ContainerTypeRaw is a ContainerType enum value
	ContainerTypeRaw = "RAW"
)

// ContainerType_Values returns all elements of the ContainerType enum
func ContainerType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ContainerTypeF4v,
		ContainerTypeIsmv,
		ContainerTypeM2ts,
		ContainerTypeM3u8,
		ContainerTypeCmfc,
		ContainerTypeMov,
		ContainerTypeMp4,
		ContainerTypeMpd,
		ContainerTypeMxf,
		ContainerTypeWebm,
		ContainerTypeRaw,
	}
}

// The action to take on copy and redistribution control XDS packets. If you
// select PASSTHROUGH, packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any
// packets will be removed in output captions.
const (
	// CopyProtectionActionPassthrough is a CopyProtectionAction enum value
	CopyProtectionActionPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// CopyProtectionActionStrip is a CopyProtectionAction enum value
	CopyProtectionActionStrip = "STRIP"
)

// CopyProtectionAction_Values returns all elements of the CopyProtectionAction enum
func CopyProtectionAction_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		CopyProtectionActionPassthrough,
		CopyProtectionActionStrip,
	}
}

// Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or
// Atmos) and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use
// the Dolby channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example,
// you might need to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which
// audio channel configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH
// manifest. Keep the default value, MPEG channel configuration, to have MediaConvert
// write this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby channel
// configuration to have MediaConvert write this instead: tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
const (
	// DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriMpegChannelConfiguration is a DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri enum value
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriMpegChannelConfiguration = "MPEG_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"

	// DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriDolbyChannelConfiguration is a DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri enum value
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriDolbyChannelConfiguration = "DOLBY_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"
)

// DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri enum
func DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriMpegChannelConfiguration,
		DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriDolbyChannelConfiguration,
	}
}

// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
const (
	// DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 = "HBBTV_1_5"

	// DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone = "NONE"
)

// DashIsoHbbtvCompliance_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum
func DashIsoHbbtvCompliance_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15,
		DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
// and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in
// the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application
// for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images
// that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku
// specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
const (
	// DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayNone is a DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayNone = "NONE"

	// DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail is a DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail = "THUMBNAIL"

	// DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe is a DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"

	// DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced is a DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced = "ADVANCED"
)

// DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay enum
func DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayNone,
		DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail,
		DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe,
		DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced,
	}
}

// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
const (
	// DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowIframe is a DashIsoIntervalCadence enum value
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowIframe = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"

	// DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowCustom is a DashIsoIntervalCadence enum value
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowCustom = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

// DashIsoIntervalCadence_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoIntervalCadence enum
func DashIsoIntervalCadence_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowIframe,
		DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowCustom,
	}
}

// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output,
// in bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
// video output, in bits per second.
const (
	// DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage is a DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType enum value
	DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage = "AVERAGE"

	// DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax is a DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType enum value
	DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax = "MAX"
)

// DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType enum
func DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage,
		DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax,
	}
}

// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your
// .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011
// in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group
// setting Segment control to Single file.
const (
	// DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile is a DashIsoMpdProfile enum value
	DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"

	// DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile is a DashIsoMpdProfile enum value
	DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

// DashIsoMpdProfile_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoMpdProfile enum
func DashIsoMpdProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile,
		DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile,
	}
}

// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players
// on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
// Choose Unencrypted SEI only to correct problems with playback on older devices.
// Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1. If you choose Unencrypted SEI,
// for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will
// leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
const (
	// DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1 is a DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility enum value
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1 = "CENC_V1"

	// DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei is a DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility enum value
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

// DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility enum
func DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1,
		DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei,
	}
}

// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time
// stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert
// to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
// of your choice here.
const (
	// DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased is a DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum value
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased = "ZERO_BASED"

	// DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts is a DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum value
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

// DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames enum
func DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased,
		DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts,
	}
}

// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
// separate segment files will be created.
const (
	// DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value
	DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

	// DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value
	DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

// DashIsoSegmentControl_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoSegmentControl enum
func DashIsoSegmentControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile,
		DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles,
	}
}

// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
// GOP boundary.
const (
	// DashIsoSegmentLengthControlExact is a DashIsoSegmentLengthControl enum value
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlExact = "EXACT"

	// DashIsoSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple is a DashIsoSegmentLengthControl enum value
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

// DashIsoSegmentLengthControl_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoSegmentLengthControl enum
func DashIsoSegmentLengthControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoSegmentLengthControlExact,
		DashIsoSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple,
	}
}

// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4
// TRUN box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to
// Unsigned or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than
// zero, and sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers.
// For strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to
// Signed. The earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample
// composition time offsets will increment using signed integers.
const (
	// DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned is a DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets enum value
	DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned = "SIGNED"

	// DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned is a DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets enum value
	DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned = "UNSIGNED"
)

// DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets enum
func DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned,
		DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned,
	}
}

// When you enable Precise segment duration in manifests, your DASH manifest
// shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears
// inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation
// level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH
// manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the
// duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
const (
	// DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled is a DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled is a DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation_Values returns all elements of the DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum
func DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled,
		DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify how MediaConvert writes SegmentTimeline in your output DASH manifest.
// To write a SegmentTimeline in each video Representation: Keep the default
// value, Basic. To write a common SegmentTimeline in the video AdaptationSet:
// Choose Compact. Note that MediaConvert will still write a SegmentTimeline
// in any Representation that does not share a common timeline. To write a video
// AdaptationSet for each different output framerate, and a common SegmentTimeline
// in each AdaptationSet: Choose Distinct.
const (
	// DashManifestStyleBasic is a DashManifestStyle enum value
	DashManifestStyleBasic = "BASIC"

	// DashManifestStyleCompact is a DashManifestStyle enum value
	DashManifestStyleCompact = "COMPACT"

	// DashManifestStyleDistinct is a DashManifestStyle enum value
	DashManifestStyleDistinct = "DISTINCT"
)

// DashManifestStyle_Values returns all elements of the DashManifestStyle enum
func DashManifestStyle_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DashManifestStyleBasic,
		DashManifestStyleCompact,
		DashManifestStyleDistinct,
	}
}

// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
const (
	// DecryptionModeAesCtr is a DecryptionMode enum value
	DecryptionModeAesCtr = "AES_CTR"

	// DecryptionModeAesCbc is a DecryptionMode enum value
	DecryptionModeAesCbc = "AES_CBC"

	// DecryptionModeAesGcm is a DecryptionMode enum value
	DecryptionModeAesGcm = "AES_GCM"
)

// DecryptionMode_Values returns all elements of the DecryptionMode enum
func DecryptionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DecryptionModeAesCtr,
		DecryptionModeAesCbc,
		DecryptionModeAesGcm,
	}
}

// Only applies when you set Deinterlace mode to Deinterlace or Adaptive. Interpolate
// produces sharper pictures, while blend produces smoother motion. If your
// source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom
// of the frame: Choose Interpolate ticker or Blend ticker. To apply field doubling:
// Choose Linear interpolation. Note that Linear interpolation may introduce
// video artifacts into your output.
const (
	// DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"

	// DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend = "BLEND"

	// DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker = "BLEND_TICKER"

	// DeinterlaceAlgorithmLinearInterpolation is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmLinearInterpolation = "LINEAR_INTERPOLATION"
)

// DeinterlaceAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum
func DeinterlaceAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate,
		DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker,
		DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend,
		DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker,
		DeinterlaceAlgorithmLinearInterpolation,
	}
}

// - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames
// that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that
// are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged
// as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the
// metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive.
// Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive
// into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.
const (
	// DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames is a DeinterlacerControl enum value
	DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"

	// DeinterlacerControlNormal is a DeinterlacerControl enum value
	DeinterlacerControlNormal = "NORMAL"
)

// DeinterlacerControl_Values returns all elements of the DeinterlacerControl enum
func DeinterlacerControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames,
		DeinterlacerControlNormal,
	}
}

// Use Deinterlacer to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default
// is Deinterlace.- Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.- Inverse
// telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.- Adaptive
// auto-detects and converts to progressive.
const (
	// DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
	DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace = "DEINTERLACE"

	// DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
	DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine = "INVERSE_TELECINE"

	// DeinterlacerModeAdaptive is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
	DeinterlacerModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"
)

// DeinterlacerMode_Values returns all elements of the DeinterlacerMode enum
func DeinterlacerMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace,
		DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine,
		DeinterlacerModeAdaptive,
	}
}

// Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to
// return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and
// return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints
// if any exist, or an empty list if none exist.
const (
	// DescribeEndpointsModeDefault is a DescribeEndpointsMode enum value
	DescribeEndpointsModeDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly is a DescribeEndpointsMode enum value
	DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly = "GET_ONLY"
)

// DescribeEndpointsMode_Values returns all elements of the DescribeEndpointsMode enum
func DescribeEndpointsMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DescribeEndpointsModeDefault,
		DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly,
	}
}

// Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision
// MaxCLL and MaxFALL properies.
const (
	// DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough is a DolbyVisionLevel6Mode enum value
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate is a DolbyVisionLevel6Mode enum value
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate = "RECALCULATE"

	// DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify is a DolbyVisionLevel6Mode enum value
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify = "SPECIFY"
)

// DolbyVisionLevel6Mode_Values returns all elements of the DolbyVisionLevel6Mode enum
func DolbyVisionLevel6Mode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough,
		DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate,
		DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify,
	}
}

// Required when you set Dolby Vision Profile to Profile 8.1. When you set Content
// mapping to None, content mapping is not applied to the HDR10-compatible signal.
// Depending on the source peak nit level, clipping might occur on HDR devices
// without Dolby Vision. When you set Content mapping to HDR10 1000, the transcoder
// creates a 1,000 nits peak HDR10-compatible signal by applying static content
// mapping to the source. This mode is speed-optimized for PQ10 sources with
// metadata that is created from analysis. For graded Dolby Vision content,
// be aware that creative intent might not be guaranteed with extreme 1,000
// nits trims.
const (
	// DolbyVisionMappingHdr10Nomap is a DolbyVisionMapping enum value
	DolbyVisionMappingHdr10Nomap = "HDR10_NOMAP"

	// DolbyVisionMappingHdr101000 is a DolbyVisionMapping enum value
	DolbyVisionMappingHdr101000 = "HDR10_1000"
)

// DolbyVisionMapping_Values returns all elements of the DolbyVisionMapping enum
func DolbyVisionMapping_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DolbyVisionMappingHdr10Nomap,
		DolbyVisionMappingHdr101000,
	}
}

// Required when you enable Dolby Vision. Use Profile 5 to include frame-interleaved
// Dolby Vision metadata in your output. Your input must include Dolby Vision
// metadata or an HDR10 YUV color space. Use Profile 8.1 to include frame-interleaved
// Dolby Vision metadata and HDR10 metadata in your output. Your input must
// include Dolby Vision metadata.
const (
	// DolbyVisionProfileProfile5 is a DolbyVisionProfile enum value
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile5 = "PROFILE_5"

	// DolbyVisionProfileProfile81 is a DolbyVisionProfile enum value
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile81 = "PROFILE_8_1"
)

// DolbyVisionProfile_Values returns all elements of the DolbyVisionProfile enum
func DolbyVisionProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DolbyVisionProfileProfile5,
		DolbyVisionProfileProfile81,
	}
}

// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
// by default when Timecode insertion is enabled.
const (
	// DropFrameTimecodeDisabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value
	DropFrameTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// DropFrameTimecodeEnabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value
	DropFrameTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// DropFrameTimecode_Values returns all elements of the DropFrameTimecode enum
func DropFrameTimecode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DropFrameTimecodeDisabled,
		DropFrameTimecodeEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support.
// When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses
// a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best.
// When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
const (
	// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch is a DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch = "BEST_MATCH"

	// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif is a DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"

	// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif is a DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"

	// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif is a DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"

	// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif is a DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum value
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

// DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont enum
func DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch,
		DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif,
		DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif,
		DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif,
		DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif,
	}
}

// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center
// of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to
// the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction
// with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or
// centered) relative to those coordinates. Within your job settings, all of
// your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

	// DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"

	// DvbSubtitleAlignmentAuto is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleAlignment_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleAlignment enum
func DvbSubtitleAlignment_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered,
		DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft,
		DvbSubtitleAlignmentAuto,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave
// blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions.
// For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions
// have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text.
// When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your
// output captions text.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly is a DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"

	// DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText is a DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText = "ALL_TEXT"
)

// DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor enum
func DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly,
		DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background
// color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color
// data from your input captions, if present.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

	// DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum
func DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone,
		DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack,
		DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite,
		DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color blank and set Style
// passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions,
// if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
// identical.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorRed is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorHex is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorHex = "HEX"

	// DvbSubtitleFontColorAuto is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleFontColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleFontColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleFontColor enum
func DvbSubtitleFontColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorRed,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorHex,
		DvbSubtitleFontColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
// present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"

	// DvbSubtitleOutlineColorAuto is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum
func DvbSubtitleOutlineColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue,
		DvbSubtitleOutlineColorAuto,
	}
}

// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from
// your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
// settings must be identical.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE"

	// DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

	// DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"

	// DvbSubtitleShadowColorAuto is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum
func DvbSubtitleShadowColor_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone,
		DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack,
		DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite,
		DvbSubtitleShadowColorAuto,
	}
}

// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
// information from your input captions and use default settings: white text
// with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether
// you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually
// override any of the individual style and position settings.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled is a DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough enum value
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled is a DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough enum value
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough enum
func DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled,
		DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify whether the Text spacing in your captions is set by the captions
// grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
// to make the text easier to read for closed captions. Within your job settings,
// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
const (
	// DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID"

	// DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL"

	// DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto = "AUTO"
)

// DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum
func DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid,
		DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional,
		DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto,
	}
}

// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired.
// Choose hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and
// dialogue. Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
const (
	// DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired is a DvbSubtitlingType enum value
	DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard is a DvbSubtitlingType enum value
	DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard = "STANDARD"
)

// DvbSubtitlingType_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubtitlingType enum
func DvbSubtitlingType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired,
		DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard,
	}
}

// Specify how MediaConvert handles the display definition segment (DDS). To
// exclude the DDS from this set of captions: Keep the default, None. To include
// the DDS: Choose Specified. When you do, also specify the offset coordinates
// of the display window with DDS x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. To include
// the DDS, but not include display window data: Choose No display window. When
// you do, you can write position metadata to the page composition segment (PCS)
// with DDS x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. For video resolutions with a
// height of 576 pixels or less, MediaConvert doesn't include the DDS, regardless
// of the value you choose for DDS handling. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
// must match.
const (
	// DvbddsHandlingNone is a DvbddsHandling enum value
	DvbddsHandlingNone = "NONE"

	// DvbddsHandlingSpecified is a DvbddsHandling enum value
	DvbddsHandlingSpecified = "SPECIFIED"

	// DvbddsHandlingNoDisplayWindow is a DvbddsHandling enum value
	DvbddsHandlingNoDisplayWindow = "NO_DISPLAY_WINDOW"
)

// DvbddsHandling_Values returns all elements of the DvbddsHandling enum
func DvbddsHandling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		DvbddsHandlingNone,
		DvbddsHandlingSpecified,
		DvbddsHandlingNoDisplayWindow,
	}
}

// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
// E).
const (
	// Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

// Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode enum
func Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain,
	}
}

// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos).
const (
	// Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingModeAuto is a Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingModeAuto = "CODING_MODE_AUTO"

	// Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514 is a Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514 = "CODING_MODE_5_1_4"

	// Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714 is a Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714 = "CODING_MODE_7_1_4"

	// Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 is a Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

// Eac3AtmosCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum
func Eac3AtmosCodingMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingModeAuto,
		Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514,
		Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714,
		Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916,
	}
}

// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled is a Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence enum value
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled is a Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence enum value
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence enum
func Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled,
		Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input
// file. Keep the default value, Custom to provide downmix values in your job
// settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata from your input. Related
// settings--Use these settings to specify your downmix values: Left only/Right
// only surround, Left total/Right total surround, Left total/Right total center,
// Left only/Right only center, and Stereo downmix. When you keep Custom for
// Downmix control and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert
// uses default values for those settings.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosDownmixControlSpecified is a Eac3AtmosDownmixControl enum value
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"

	// Eac3AtmosDownmixControlInitializeFromSource is a Eac3AtmosDownmixControl enum value
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

// Eac3AtmosDownmixControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosDownmixControl enum
func Eac3AtmosDownmixControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosDownmixControlSpecified,
		Eac3AtmosDownmixControlInitializeFromSource,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode.
// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic
// range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression
// line. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see
// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum
func Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode.
// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic
// range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression
// RF. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see
// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum
func Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata
// from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom, to provide dynamic
// range control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source to use the
// metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify
// your dynamic range control values: Dynamic range compression line and Dynamic
// range compression RF. When you keep the value Custom for Dynamic range control
// and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses
// default values for those settings.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlSpecified is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"

	// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlInitializeFromSource is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl enum value
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

// Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl enum
func Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlSpecified,
		Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlInitializeFromSource,
	}
}

// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA = "LEQ_A"

	// Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1"

	// Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2"

	// Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 = "ITU_BS_1770_3"

	// Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

// Eac3AtmosMeteringMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum
func Eac3AtmosMeteringMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA,
		Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701,
		Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702,
		Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703,
		Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704,
	}
}

// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated
// Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value,
// Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo
// downmix.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

	// Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo = "STEREO"

	// Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround = "SURROUND"

	// Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2"
)

// Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum
func Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated,
		Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo,
		Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround,
		Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2,
	}
}

// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
const (
	// Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

	// Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum
func Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated,
		Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled,
		Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled,
	}
}

// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
const (
	// Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"

	// Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE"
)

// Eac3AttenuationControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AttenuationControl enum
func Eac3AttenuationControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db,
		Eac3AttenuationControlNone,
	}
}

// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
// E).
const (
	// Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

	// Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

// Eac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3BitstreamMode enum
func Eac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain,
		Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary,
		Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency,
		Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired,
		Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired,
	}
}

// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
const (
	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

	// Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

// Eac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3CodingMode enum
func Eac3CodingMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10,
		Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20,
		Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32,
	}
}

// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
const (
	// Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3DcFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DcFilter enum
func Eac3DcFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3DcFilterEnabled,
		Eac3DcFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert
// ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For
// information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see
// the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum
func Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech,
	}
}

// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any
// value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
const (
	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

	// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

// Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum
func Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight,
		Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech,
	}
}

// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
const (
	// Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
	Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE"

	// Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE"
)

// Eac3LfeControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeControl enum
func Eac3LfeControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3LfeControlLfe,
		Eac3LfeControlNoLfe,
	}
}

// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
const (
	// Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeFilter enum
func Eac3LfeFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3LfeFilterEnabled,
		Eac3LfeFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
const (
	// Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

	// Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

// Eac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3MetadataControl enum
func Eac3MetadataControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput,
		Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured,
	}
}

// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
const (
	// Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"

	// Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

// Eac3PassthroughControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PassthroughControl enum
func Eac3PassthroughControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible,
		Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough,
	}
}

// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only
// used for 3/2 coding mode.
const (
	// Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"

	// Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT"
)

// Eac3PhaseControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PhaseControl enum
func Eac3PhaseControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees,
		Eac3PhaseControlNoShift,
	}
}

// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies
// if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding
// mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores
// Stereo downmix.
const (
	// Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT"

	// Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2"
)

// Eac3StereoDownmix_Values returns all elements of the Eac3StereoDownmix enum
func Eac3StereoDownmix_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated,
		Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo,
		Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt,
		Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2,
	}
}

// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
const (
	// Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

	// Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3SurroundExMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundExMode enum
func Eac3SurroundExMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated,
		Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled,
		Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled,
	}
}

// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
// the two channels.
const (
	// Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

	// Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// Eac3SurroundMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundMode enum
func Eac3SurroundMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated,
		Eac3SurroundModeEnabled,
		Eac3SurroundModeDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
// 708.
const (
	// EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

	// EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

// EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum
func EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert,
		EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled,
	}
}

// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
// this setting.
const (
	// EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput is a EmbeddedTerminateCaptions enum value
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput = "END_OF_INPUT"

	// EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled is a EmbeddedTerminateCaptions enum value
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// EmbeddedTerminateCaptions_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedTerminateCaptions enum
func EmbeddedTerminateCaptions_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput,
		EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled,
	}
}

// Set Embedded timecode override to Use MDPM when your AVCHD input contains
// timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video Pack Metadata. When you do,
// we recommend you also set Timecode source to Embedded. Leave Embedded timecode
// override blank, or set to None, when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
const (
	// EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideNone is a EmbeddedTimecodeOverride enum value
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideNone = "NONE"

	// EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideUseMdpm is a EmbeddedTimecodeOverride enum value
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideUseMdpm = "USE_MDPM"
)

// EmbeddedTimecodeOverride_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedTimecodeOverride enum
func EmbeddedTimecodeOverride_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideNone,
		EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideUseMdpm,
	}
}

// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
const (
	// F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value
	F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"

	// F4vMoovPlacementNormal is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value
	F4vMoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL"
)

// F4vMoovPlacement_Values returns all elements of the F4vMoovPlacement enum
func F4vMoovPlacement_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload,
		F4vMoovPlacementNormal,
	}
}

// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions
// data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility
// bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into
// 708.
const (
	// FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value
	FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

	// FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value
	FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

// FileSourceConvert608To708_Values returns all elements of the FileSourceConvert608To708 enum
func FileSourceConvert608To708_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert,
		FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled,
	}
}

// When you use the setting Time delta to adjust the sync between your sidecar
// captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the delta
// that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units, MediaConvert
// uses seconds by default.
const (
	// FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsSeconds is a FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits enum value
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"

	// FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsMilliseconds is a FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits enum value
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsMilliseconds = "MILLISECONDS"
)

// FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits_Values returns all elements of the FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits enum
func FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsSeconds,
		FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsMilliseconds,
	}
}

// Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode
// is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
// CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset.
const (
	// FontScriptAutomatic is a FontScript enum value
	FontScriptAutomatic = "AUTOMATIC"

	// FontScriptHans is a FontScript enum value
	FontScriptHans = "HANS"

	// FontScriptHant is a FontScript enum value
	FontScriptHant = "HANT"
)

// FontScript_Values returns all elements of the FontScript enum
func FontScript_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		FontScriptAutomatic,
		FontScriptHans,
		FontScriptHant,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically
// apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want
// to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set H264AdaptiveQuantization
// to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any
// adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert
// to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization
// to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following
// settings: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization,
// and H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
const (
	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"
)

// H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264AdaptiveQuantization enum
func H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher,
		H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax,
	}
}

// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings.
// If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto.
const (
	// H264CodecLevelAuto is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel1 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel11 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel11 = "LEVEL_1_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel12 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel12 = "LEVEL_1_2"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel13 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel13 = "LEVEL_1_3"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel2 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel21 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel22 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel22 = "LEVEL_2_2"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel3 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel31 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel32 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel32 = "LEVEL_3_2"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel4 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel41 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel42 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel42 = "LEVEL_4_2"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel5 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel51 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1"

	// H264CodecLevelLevel52 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
	H264CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

// H264CodecLevel_Values returns all elements of the H264CodecLevel enum
func H264CodecLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264CodecLevelAuto,
		H264CodecLevelLevel1,
		H264CodecLevelLevel11,
		H264CodecLevelLevel12,
		H264CodecLevelLevel13,
		H264CodecLevelLevel2,
		H264CodecLevelLevel21,
		H264CodecLevelLevel22,
		H264CodecLevelLevel3,
		H264CodecLevelLevel31,
		H264CodecLevelLevel32,
		H264CodecLevelLevel4,
		H264CodecLevelLevel41,
		H264CodecLevelLevel42,
		H264CodecLevelLevel5,
		H264CodecLevelLevel51,
		H264CodecLevelLevel52,
	}
}

// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the
// AVC-I License.
const (
	// H264CodecProfileBaseline is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileBaseline = "BASELINE"

	// H264CodecProfileHigh is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileHigh = "HIGH"

	// H264CodecProfileHigh10bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT"

	// H264CodecProfileHigh422 is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422"

	// H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT"

	// H264CodecProfileMain is a H264CodecProfile enum value
	H264CodecProfileMain = "MAIN"
)

// H264CodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the H264CodecProfile enum
func H264CodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264CodecProfileBaseline,
		H264CodecProfileHigh,
		H264CodecProfileHigh10bit,
		H264CodecProfileHigh422,
		H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit,
		H264CodecProfileMain,
	}
}

// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
const (
	// H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a H264DynamicSubGop enum value
	H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

	// H264DynamicSubGopStatic is a H264DynamicSubGop enum value
	H264DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

// H264DynamicSubGop_Values returns all elements of the H264DynamicSubGop enum
func H264DynamicSubGop_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive,
		H264DynamicSubGopStatic,
	}
}

// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank
// or keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers:
// Choose Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another
// stream.
const (
	// H264EndOfStreamMarkersInclude is a H264EndOfStreamMarkers enum value
	H264EndOfStreamMarkersInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// H264EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress is a H264EndOfStreamMarkers enum value
	H264EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress = "SUPPRESS"
)

// H264EndOfStreamMarkers_Values returns all elements of the H264EndOfStreamMarkers enum
func H264EndOfStreamMarkers_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264EndOfStreamMarkersInclude,
		H264EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress,
	}
}

// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
const (
	// H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC"

	// H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC"
)

// H264EntropyEncoding_Values returns all elements of the H264EntropyEncoding enum
func H264EntropyEncoding_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264EntropyEncodingCabac,
		H264EntropyEncodingCavlc,
	}
}

// The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value,
// PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose
// Force field to disable PAFF encoding and create separate interlaced fields.
// Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF encoding for
// interlaced outputs.
const (
	// H264FieldEncodingPaff is a H264FieldEncoding enum value
	H264FieldEncodingPaff = "PAFF"

	// H264FieldEncodingForceField is a H264FieldEncoding enum value
	H264FieldEncodingForceField = "FORCE_FIELD"

	// H264FieldEncodingMbaff is a H264FieldEncoding enum value
	H264FieldEncodingMbaff = "MBAFF"
)

// H264FieldEncoding_Values returns all elements of the H264FieldEncoding enum
func H264FieldEncoding_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264FieldEncodingPaff,
		H264FieldEncodingForceField,
		H264FieldEncodingMbaff,
	}
}

// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
// value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled. Change this value
// to Enabled to reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker
// that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many
// times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you
// enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more
// often to smooth out the flicker. To manually enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization,
// you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
const (
	// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value
	H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// H264FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the H264FramerateControl enum
func H264FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		H264FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types.
// To use reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames:
// Leave blank or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose
// Enabled to help improve the video quality of your output relative to its
// bitrate. To not use reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
const (
	// H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264GopBReference_Values returns all elements of the H264GopBReference enum
func H264GopBReference_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264GopBReferenceDisabled,
		H264GopBReferenceEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based
// on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior,
// choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify
// GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output
// group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave
// GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify
// the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide
// the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
const (
	// H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"

	// H264GopSizeUnitsAuto is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
	H264GopSizeUnitsAuto = "AUTO"
)

// H264GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H264GopSizeUnits enum
func H264GopSizeUnits_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264GopSizeUnitsFrames,
		H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds,
		H264GopSizeUnitsAuto,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// H264InterlaceModeProgressive is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
	H264InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// H264InterlaceModeTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
	H264InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// H264InterlaceModeBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
	H264InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
	H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
	H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// H264InterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the H264InterlaceMode enum
func H264InterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264InterlaceModeProgressive,
		H264InterlaceModeTopField,
		H264InterlaceModeBottomField,
		H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value
	H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// H264ParControl_Values returns all elements of the H264ParControl enum
func H264ParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264ParControlInitializeFromSource,
		H264ParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// The Quality tuning level you choose represents a trade-off between the encoding
// speed of your job and the output video quality. For the fastest encoding
// speed at the cost of video quality: Choose Single pass. For a good balance
// between encoding speed and video quality: Leave blank or keep the default
// value Single pass HQ. For the best video quality, at the cost of encoding
// speed: Choose Multi pass HQ. MediaConvert performs an analysis pass on your
// input followed by an encoding pass. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier
// pricing.
const (
	// H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

	// H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// H264QualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the H264QualityTuningLevel enum
func H264QualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq,
		H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
const (
	// H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

	// H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
	H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

// H264RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H264RateControlMode enum
func H264RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264RateControlModeVbr,
		H264RateControlModeCbr,
		H264RateControlModeQvbr,
	}
}

// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
const (
	// H264RepeatPpsDisabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value
	H264RepeatPpsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264RepeatPpsEnabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value
	H264RepeatPpsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264RepeatPps_Values returns all elements of the H264RepeatPps enum
func H264RepeatPps_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264RepeatPpsDisabled,
		H264RepeatPpsEnabled,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a H264ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a H264ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// H264ScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the H264ScanTypeConversionMode enum
func H264ScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
const (
	// H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

// H264SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H264SceneChangeDetect enum
func H264SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled,
		H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled,
		H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
// You must also set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// H264SlowPalDisabled is a H264SlowPal enum value
	H264SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264SlowPalEnabled is a H264SlowPal enum value
	H264SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264SlowPal_Values returns all elements of the H264SlowPal enum
func H264SlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264SlowPalDisabled,
		H264SlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto, for the setting
// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
// value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default value
// to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content
// complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on
// areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation
// and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable.
// For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth
// textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost
// always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't
// take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers
// are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a
// lot of complex texture, you might choose to set H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
// to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually enable
// or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization
// to a value other than AUTO.
const (
	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
const (
	// H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value
	H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value
	H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027"
)

// H264Syntax_Values returns all elements of the H264Syntax enum
func H264Syntax_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264SyntaxDefault,
		H264SyntaxRp2027,
	}
}

// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
// hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces
// a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that
// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back.
// When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame
// rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to
// create a smoother picture.
const (
	// H264TelecineNone is a H264Telecine enum value
	H264TelecineNone = "NONE"

	// H264TelecineSoft is a H264Telecine enum value
	H264TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

	// H264TelecineHard is a H264Telecine enum value
	H264TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// H264Telecine_Values returns all elements of the H264Telecine enum
func H264Telecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264TelecineNone,
		H264TelecineSoft,
		H264TelecineHard,
	}
}

// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization
// and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default
// value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default
// value to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation
// of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer
// bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex
// objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves
// the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches.
// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
// a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such
// as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
// to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust
// the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization. To manually
// enable or disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
// quantization to a value other than AUTO.
const (
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
const (
	// H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode_Values returns all elements of the H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum
func H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled,
		H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled,
	}
}

// When you set Adaptive Quantization to Auto, or leave blank, MediaConvert
// automatically applies quantization to improve the video quality of your output.
// Set Adaptive Quantization to Low, Medium, High, Higher, or Max to manually
// control the strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify
// a value for Spatial Adaptive Quantization, Temporal Adaptive Quantization,
// and Flicker Adaptive Quantization, to further control the quantization filter.
// Set Adaptive Quantization to Off to apply no quantization to your output.
const (
	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"

	// H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"
)

// H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265AdaptiveQuantization enum
func H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax,
		H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto,
	}
}

// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid
// Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
const (
	// H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei_Values returns all elements of the H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum
func H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled,
		H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled,
	}
}

// H.265 Level.
const (
	// H265CodecLevelAuto is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel1 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel2 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel21 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel3 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel31 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel4 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel41 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel5 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel51 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel52 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel6 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel6 = "LEVEL_6"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel61 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel61 = "LEVEL_6_1"

	// H265CodecLevelLevel62 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
	H265CodecLevelLevel62 = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

// H265CodecLevel_Values returns all elements of the H265CodecLevel enum
func H265CodecLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265CodecLevelAuto,
		H265CodecLevelLevel1,
		H265CodecLevelLevel2,
		H265CodecLevelLevel21,
		H265CodecLevelLevel3,
		H265CodecLevelLevel31,
		H265CodecLevelLevel4,
		H265CodecLevelLevel41,
		H265CodecLevelLevel5,
		H265CodecLevelLevel51,
		H265CodecLevelLevel52,
		H265CodecLevelLevel6,
		H265CodecLevelLevel61,
		H265CodecLevelLevel62,
	}
}

// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile
// with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
const (
	// H265CodecProfileMainMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMainMain = "MAIN_MAIN"

	// H265CodecProfileMainHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMainHigh = "MAIN_HIGH"

	// H265CodecProfileMain10Main is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain10Main = "MAIN10_MAIN"

	// H265CodecProfileMain10High is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain10High = "MAIN10_HIGH"

	// H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"

	// H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"

	// H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"

	// H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

// H265CodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the H265CodecProfile enum
func H265CodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265CodecProfileMainMain,
		H265CodecProfileMainHigh,
		H265CodecProfileMain10Main,
		H265CodecProfileMain10High,
		H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain,
		H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh,
		H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain,
		H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh,
	}
}

// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
const (
	// H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a H265DynamicSubGop enum value
	H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

	// H265DynamicSubGopStatic is a H265DynamicSubGop enum value
	H265DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

// H265DynamicSubGop_Values returns all elements of the H265DynamicSubGop enum
func H265DynamicSubGop_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive,
		H265DynamicSubGopStatic,
	}
}

// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank
// or keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers:
// Choose Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another
// stream.
const (
	// H265EndOfStreamMarkersInclude is a H265EndOfStreamMarkers enum value
	H265EndOfStreamMarkersInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// H265EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress is a H265EndOfStreamMarkers enum value
	H265EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress = "SUPPRESS"
)

// H265EndOfStreamMarkers_Values returns all elements of the H265EndOfStreamMarkers enum
func H265EndOfStreamMarkers_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265EndOfStreamMarkersInclude,
		H265EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress,
	}
}

// Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears
// as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying
// some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them
// at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must
// also set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off.
const (
	// H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source.
// If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown
// list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate
// as a fraction.
const (
	// H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H265FramerateControl enum value
	H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H265FramerateControlSpecified is a H265FramerateControl enum value
	H265FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// H265FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the H265FramerateControl enum
func H265FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		H265FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types.
// To use reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames:
// Leave blank or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose
// Enabled to help improve the video quality of your output relative to its
// bitrate. To not use reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
const (
	// H265GopBReferenceDisabled is a H265GopBReference enum value
	H265GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265GopBReferenceEnabled is a H265GopBReference enum value
	H265GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265GopBReference_Values returns all elements of the H265GopBReference enum
func H265GopBReference_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265GopBReferenceDisabled,
		H265GopBReferenceEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based
// on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior,
// choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify
// GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output
// group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave
// GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify
// the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide
// the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
const (
	// H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"

	// H265GopSizeUnitsAuto is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
	H265GopSizeUnitsAuto = "AUTO"
)

// H265GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H265GopSizeUnits enum
func H265GopSizeUnits_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265GopSizeUnitsFrames,
		H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds,
		H265GopSizeUnitsAuto,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// H265InterlaceModeProgressive is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
	H265InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// H265InterlaceModeTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
	H265InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// H265InterlaceModeBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
	H265InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
	H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
	H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// H265InterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the H265InterlaceMode enum
func H265InterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265InterlaceModeProgressive,
		H265InterlaceModeTopField,
		H265InterlaceModeBottomField,
		H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value
// other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// H265ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H265ParControl enum value
	H265ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// H265ParControlSpecified is a H265ParControl enum value
	H265ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// H265ParControl_Values returns all elements of the H265ParControl enum
func H265ParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265ParControlInitializeFromSource,
		H265ParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// single-pass encoding.
const (
	// H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

	// H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
	H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// H265QualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the H265QualityTuningLevel enum
func H265QualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq,
		H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
const (
	// H265RateControlModeVbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

	// H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
	H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

// H265RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H265RateControlMode enum
func H265RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265RateControlModeVbr,
		H265RateControlModeCbr,
		H265RateControlModeQvbr,
	}
}

// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
// selects best strength based on content
const (
	// H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

	// H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff = "OFF"
)

// H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode_Values returns all elements of the H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum
func H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault,
		H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive,
		H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a H265ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a H265ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// H265ScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the H265ScanTypeConversionMode enum
func H265ScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
const (
	// H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
	H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

// H265SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H265SceneChangeDetect enum
func H265SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled,
		H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled,
		H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
// You must also set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// H265SlowPalDisabled is a H265SlowPal enum value
	H265SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265SlowPalEnabled is a H265SlowPal enum value
	H265SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265SlowPal_Values returns all elements of the H265SlowPal enum
func H265SlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265SlowPalDisabled,
		H265SlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
const (
	// H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate field is set
// to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors >
// Deinterlacer field and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field to
// identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine
// or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft:
// produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
const (
	// H265TelecineNone is a H265Telecine enum value
	H265TelecineNone = "NONE"

	// H265TelecineSoft is a H265Telecine enum value
	H265TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

	// H265TelecineHard is a H265Telecine enum value
	H265TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// H265Telecine_Values returns all elements of the H265Telecine enum
func H265Telecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265TelecineNone,
		H265TelecineSoft,
		H265TelecineHard,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
const (
	// H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum
func H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers
// are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer,
// reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can
// form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal
// layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream
// with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder
// could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and
// P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output.
const (
	// H265TemporalIdsDisabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value
	H265TemporalIdsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265TemporalIdsEnabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value
	H265TemporalIdsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265TemporalIds_Values returns all elements of the H265TemporalIds enum
func H265TemporalIds_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265TemporalIdsDisabled,
		H265TemporalIdsEnabled,
	}
}

// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision
// of the encoded pictures.
const (
	// H265TilesDisabled is a H265Tiles enum value
	H265TilesDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265TilesEnabled is a H265Tiles enum value
	H265TilesEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265Tiles_Values returns all elements of the H265Tiles enum
func H265Tiles_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265TilesDisabled,
		H265TilesEnabled,
	}
}

// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
const (
	// H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode_Values returns all elements of the H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum
func H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled,
		H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled,
	}
}

// If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow,
// ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or
// with standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose
// HVC1 to mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the
// following specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15
// 3rd Edition. For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units
// in the sample headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when
// you choose HVC1, your output video might not work properly with some downstream
// systems and video players. The service defaults to marking your output as
// HEV1. For these outputs, the service writes parameter set NAL units directly
// into the samples.
const (
	// H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 is a H265WriteMp4PackagingType enum value
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1"

	// H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 is a H265WriteMp4PackagingType enum value
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1"
)

// H265WriteMp4PackagingType_Values returns all elements of the H265WriteMp4PackagingType enum
func H265WriteMp4PackagingType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1,
		H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1,
	}
}

// Specify how MediaConvert maps brightness and colors from your HDR input to
// your SDR output. The mode that you select represents a creative choice, with
// different tradeoffs in the details and tones of your output. To maintain
// details in bright or saturated areas of your output: Choose Preserve details.
// For some sources, your SDR output may look less bright and less saturated
// when compared to your HDR source. MediaConvert automatically applies this
// mode for HLG sources, regardless of your choice. For a bright and saturated
// output: Choose Vibrant. We recommend that you choose this mode when any of
// your source content is HDR10, and for the best results when it is mastered
// for 1000 nits. You may notice loss of details in bright or saturated areas
// of your output. HDR to SDR tone mapping has no effect when your input is
// SDR.
const (
	// HDRToSDRToneMapperPreserveDetails is a HDRToSDRToneMapper enum value
	HDRToSDRToneMapperPreserveDetails = "PRESERVE_DETAILS"

	// HDRToSDRToneMapperVibrant is a HDRToSDRToneMapper enum value
	HDRToSDRToneMapperVibrant = "VIBRANT"
)

// HDRToSDRToneMapper_Values returns all elements of the HDRToSDRToneMapper enum
func HDRToSDRToneMapper_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HDRToSDRToneMapperPreserveDetails,
		HDRToSDRToneMapperVibrant,
	}
}

// Ad marker for Apple HLS manifest.
const (
	// HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
	HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL"

	// HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

// HlsAdMarkers_Values returns all elements of the HlsAdMarkers enum
func HlsAdMarkers_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsAdMarkersElemental,
		HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35,
	}
}

// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
// Automatic to create a raw audio-only file with no container. Regardless of
// the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will
// place outputs into an MPEG2-TS container.
const (
	// HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic is a HlsAudioOnlyContainer enum value
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic = "AUTOMATIC"

	// HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts is a HlsAudioOnlyContainer enum value
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts = "M2TS"
)

// HlsAudioOnlyContainer_Values returns all elements of the HlsAudioOnlyContainer enum
func HlsAudioOnlyContainer_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic,
		HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and
// you encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include, to output
// audio-only headers. Choose Exclude to remove the audio-only headers from
// your audio segments.
const (
	// HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude is a HlsAudioOnlyHeader enum value
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude is a HlsAudioOnlyHeader enum value
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// HlsAudioOnlyHeader_Values returns all elements of the HlsAudioOnlyHeader enum
func HlsAudioOnlyHeader_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude,
		HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude,
	}
}

// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream
// The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try
// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default
// Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented
// as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate
// Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to
// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
const (
	// HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"

	// HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"

	// HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"

	// HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

// HlsAudioTrackType_Values returns all elements of the HlsAudioTrackType enum
func HlsAudioTrackType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault,
		HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect,
		HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect,
		HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream,
	}
}

// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
// line from the manifest.
const (
	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT"

	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT"

	// HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE"
)

// HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values returns all elements of the HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum
func HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert,
		HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit,
		HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone,
	}
}

// Set Caption segment length control to Match video to create caption segments
// that align with the video segments from the first video output in this output
// group. For example, if the video segments are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT
// segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the default setting, Large segments
// to create caption segments that are 300 seconds long.
const (
	// HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlLargeSegments is a HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl enum value
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlLargeSegments = "LARGE_SEGMENTS"

	// HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlMatchVideo is a HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl enum value
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlMatchVideo = "MATCH_VIDEO"
)

// HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl_Values returns all elements of the HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl enum
func HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlLargeSegments,
		HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlMatchVideo,
	}
}

// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your
// video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
const (
	// HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
	HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
	HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// HlsClientCache_Values returns all elements of the HlsClientCache enum
func HlsClientCache_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsClientCacheDisabled,
		HlsClientCacheEnabled,
	}
}

// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
// generation.
const (
	// HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381"

	// HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281"
)

// HlsCodecSpecification_Values returns all elements of the HlsCodecSpecification enum
func HlsCodecSpecification_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381,
		HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281,
	}
}

// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS)
// in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes
// the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't
// flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
const (
	// HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag is a HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum value
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag = "DONT_FLAG"

	// HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag is a HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum value
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag = "FLAG"
)

// HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag_Values returns all elements of the HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag enum
func HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag,
		HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag,
	}
}

// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
const (
	// HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"

	// HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

// HlsDirectoryStructure_Values returns all elements of the HlsDirectoryStructure enum
func HlsDirectoryStructure_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory,
		HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream,
	}
}

// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
const (
	// HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128"

	// HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

// HlsEncryptionType_Values returns all elements of the HlsEncryptionType enum
func HlsEncryptionType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsEncryptionTypeAes128,
		HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes,
	}
}

// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that lists
// only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest
// for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that
// creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame
// only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest.
// When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value
// Exclude.
const (
	// HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// HlsIFrameOnlyManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum
func HlsIFrameOnlyManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude,
		HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails
// and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child
// manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding
// entries to the parent manifest. A common application for these images is
// Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates
// with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
const (
	// HlsImageBasedTrickPlayNone is a HlsImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayNone = "NONE"

	// HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail is a HlsImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail = "THUMBNAIL"

	// HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe is a HlsImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"

	// HlsImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced is a HlsImageBasedTrickPlay enum value
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced = "ADVANCED"
)

// HlsImageBasedTrickPlay_Values returns all elements of the HlsImageBasedTrickPlay enum
func HlsImageBasedTrickPlay_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsImageBasedTrickPlayNone,
		HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail,
		HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe,
		HlsImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced,
	}
}

// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the
// key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed
// in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
const (
	// HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// HlsInitializationVectorInManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum
func HlsInitializationVectorInManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude,
		HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude,
	}
}

// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to FOLLOW_IFRAME,
// MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the output (matching
// the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert generates thumbnails
// according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
const (
	// HlsIntervalCadenceFollowIframe is a HlsIntervalCadence enum value
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowIframe = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"

	// HlsIntervalCadenceFollowCustom is a HlsIntervalCadence enum value
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowCustom = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

// HlsIntervalCadence_Values returns all elements of the HlsIntervalCadence enum
func HlsIntervalCadence_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsIntervalCadenceFollowIframe,
		HlsIntervalCadenceFollowCustom,
	}
}

// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
const (
	// HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value
	HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE"

	// HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value
	HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY"
)

// HlsKeyProviderType_Values returns all elements of the HlsKeyProviderType enum
func HlsKeyProviderType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke,
		HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey,
	}
}

// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
const (
	// HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP"

	// HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
	HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE"
)

// HlsManifestCompression_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestCompression enum
func HlsManifestCompression_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsManifestCompressionGzip,
		HlsManifestCompressionNone,
	}
}

// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
// segment duration.
const (
	// HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT"

	// HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER"
)

// HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestDurationFormat enum
func HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint,
		HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger,
	}
}

// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
const (
	// HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled is a HlsOfflineEncrypted enum value
	HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled is a HlsOfflineEncrypted enum value
	HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// HlsOfflineEncrypted_Values returns all elements of the HlsOfflineEncrypted enum
func HlsOfflineEncrypted_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled,
		HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled,
	}
}

// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
// output group.
const (
	// HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"

	// HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

// HlsOutputSelection_Values returns all elements of the HlsOutputSelection enum
func HlsOutputSelection_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments,
		HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly,
	}
}

// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
const (
	// HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// HlsProgramDateTime_Values returns all elements of the HlsProgramDateTime enum
func HlsProgramDateTime_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsProgramDateTimeInclude,
		HlsProgramDateTimeExclude,
	}
}

// Specify whether MediaConvert generates HLS manifests while your job is running
// or when your job is complete. To generate HLS manifests while your job is
// running: Choose Enabled. Use if you want to play back your content as soon
// as it's available. MediaConvert writes the parent and child manifests after
// the first three media segments are written to your destination S3 bucket.
// It then writes new updated manifests after each additional segment is written.
// The parent manifest includes the latest BANDWIDTH and AVERAGE-BANDWIDTH attributes,
// and child manifests include the latest available media segment. When your
// job completes, the final child playlists include an EXT-X-ENDLIST tag. To
// generate HLS manifests only when your job completes: Choose Disabled.
const (
	// HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestEnabled is a HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest enum value
	HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestDisabled is a HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest enum value
	HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest enum
func HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestEnabled,
		HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestDisabled,
	}
}

// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
const (
	// HlsSegmentControlSingleFile is a HlsSegmentControl enum value
	HlsSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

	// HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a HlsSegmentControl enum value
	HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

// HlsSegmentControl_Values returns all elements of the HlsSegmentControl enum
func HlsSegmentControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsSegmentControlSingleFile,
		HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles,
	}
}

// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose
// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
// setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
// GOP boundary.
const (
	// HlsSegmentLengthControlExact is a HlsSegmentLengthControl enum value
	HlsSegmentLengthControlExact = "EXACT"

	// HlsSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple is a HlsSegmentLengthControl enum value
	HlsSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

// HlsSegmentLengthControl_Values returns all elements of the HlsSegmentLengthControl enum
func HlsSegmentLengthControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsSegmentLengthControlExact,
		HlsSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple,
	}
}

// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
// of variant manifest.
const (
	// HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// HlsStreamInfResolution_Values returns all elements of the HlsStreamInfResolution enum
func HlsStreamInfResolution_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude,
		HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude,
	}
}

// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to SPEC\\_COMPLIANT,
// the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest integer value if
// fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and rounded down
// if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client needs
// to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual duration
// of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback when
// the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target duration.
const (
	// HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy is a HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum value
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy = "LEGACY"

	// HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant is a HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum value
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

// HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode enum
func HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy,
		HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant,
	}
}

// Specify the type of the ID3 frame to use for ID3 timestamps in your output.
// To include ID3 timestamps: Specify PRIV or TDRL and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
// To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to None.
const (
	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE"

	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV"

	// HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL"
)

// HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values returns all elements of the HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum
func HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone,
		HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv,
		HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl,
	}
}

// If the IMSC captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people
// who are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled.
// When you do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS
// or DASH manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track: CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following
// in the adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended
// to provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you
// do, for DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation
// set for this track: .
const (
	// ImscAccessibilitySubsDisabled is a ImscAccessibilitySubs enum value
	ImscAccessibilitySubsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// ImscAccessibilitySubsEnabled is a ImscAccessibilitySubs enum value
	ImscAccessibilitySubsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// ImscAccessibilitySubs_Values returns all elements of the ImscAccessibilitySubs enum
func ImscAccessibilitySubs_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ImscAccessibilitySubsDisabled,
		ImscAccessibilitySubsEnabled,
	}
}

// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
// only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting
// for simplified output captions.
const (
	// ImscStylePassthroughEnabled is a ImscStylePassthrough enum value
	ImscStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// ImscStylePassthroughDisabled is a ImscStylePassthrough enum value
	ImscStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// ImscStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the ImscStylePassthrough enum
func ImscStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ImscStylePassthroughEnabled,
		ImscStylePassthroughDisabled,
	}
}

// Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled.
// Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
const (
	// InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// InputDeblockFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDeblockFilter enum
func InputDeblockFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputDeblockFilterEnabled,
		InputDeblockFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only
// applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
const (
	// InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// InputDenoiseFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDenoiseFilter enum
func InputDenoiseFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputDenoiseFilterEnabled,
		InputDenoiseFilterDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify whether to apply input filtering to improve the video quality of
// your input. To apply filtering depending on your input type and quality:
// Choose Auto. To apply no filtering: Choose Disable. To apply filtering regardless
// of your input type and quality: Choose Force. When you do, you must also
// specify a value for Filter strength.
const (
	// InputFilterEnableAuto is a InputFilterEnable enum value
	InputFilterEnableAuto = "AUTO"

	// InputFilterEnableDisable is a InputFilterEnable enum value
	InputFilterEnableDisable = "DISABLE"

	// InputFilterEnableForce is a InputFilterEnable enum value
	InputFilterEnableForce = "FORCE"
)

// InputFilterEnable_Values returns all elements of the InputFilterEnable enum
func InputFilterEnable_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputFilterEnableAuto,
		InputFilterEnableDisable,
		InputFilterEnableForce,
	}
}

// An input policy allows or disallows a job you submit to run based on the
// conditions that you specify.
const (
	// InputPolicyAllowed is a InputPolicy enum value
	InputPolicyAllowed = "ALLOWED"

	// InputPolicyDisallowed is a InputPolicy enum value
	InputPolicyDisallowed = "DISALLOWED"
)

// InputPolicy_Values returns all elements of the InputPolicy enum
func InputPolicy_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputPolicyAllowed,
		InputPolicyDisallowed,
	}
}

// Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux
// process to scans.* Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.* Use PSI
// - Scan only PSI data.
const (
	// InputPsiControlIgnorePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value
	InputPsiControlIgnorePsi = "IGNORE_PSI"

	// InputPsiControlUsePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value
	InputPsiControlUsePsi = "USE_PSI"
)

// InputPsiControl_Values returns all elements of the InputPsiControl enum
func InputPsiControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputPsiControlIgnorePsi,
		InputPsiControlUsePsi,
	}
}

// Use Rotate to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose
// automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation
// of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4
// and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the
// service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata.
// The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the
// rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default
// to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input
// video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
const (
	// InputRotateDegree0 is a InputRotate enum value
	InputRotateDegree0 = "DEGREE_0"

	// InputRotateDegrees90 is a InputRotate enum value
	InputRotateDegrees90 = "DEGREES_90"

	// InputRotateDegrees180 is a InputRotate enum value
	InputRotateDegrees180 = "DEGREES_180"

	// InputRotateDegrees270 is a InputRotate enum value
	InputRotateDegrees270 = "DEGREES_270"

	// InputRotateAuto is a InputRotate enum value
	InputRotateAuto = "AUTO"
)

// InputRotate_Values returns all elements of the InputRotate enum
func InputRotate_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputRotateDegree0,
		InputRotateDegrees90,
		InputRotateDegrees180,
		InputRotateDegrees270,
		InputRotateAuto,
	}
}

// If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't
// know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow, for this setting.
// When you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range. If
// your input video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify
// the accurate sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample
// range information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert
// uses the input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert
// uses the sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
const (
	// InputSampleRangeFollow is a InputSampleRange enum value
	InputSampleRangeFollow = "FOLLOW"

	// InputSampleRangeFullRange is a InputSampleRange enum value
	InputSampleRangeFullRange = "FULL_RANGE"

	// InputSampleRangeLimitedRange is a InputSampleRange enum value
	InputSampleRangeLimitedRange = "LIMITED_RANGE"
)

// InputSampleRange_Values returns all elements of the InputSampleRange enum
func InputSampleRange_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputSampleRangeFollow,
		InputSampleRangeFullRange,
		InputSampleRangeLimitedRange,
	}
}

// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting
// to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF.
// Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video
// quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't
// specify, the default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs
// that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced.
// Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
const (
	// InputScanTypeAuto is a InputScanType enum value
	InputScanTypeAuto = "AUTO"

	// InputScanTypePsf is a InputScanType enum value
	InputScanTypePsf = "PSF"
)

// InputScanType_Values returns all elements of the InputScanType enum
func InputScanType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputScanTypeAuto,
		InputScanTypePsf,
	}
}

// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify
// how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects
// only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such
// as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded
// to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the
// first frame at zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the
// timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify
// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For
// more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
const (
	// InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

	// InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"

	// InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
	InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

// InputTimecodeSource_Values returns all elements of the InputTimecodeSource enum
func InputTimecodeSource_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded,
		InputTimecodeSourceZerobased,
		InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart,
	}
}

// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
const (
	// JobPhaseProbing is a JobPhase enum value
	JobPhaseProbing = "PROBING"

	// JobPhaseTranscoding is a JobPhase enum value
	JobPhaseTranscoding = "TRANSCODING"

	// JobPhaseUploading is a JobPhase enum value
	JobPhaseUploading = "UPLOADING"
)

// JobPhase_Values returns all elements of the JobPhase enum
func JobPhase_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		JobPhaseProbing,
		JobPhaseTranscoding,
		JobPhaseUploading,
	}
}

// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
const (
	// JobStatusSubmitted is a JobStatus enum value
	JobStatusSubmitted = "SUBMITTED"

	// JobStatusProgressing is a JobStatus enum value
	JobStatusProgressing = "PROGRESSING"

	// JobStatusComplete is a JobStatus enum value
	JobStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"

	// JobStatusCanceled is a JobStatus enum value
	JobStatusCanceled = "CANCELED"

	// JobStatusError is a JobStatus enum value
	JobStatusError = "ERROR"
)

// JobStatus_Values returns all elements of the JobStatus enum
func JobStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		JobStatusSubmitted,
		JobStatusProgressing,
		JobStatusComplete,
		JobStatusCanceled,
		JobStatusError,
	}
}

// Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list
// them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
// specify, the service will list them by name.
const (
	// JobTemplateListByName is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
	JobTemplateListByName = "NAME"

	// JobTemplateListByCreationDate is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
	JobTemplateListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"

	// JobTemplateListBySystem is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
	JobTemplateListBySystem = "SYSTEM"
)

// JobTemplateListBy_Values returns all elements of the JobTemplateListBy enum
func JobTemplateListBy_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		JobTemplateListByName,
		JobTemplateListByCreationDate,
		JobTemplateListBySystem,
	}
}

// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
const (
	// LanguageCodeEng is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEng = "ENG"

	// LanguageCodeSpa is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSpa = "SPA"

	// LanguageCodeFra is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFra = "FRA"

	// LanguageCodeDeu is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeDeu = "DEU"

	// LanguageCodeGer is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGer = "GER"

	// LanguageCodeZho is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeZho = "ZHO"

	// LanguageCodeAra is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAra = "ARA"

	// LanguageCodeHin is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHin = "HIN"

	// LanguageCodeJpn is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeJpn = "JPN"

	// LanguageCodeRus is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeRus = "RUS"

	// LanguageCodePor is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodePor = "POR"

	// LanguageCodeIta is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIta = "ITA"

	// LanguageCodeUrd is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeUrd = "URD"

	// LanguageCodeVie is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeVie = "VIE"

	// LanguageCodeKor is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKor = "KOR"

	// LanguageCodePan is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodePan = "PAN"

	// LanguageCodeAbk is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAbk = "ABK"

	// LanguageCodeAar is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAar = "AAR"

	// LanguageCodeAfr is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAfr = "AFR"

	// LanguageCodeAka is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAka = "AKA"

	// LanguageCodeSqi is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSqi = "SQI"

	// LanguageCodeAmh is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAmh = "AMH"

	// LanguageCodeArg is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeArg = "ARG"

	// LanguageCodeHye is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHye = "HYE"

	// LanguageCodeAsm is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAsm = "ASM"

	// LanguageCodeAva is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAva = "AVA"

	// LanguageCodeAve is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAve = "AVE"

	// LanguageCodeAym is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAym = "AYM"

	// LanguageCodeAze is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeAze = "AZE"

	// LanguageCodeBam is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBam = "BAM"

	// LanguageCodeBak is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBak = "BAK"

	// LanguageCodeEus is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEus = "EUS"

	// LanguageCodeBel is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBel = "BEL"

	// LanguageCodeBen is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBen = "BEN"

	// LanguageCodeBih is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBih = "BIH"

	// LanguageCodeBis is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBis = "BIS"

	// LanguageCodeBos is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBos = "BOS"

	// LanguageCodeBre is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBre = "BRE"

	// LanguageCodeBul is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBul = "BUL"

	// LanguageCodeMya is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMya = "MYA"

	// LanguageCodeCat is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCat = "CAT"

	// LanguageCodeKhm is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKhm = "KHM"

	// LanguageCodeCha is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCha = "CHA"

	// LanguageCodeChe is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeChe = "CHE"

	// LanguageCodeNya is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNya = "NYA"

	// LanguageCodeChu is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeChu = "CHU"

	// LanguageCodeChv is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeChv = "CHV"

	// LanguageCodeCor is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCor = "COR"

	// LanguageCodeCos is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCos = "COS"

	// LanguageCodeCre is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCre = "CRE"

	// LanguageCodeHrv is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHrv = "HRV"

	// LanguageCodeCes is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCes = "CES"

	// LanguageCodeDan is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeDan = "DAN"

	// LanguageCodeDiv is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeDiv = "DIV"

	// LanguageCodeNld is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNld = "NLD"

	// LanguageCodeDzo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeDzo = "DZO"

	// LanguageCodeEnm is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEnm = "ENM"

	// LanguageCodeEpo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEpo = "EPO"

	// LanguageCodeEst is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEst = "EST"

	// LanguageCodeEwe is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEwe = "EWE"

	// LanguageCodeFao is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFao = "FAO"

	// LanguageCodeFij is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFij = "FIJ"

	// LanguageCodeFin is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFin = "FIN"

	// LanguageCodeFrm is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFrm = "FRM"

	// LanguageCodeFul is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFul = "FUL"

	// LanguageCodeGla is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGla = "GLA"

	// LanguageCodeGlg is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGlg = "GLG"

	// LanguageCodeLug is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLug = "LUG"

	// LanguageCodeKat is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKat = "KAT"

	// LanguageCodeEll is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeEll = "ELL"

	// LanguageCodeGrn is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGrn = "GRN"

	// LanguageCodeGuj is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGuj = "GUJ"

	// LanguageCodeHat is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHat = "HAT"

	// LanguageCodeHau is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHau = "HAU"

	// LanguageCodeHeb is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHeb = "HEB"

	// LanguageCodeHer is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHer = "HER"

	// LanguageCodeHmo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHmo = "HMO"

	// LanguageCodeHun is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeHun = "HUN"

	// LanguageCodeIsl is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIsl = "ISL"

	// LanguageCodeIdo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIdo = "IDO"

	// LanguageCodeIbo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIbo = "IBO"

	// LanguageCodeInd is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeInd = "IND"

	// LanguageCodeIna is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIna = "INA"

	// LanguageCodeIle is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIle = "ILE"

	// LanguageCodeIku is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIku = "IKU"

	// LanguageCodeIpk is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIpk = "IPK"

	// LanguageCodeGle is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGle = "GLE"

	// LanguageCodeJav is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeJav = "JAV"

	// LanguageCodeKal is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKal = "KAL"

	// LanguageCodeKan is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKan = "KAN"

	// LanguageCodeKau is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKau = "KAU"

	// LanguageCodeKas is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKas = "KAS"

	// LanguageCodeKaz is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKaz = "KAZ"

	// LanguageCodeKik is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKik = "KIK"

	// LanguageCodeKin is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKin = "KIN"

	// LanguageCodeKir is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKir = "KIR"

	// LanguageCodeKom is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKom = "KOM"

	// LanguageCodeKon is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKon = "KON"

	// LanguageCodeKua is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKua = "KUA"

	// LanguageCodeKur is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeKur = "KUR"

	// LanguageCodeLao is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLao = "LAO"

	// LanguageCodeLat is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLat = "LAT"

	// LanguageCodeLav is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLav = "LAV"

	// LanguageCodeLim is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLim = "LIM"

	// LanguageCodeLin is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLin = "LIN"

	// LanguageCodeLit is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLit = "LIT"

	// LanguageCodeLub is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLub = "LUB"

	// LanguageCodeLtz is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeLtz = "LTZ"

	// LanguageCodeMkd is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMkd = "MKD"

	// LanguageCodeMlg is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMlg = "MLG"

	// LanguageCodeMsa is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMsa = "MSA"

	// LanguageCodeMal is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMal = "MAL"

	// LanguageCodeMlt is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMlt = "MLT"

	// LanguageCodeGlv is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeGlv = "GLV"

	// LanguageCodeMri is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMri = "MRI"

	// LanguageCodeMar is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMar = "MAR"

	// LanguageCodeMah is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMah = "MAH"

	// LanguageCodeMon is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeMon = "MON"

	// LanguageCodeNau is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNau = "NAU"

	// LanguageCodeNav is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNav = "NAV"

	// LanguageCodeNde is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNde = "NDE"

	// LanguageCodeNbl is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNbl = "NBL"

	// LanguageCodeNdo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNdo = "NDO"

	// LanguageCodeNep is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNep = "NEP"

	// LanguageCodeSme is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSme = "SME"

	// LanguageCodeNor is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNor = "NOR"

	// LanguageCodeNob is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNob = "NOB"

	// LanguageCodeNno is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeNno = "NNO"

	// LanguageCodeOci is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOci = "OCI"

	// LanguageCodeOji is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOji = "OJI"

	// LanguageCodeOri is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOri = "ORI"

	// LanguageCodeOrm is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOrm = "ORM"

	// LanguageCodeOss is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOss = "OSS"

	// LanguageCodePli is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodePli = "PLI"

	// LanguageCodeFas is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFas = "FAS"

	// LanguageCodePol is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodePol = "POL"

	// LanguageCodePus is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodePus = "PUS"

	// LanguageCodeQue is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeQue = "QUE"

	// LanguageCodeQaa is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeQaa = "QAA"

	// LanguageCodeRon is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeRon = "RON"

	// LanguageCodeRoh is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeRoh = "ROH"

	// LanguageCodeRun is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeRun = "RUN"

	// LanguageCodeSmo is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSmo = "SMO"

	// LanguageCodeSag is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSag = "SAG"

	// LanguageCodeSan is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSan = "SAN"

	// LanguageCodeSrd is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSrd = "SRD"

	// LanguageCodeSrb is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSrb = "SRB"

	// LanguageCodeSna is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSna = "SNA"

	// LanguageCodeIii is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeIii = "III"

	// LanguageCodeSnd is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSnd = "SND"

	// LanguageCodeSin is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSin = "SIN"

	// LanguageCodeSlk is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSlk = "SLK"

	// LanguageCodeSlv is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSlv = "SLV"

	// LanguageCodeSom is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSom = "SOM"

	// LanguageCodeSot is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSot = "SOT"

	// LanguageCodeSun is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSun = "SUN"

	// LanguageCodeSwa is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSwa = "SWA"

	// LanguageCodeSsw is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSsw = "SSW"

	// LanguageCodeSwe is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSwe = "SWE"

	// LanguageCodeTgl is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTgl = "TGL"

	// LanguageCodeTah is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTah = "TAH"

	// LanguageCodeTgk is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTgk = "TGK"

	// LanguageCodeTam is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTam = "TAM"

	// LanguageCodeTat is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTat = "TAT"

	// LanguageCodeTel is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTel = "TEL"

	// LanguageCodeTha is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTha = "THA"

	// LanguageCodeBod is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeBod = "BOD"

	// LanguageCodeTir is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTir = "TIR"

	// LanguageCodeTon is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTon = "TON"

	// LanguageCodeTso is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTso = "TSO"

	// LanguageCodeTsn is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTsn = "TSN"

	// LanguageCodeTur is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTur = "TUR"

	// LanguageCodeTuk is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTuk = "TUK"

	// LanguageCodeTwi is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTwi = "TWI"

	// LanguageCodeUig is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeUig = "UIG"

	// LanguageCodeUkr is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeUkr = "UKR"

	// LanguageCodeUzb is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeUzb = "UZB"

	// LanguageCodeVen is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeVen = "VEN"

	// LanguageCodeVol is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeVol = "VOL"

	// LanguageCodeWln is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeWln = "WLN"

	// LanguageCodeCym is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeCym = "CYM"

	// LanguageCodeFry is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeFry = "FRY"

	// LanguageCodeWol is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeWol = "WOL"

	// LanguageCodeXho is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeXho = "XHO"

	// LanguageCodeYid is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeYid = "YID"

	// LanguageCodeYor is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeYor = "YOR"

	// LanguageCodeZha is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeZha = "ZHA"

	// LanguageCodeZul is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeZul = "ZUL"

	// LanguageCodeOrj is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeOrj = "ORJ"

	// LanguageCodeQpc is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeQpc = "QPC"

	// LanguageCodeTng is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeTng = "TNG"

	// LanguageCodeSrp is a LanguageCode enum value
	LanguageCodeSrp = "SRP"
)

// LanguageCode_Values returns all elements of the LanguageCode enum
func LanguageCode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		LanguageCodeEng,
		LanguageCodeSpa,
		LanguageCodeFra,
		LanguageCodeDeu,
		LanguageCodeGer,
		LanguageCodeZho,
		LanguageCodeAra,
		LanguageCodeHin,
		LanguageCodeJpn,
		LanguageCodeRus,
		LanguageCodePor,
		LanguageCodeIta,
		LanguageCodeUrd,
		LanguageCodeVie,
		LanguageCodeKor,
		LanguageCodePan,
		LanguageCodeAbk,
		LanguageCodeAar,
		LanguageCodeAfr,
		LanguageCodeAka,
		LanguageCodeSqi,
		LanguageCodeAmh,
		LanguageCodeArg,
		LanguageCodeHye,
		LanguageCodeAsm,
		LanguageCodeAva,
		LanguageCodeAve,
		LanguageCodeAym,
		LanguageCodeAze,
		LanguageCodeBam,
		LanguageCodeBak,
		LanguageCodeEus,
		LanguageCodeBel,
		LanguageCodeBen,
		LanguageCodeBih,
		LanguageCodeBis,
		LanguageCodeBos,
		LanguageCodeBre,
		LanguageCodeBul,
		LanguageCodeMya,
		LanguageCodeCat,
		LanguageCodeKhm,
		LanguageCodeCha,
		LanguageCodeChe,
		LanguageCodeNya,
		LanguageCodeChu,
		LanguageCodeChv,
		LanguageCodeCor,
		LanguageCodeCos,
		LanguageCodeCre,
		LanguageCodeHrv,
		LanguageCodeCes,
		LanguageCodeDan,
		LanguageCodeDiv,
		LanguageCodeNld,
		LanguageCodeDzo,
		LanguageCodeEnm,
		LanguageCodeEpo,
		LanguageCodeEst,
		LanguageCodeEwe,
		LanguageCodeFao,
		LanguageCodeFij,
		LanguageCodeFin,
		LanguageCodeFrm,
		LanguageCodeFul,
		LanguageCodeGla,
		LanguageCodeGlg,
		LanguageCodeLug,
		LanguageCodeKat,
		LanguageCodeEll,
		LanguageCodeGrn,
		LanguageCodeGuj,
		LanguageCodeHat,
		LanguageCodeHau,
		LanguageCodeHeb,
		LanguageCodeHer,
		LanguageCodeHmo,
		LanguageCodeHun,
		LanguageCodeIsl,
		LanguageCodeIdo,
		LanguageCodeIbo,
		LanguageCodeInd,
		LanguageCodeIna,
		LanguageCodeIle,
		LanguageCodeIku,
		LanguageCodeIpk,
		LanguageCodeGle,
		LanguageCodeJav,
		LanguageCodeKal,
		LanguageCodeKan,
		LanguageCodeKau,
		LanguageCodeKas,
		LanguageCodeKaz,
		LanguageCodeKik,
		LanguageCodeKin,
		LanguageCodeKir,
		LanguageCodeKom,
		LanguageCodeKon,
		LanguageCodeKua,
		LanguageCodeKur,
		LanguageCodeLao,
		LanguageCodeLat,
		LanguageCodeLav,
		LanguageCodeLim,
		LanguageCodeLin,
		LanguageCodeLit,
		LanguageCodeLub,
		LanguageCodeLtz,
		LanguageCodeMkd,
		LanguageCodeMlg,
		LanguageCodeMsa,
		LanguageCodeMal,
		LanguageCodeMlt,
		LanguageCodeGlv,
		LanguageCodeMri,
		LanguageCodeMar,
		LanguageCodeMah,
		LanguageCodeMon,
		LanguageCodeNau,
		LanguageCodeNav,
		LanguageCodeNde,
		LanguageCodeNbl,
		LanguageCodeNdo,
		LanguageCodeNep,
		LanguageCodeSme,
		LanguageCodeNor,
		LanguageCodeNob,
		LanguageCodeNno,
		LanguageCodeOci,
		LanguageCodeOji,
		LanguageCodeOri,
		LanguageCodeOrm,
		LanguageCodeOss,
		LanguageCodePli,
		LanguageCodeFas,
		LanguageCodePol,
		LanguageCodePus,
		LanguageCodeQue,
		LanguageCodeQaa,
		LanguageCodeRon,
		LanguageCodeRoh,
		LanguageCodeRun,
		LanguageCodeSmo,
		LanguageCodeSag,
		LanguageCodeSan,
		LanguageCodeSrd,
		LanguageCodeSrb,
		LanguageCodeSna,
		LanguageCodeIii,
		LanguageCodeSnd,
		LanguageCodeSin,
		LanguageCodeSlk,
		LanguageCodeSlv,
		LanguageCodeSom,
		LanguageCodeSot,
		LanguageCodeSun,
		LanguageCodeSwa,
		LanguageCodeSsw,
		LanguageCodeSwe,
		LanguageCodeTgl,
		LanguageCodeTah,
		LanguageCodeTgk,
		LanguageCodeTam,
		LanguageCodeTat,
		LanguageCodeTel,
		LanguageCodeTha,
		LanguageCodeBod,
		LanguageCodeTir,
		LanguageCodeTon,
		LanguageCodeTso,
		LanguageCodeTsn,
		LanguageCodeTur,
		LanguageCodeTuk,
		LanguageCodeTwi,
		LanguageCodeUig,
		LanguageCodeUkr,
		LanguageCodeUzb,
		LanguageCodeVen,
		LanguageCodeVol,
		LanguageCodeWln,
		LanguageCodeCym,
		LanguageCodeFry,
		LanguageCodeWol,
		LanguageCodeXho,
		LanguageCodeYid,
		LanguageCodeYor,
		LanguageCodeZha,
		LanguageCodeZul,
		LanguageCodeOrj,
		LanguageCodeQpc,
		LanguageCodeTng,
		LanguageCodeSrp,
	}
}

// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
const (
	// M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB"

	// M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC"
)

// M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioBufferModel enum
func M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb,
		M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc,
	}
}

// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
// depend on your output audio codec.
const (
	// M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration is a M2tsAudioDuration enum value
	M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"

	// M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration is a M2tsAudioDuration enum value
	M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

// M2tsAudioDuration_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioDuration enum
func M2tsAudioDuration_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration,
		M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration,
	}
}

// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX,
// use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency,
// but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
const (
	// M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

	// M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
	M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE"
)

// M2tsBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsBufferModel enum
func M2tsBufferModel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsBufferModelMultiplex,
		M2tsBufferModelNone,
	}
}

// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser
// PTS values). Keep the default value to allow all PTS values.
const (
	// M2tsDataPtsControlAuto is a M2tsDataPtsControl enum value
	M2tsDataPtsControlAuto = "AUTO"

	// M2tsDataPtsControlAlignToVideo is a M2tsDataPtsControl enum value
	M2tsDataPtsControlAlignToVideo = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

// M2tsDataPtsControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsDataPtsControl enum
func M2tsDataPtsControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsDataPtsControlAuto,
		M2tsDataPtsControlAlignToVideo,
	}
}

// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be
// fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When
// set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only
// applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers
// is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).
const (
	// M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"

	// M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

// M2tsEbpAudioInterval_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum
func M2tsEbpAudioInterval_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals,
		M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval,
	}
}

// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only
// on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable
// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP
// or EBP_LEGACY).
const (
	// M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"

	// M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID"
)

// M2tsEbpPlacement_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbpPlacement enum
func M2tsEbpPlacement_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids,
		M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid,
	}
}

// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
const (
	// M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// M2tsEsRateInPes_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEsRateInPes enum
func M2tsEsRateInPes_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsEsRateInPesInclude,
		M2tsEsRateInPesExclude,
	}
}

// Keep the default value unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly
// appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this
// value to Force.
const (
	// M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce is a M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder enum value
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce = "FORCE"

	// M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault is a M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder enum value
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault = "DEFAULT"
)

// M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder_Values returns all elements of the M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder enum
func M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce,
		M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault,
	}
}

// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
// passes it through to the output transport stream. To exclude this KLV metadata:
// Set KLV metadata insertion to None or leave blank.
const (
	// M2tsKlvMetadataPassthrough is a M2tsKlvMetadata enum value
	M2tsKlvMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// M2tsKlvMetadataNone is a M2tsKlvMetadata enum value
	M2tsKlvMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

// M2tsKlvMetadata_Values returns all elements of the M2tsKlvMetadata enum
func M2tsKlvMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsKlvMetadataPassthrough,
		M2tsKlvMetadataNone,
	}
}

// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
const (
	// M2tsNielsenId3Insert is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value
	M2tsNielsenId3Insert = "INSERT"

	// M2tsNielsenId3None is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value
	M2tsNielsenId3None = "NONE"
)

// M2tsNielsenId3_Values returns all elements of the M2tsNielsenId3 enum
func M2tsNielsenId3_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsNielsenId3Insert,
		M2tsNielsenId3None,
	}
}

// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only
// when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
const (
	// M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"

	// M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

// M2tsPcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsPcrControl enum
func M2tsPcrControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket,
		M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod,
	}
}

// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate,
// but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
const (
	// M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
	M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR"

	// M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
	M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR"
)

// M2tsRateMode_Values returns all elements of the M2tsRateMode enum
func M2tsRateMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsRateModeVbr,
		M2tsRateModeCbr,
	}
}

// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None
// if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from
// an ESAM XML document-- Choose None. Also provide the ESAM XML as a string
// in the setting Signal processing notification XML. Also enable ESAM SCTE-35
// (include the property scte35Esam).
const (
	// M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough is a M2tsScte35Source enum value
	M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// M2tsScte35SourceNone is a M2tsScte35Source enum value
	M2tsScte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

// M2tsScte35Source_Values returns all elements of the M2tsScte35Source enum
func M2tsScte35Source_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough,
		M2tsScte35SourceNone,
	}
}

// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart
// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets
// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information
// to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
const (
	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP"

	// M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

// M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum
func M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone,
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart,
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt,
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart,
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp,
		M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy,
	}
}

// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment
// is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence.
// This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However,
// all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds.
// Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
const (
	// M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"

	// M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

// M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationStyle enum
func M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence,
		M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence,
	}
}

// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
// depend on your output audio codec.
const (
	// M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration is a M3u8AudioDuration enum value
	M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"

	// M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration is a M3u8AudioDuration enum value
	M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

// M3u8AudioDuration_Values returns all elements of the M3u8AudioDuration enum
func M3u8AudioDuration_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration,
		M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration,
	}
}

// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser
// PTS values). Keep the default value AUTO to allow all PTS values.
const (
	// M3u8DataPtsControlAuto is a M3u8DataPtsControl enum value
	M3u8DataPtsControlAuto = "AUTO"

	// M3u8DataPtsControlAlignToVideo is a M3u8DataPtsControl enum value
	M3u8DataPtsControlAlignToVideo = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

// M3u8DataPtsControl_Values returns all elements of the M3u8DataPtsControl enum
func M3u8DataPtsControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M3u8DataPtsControlAuto,
		M3u8DataPtsControlAlignToVideo,
	}
}

// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
const (
	// M3u8NielsenId3Insert is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value
	M3u8NielsenId3Insert = "INSERT"

	// M3u8NielsenId3None is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value
	M3u8NielsenId3None = "NONE"
)

// M3u8NielsenId3_Values returns all elements of the M3u8NielsenId3 enum
func M3u8NielsenId3_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M3u8NielsenId3Insert,
		M3u8NielsenId3None,
	}
}

// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
const (
	// M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"

	// M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

// M3u8PcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M3u8PcrControl enum
func M3u8PcrControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket,
		M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod,
	}
}

// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None
// if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from
// an ESAM XML document-- Choose None if you don't want manifest conditioning.
// Choose Passthrough and choose Ad markers if you do want manifest conditioning.
// In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal
// processing notification XML.
const (
	// M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value
	M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// M3u8Scte35SourceNone is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value
	M3u8Scte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

// M3u8Scte35Source_Values returns all elements of the M3u8Scte35Source enum
func M3u8Scte35Source_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough,
		M3u8Scte35SourceNone,
	}
}

// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay.
// You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
const (
	// MotionImageInsertionModeMov is a MotionImageInsertionMode enum value
	MotionImageInsertionModeMov = "MOV"

	// MotionImageInsertionModePng is a MotionImageInsertionMode enum value
	MotionImageInsertionModePng = "PNG"
)

// MotionImageInsertionMode_Values returns all elements of the MotionImageInsertionMode enum
func MotionImageInsertionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MotionImageInsertionModeMov,
		MotionImageInsertionModePng,
	}
}

// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
// once.
const (
	// MotionImagePlaybackOnce is a MotionImagePlayback enum value
	MotionImagePlaybackOnce = "ONCE"

	// MotionImagePlaybackRepeat is a MotionImagePlayback enum value
	MotionImagePlaybackRepeat = "REPEAT"
)

// MotionImagePlayback_Values returns all elements of the MotionImagePlayback enum
func MotionImagePlayback_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MotionImagePlaybackOnce,
		MotionImagePlaybackRepeat,
	}
}

// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
const (
	// MovClapAtomInclude is a MovClapAtom enum value
	MovClapAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// MovClapAtomExclude is a MovClapAtom enum value
	MovClapAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// MovClapAtom_Values returns all elements of the MovClapAtom enum
func MovClapAtom_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MovClapAtomInclude,
		MovClapAtomExclude,
	}
}

// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
const (
	// MovCslgAtomInclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value
	MovCslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// MovCslgAtomExclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value
	MovCslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// MovCslgAtom_Values returns all elements of the MovCslgAtom enum
func MovCslgAtom_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MovCslgAtomInclude,
		MovCslgAtomExclude,
	}
}

// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
// video codec is MPEG2.
const (
	// MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam = "XDCAM"

	// MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg = "MPEG"
)

// MovMpeg2FourCCControl_Values returns all elements of the MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum
func MovMpeg2FourCCControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam,
		MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg,
	}
}

// Unless you need Omneon compatibility: Keep the default value, None. To make
// this output compatible with Omneon: Choose Omneon. When you do, MediaConvert
// increases the length of the 'elst' edit list atom. Note that this might cause
// file rejections when a recipient of the output file doesn't expect this extra
// padding.
const (
	// MovPaddingControlOmneon is a MovPaddingControl enum value
	MovPaddingControlOmneon = "OMNEON"

	// MovPaddingControlNone is a MovPaddingControl enum value
	MovPaddingControlNone = "NONE"
)

// MovPaddingControl_Values returns all elements of the MovPaddingControl enum
func MovPaddingControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MovPaddingControlOmneon,
		MovPaddingControlNone,
	}
}

// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
const (
	// MovReferenceSelfContained is a MovReference enum value
	MovReferenceSelfContained = "SELF_CONTAINED"

	// MovReferenceExternal is a MovReference enum value
	MovReferenceExternal = "EXTERNAL"
)

// MovReference_Values returns all elements of the MovReference enum
func MovReference_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MovReferenceSelfContained,
		MovReferenceExternal,
	}
}

// Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant
// bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR).
const (
	// Mp3RateControlModeCbr is a Mp3RateControlMode enum value
	Mp3RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

	// Mp3RateControlModeVbr is a Mp3RateControlMode enum value
	Mp3RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

// Mp3RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the Mp3RateControlMode enum
func Mp3RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mp3RateControlModeCbr,
		Mp3RateControlModeVbr,
	}
}

// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
const (
	// Mp4CslgAtomInclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value
	Mp4CslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// Mp4CslgAtomExclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value
	Mp4CslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// Mp4CslgAtom_Values returns all elements of the Mp4CslgAtom enum
func Mp4CslgAtom_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mp4CslgAtomInclude,
		Mp4CslgAtomExclude,
	}
}

// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
const (
	// Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// Mp4FreeSpaceBox_Values returns all elements of the Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum
func Mp4FreeSpaceBox_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude,
		Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude,
	}
}

// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
const (
	// Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value
	Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"

	// Mp4MoovPlacementNormal is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value
	Mp4MoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL"
)

// Mp4MoovPlacement_Values returns all elements of the Mp4MoovPlacement enum
func Mp4MoovPlacement_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload,
		Mp4MoovPlacementNormal,
	}
}

// Optional. Choose Include to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH manifest
// with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally required,
// but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608 captions.
// Keep the default value, Exclude, to leave these elements out. When you enable
// this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes in your manifest:
const (
	// MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude is a MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints enum value
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude = "INCLUDE"

	// MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude is a MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints enum value
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

// MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints_Values returns all elements of the MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints enum
func MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude,
		MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude,
	}
}

// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration.
// In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When
// you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams
// with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio
// stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After
// padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame
// longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming
// only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs,
// MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the
// default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will
// depend on your output audio codec.
const (
	// MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration is a MpdAudioDuration enum value
	MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"

	// MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration is a MpdAudioDuration enum value
	MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

// MpdAudioDuration_Values returns all elements of the MpdAudioDuration enum
func MpdAudioDuration_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration,
		MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration,
	}
}

// Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or
// IMSC captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your
// audio and video. Choose Raw for captions in a single XML file in a raw container.
// Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 for captions in XML format contained within fragmented
// MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from your video and
// audio fragmented MP4 files.
const (
	// MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw is a MpdCaptionContainerType enum value
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw = "RAW"

	// MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4 is a MpdCaptionContainerType enum value
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4 = "FRAGMENTED_MP4"
)

// MpdCaptionContainerType_Values returns all elements of the MpdCaptionContainerType enum
func MpdCaptionContainerType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw,
		MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4,
	}
}

// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and
// writes each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according
// to MISB ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion
// to None or leave blank.
const (
	// MpdKlvMetadataNone is a MpdKlvMetadata enum value
	MpdKlvMetadataNone = "NONE"

	// MpdKlvMetadataPassthrough is a MpdKlvMetadata enum value
	MpdKlvMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

// MpdKlvMetadata_Values returns all elements of the MpdKlvMetadata enum
func MpdKlvMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdKlvMetadataNone,
		MpdKlvMetadataPassthrough,
	}
}

// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each
// type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3
// event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value
// that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages,
// the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin".
// To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also
// set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata
// to Passthrough.
const (
	// MpdManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled is a MpdManifestMetadataSignaling enum value
	MpdManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// MpdManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled is a MpdManifestMetadataSignaling enum value
	MpdManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// MpdManifestMetadataSignaling_Values returns all elements of the MpdManifestMetadataSignaling enum
func MpdManifestMetadataSignaling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled,
		MpdManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled,
	}
}

// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose
// INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that
// you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting
// SCC XML.
const (
	// MpdScte35EsamInsert is a MpdScte35Esam enum value
	MpdScte35EsamInsert = "INSERT"

	// MpdScte35EsamNone is a MpdScte35Esam enum value
	MpdScte35EsamNone = "NONE"
)

// MpdScte35Esam_Values returns all elements of the MpdScte35Esam enum
func MpdScte35Esam_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdScte35EsamInsert,
		MpdScte35EsamNone,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input
// to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35
// markers in this output.
const (
	// MpdScte35SourcePassthrough is a MpdScte35Source enum value
	MpdScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// MpdScte35SourceNone is a MpdScte35Source enum value
	MpdScte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

// MpdScte35Source_Values returns all elements of the MpdScte35Source enum
func MpdScte35Source_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdScte35SourcePassthrough,
		MpdScte35SourceNone,
	}
}

// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To
// exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
const (
	// MpdTimedMetadataPassthrough is a MpdTimedMetadata enum value
	MpdTimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// MpdTimedMetadataNone is a MpdTimedMetadata enum value
	MpdTimedMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

// MpdTimedMetadata_Values returns all elements of the MpdTimedMetadata enum
func MpdTimedMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdTimedMetadataPassthrough,
		MpdTimedMetadataNone,
	}
}

// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
// output.For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
// Syntax.Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.When you specify Version
// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
const (
	// MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 is a MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum value
	MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 = "VERSION_0"

	// MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 is a MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum value
	MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 = "VERSION_1"
)

// MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion_Values returns all elements of the MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion enum
func MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0,
		MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1,
	}
}

// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable.
// The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial
// adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
const (
	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"
)

// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum
func Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff,
		Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow,
		Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium,
		Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh,
	}
}

// Use Level to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
const (
	// Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
	Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

	// Mpeg2CodecLevelLow is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
	Mpeg2CodecLevelLow = "LOW"

	// Mpeg2CodecLevelMain is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
	Mpeg2CodecLevelMain = "MAIN"

	// Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 = "HIGH1440"

	// Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh = "HIGH"
)

// Mpeg2CodecLevel_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2CodecLevel enum
func Mpeg2CodecLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto,
		Mpeg2CodecLevelLow,
		Mpeg2CodecLevelMain,
		Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440,
		Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh,
	}
}

// Use Profile to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
const (
	// Mpeg2CodecProfileMain is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value
	Mpeg2CodecProfileMain = "MAIN"

	// Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value
	Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 = "PROFILE_422"
)

// Mpeg2CodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2CodecProfile enum
func Mpeg2CodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2CodecProfileMain,
		Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422,
	}
}

// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
const (
	// Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a Mpeg2DynamicSubGop enum value
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

	// Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic is a Mpeg2DynamicSubGop enum value
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

// Mpeg2DynamicSubGop_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2DynamicSubGop enum
func Mpeg2DynamicSubGop_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive,
		Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value
	Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value
	Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Mpeg2FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2FramerateControl enum
func Mpeg2FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Specify the units for GOP size. If you don't specify a value here, by default
// the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
const (
	// Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

	// Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

// Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum
func Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames,
		Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// Mpeg2InterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum
func Mpeg2InterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive,
		Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField,
		Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField,
		Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Use Intra DC precision to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients.
// If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision
// based on the per-frame compression ratio.
const (
	// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto = "AUTO"

	// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"

	// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"

	// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"

	// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

// Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum
func Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto,
		Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8,
		Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9,
		Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10,
		Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value
	Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Mpeg2ParControlSpecified is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value
	Mpeg2ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Mpeg2ParControl_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ParControl enum
func Mpeg2ParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource,
		Mpeg2ParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// single-pass encoding.
const (
	// Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS"
)

// Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum
func Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass,
	}
}

// Use Rate control mode to specify whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or
// constant (cbr).
const (
	// Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value
	Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

	// Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value
	Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"
)

// Mpeg2RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2RateControlMode enum
func Mpeg2RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr,
		Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode enum
func Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
const (
	// Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum
func Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled,
		Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
// You must also set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value
	Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value
	Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Mpeg2SlowPal_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2SlowPal enum
func Mpeg2SlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled,
		Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
const (
	// Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum
func Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default
// value to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 for your
// MXF profile, you must also set this value to D10.
const (
	// Mpeg2SyntaxDefault is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value
	Mpeg2SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// Mpeg2SyntaxD10 is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value
	Mpeg2SyntaxD10 = "D_10"
)

// Mpeg2Syntax_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2Syntax enum
func Mpeg2Syntax_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2SyntaxDefault,
		Mpeg2SyntaxD10,
	}
}

// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
// hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces
// a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that
// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back.
// When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame
// rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to
// create a smoother picture.
const (
	// Mpeg2TelecineNone is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
	Mpeg2TelecineNone = "NONE"

	// Mpeg2TelecineSoft is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
	Mpeg2TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

	// Mpeg2TelecineHard is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
	Mpeg2TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// Mpeg2Telecine_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2Telecine enum
func Mpeg2Telecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2TelecineNone,
		Mpeg2TelecineSoft,
		Mpeg2TelecineHard,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
const (
	// Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum
func Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across
// a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
const (
	// MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"

	// MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone = "NONE"
)

// MsSmoothAudioDeduplication_Values returns all elements of the MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum
func MsSmoothAudioDeduplication_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams,
		MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone,
	}
}

// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose
// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
// setting Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple
// of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next
// GOP boundary.
const (
	// MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlExact is a MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl enum value
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlExact = "EXACT"

	// MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlGopMultiple is a MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl enum value
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlGopMultiple = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

// MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl_Values returns all elements of the MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl enum
func MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlExact,
		MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlGopMultiple,
	}
}

// Use Manifest encoding to specify the encoding format for the server and client
// manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
const (
	// MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 = "UTF8"

	// MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 = "UTF16"
)

// MsSmoothManifestEncoding_Values returns all elements of the MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum
func MsSmoothManifestEncoding_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8,
		MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16,
	}
}

// Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream,
// use this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper.
// Choose Don't copy to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy
// from video stream to copy the AFD values from the video stream for this output
// to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the AFD values
// remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output to include
// or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On the console,
// find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
const (
	// MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy is a MxfAfdSignaling enum value
	MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy = "NO_COPY"

	// MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo is a MxfAfdSignaling enum value
	MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo = "COPY_FROM_VIDEO"
)

// MxfAfdSignaling_Values returns all elements of the MxfAfdSignaling enum
func MxfAfdSignaling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy,
		MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo,
	}
}

// Specify the MXF profile, also called shim, for this output. To automatically
// select a profile according to your output video codec and resolution, leave
// blank. For a list of codecs supported with each MXF profile, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/codecs-supported-with-each-mxf-profile.html.
// For more information about the automatic selection behavior, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/default-automatic-selection-of-mxf-profiles.html.
const (
	// MxfProfileD10 is a MxfProfile enum value
	MxfProfileD10 = "D_10"

	// MxfProfileXdcam is a MxfProfile enum value
	MxfProfileXdcam = "XDCAM"

	// MxfProfileOp1a is a MxfProfile enum value
	MxfProfileOp1a = "OP1A"

	// MxfProfileXavc is a MxfProfile enum value
	MxfProfileXavc = "XAVC"

	// MxfProfileXdcamRdd9 is a MxfProfile enum value
	MxfProfileXdcamRdd9 = "XDCAM_RDD9"
)

// MxfProfile_Values returns all elements of the MxfProfile enum
func MxfProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MxfProfileD10,
		MxfProfileXdcam,
		MxfProfileOp1a,
		MxfProfileXavc,
		MxfProfileXdcamRdd9,
	}
}

// To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for
// interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance. To
// include all frames from your input in this output, keep the default setting,
// Allow any duration. The number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when
// you set this to Drop frames for compliance depends on the output frame rate
// and duration.
const (
	// MxfXavcDurationModeAllowAnyDuration is a MxfXavcDurationMode enum value
	MxfXavcDurationModeAllowAnyDuration = "ALLOW_ANY_DURATION"

	// MxfXavcDurationModeDropFramesForCompliance is a MxfXavcDurationMode enum value
	MxfXavcDurationModeDropFramesForCompliance = "DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE"
)

// MxfXavcDurationMode_Values returns all elements of the MxfXavcDurationMode enum
func MxfXavcDurationMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		MxfXavcDurationModeAllowAnyDuration,
		MxfXavcDurationModeDropFramesForCompliance,
	}
}

// Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When
// you choose NAES 2 and NW, you must provide a value for the setting SID. When
// you choose CBET, you must provide a value for the setting CSID. When you
// choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET, you must provide values for both of these settings.
const (
	// NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw is a NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType enum value
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw = "NAES2_AND_NW"

	// NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet is a NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType enum value
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet = "CBET"

	// NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet is a NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType enum value
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet = "NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET"
)

// NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType_Values returns all elements of the NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType enum
func NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw,
		NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet,
		NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet,
	}
}

// Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen non-linear
// watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked, the service fails the
// job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to only clean
// content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
const (
	// NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean is a NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType enum value
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean = "CLEAN"

	// NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked is a NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType enum value
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked = "WATERMARKED"
)

// NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType_Values returns all elements of the NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType enum
func NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean,
		NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked,
	}
}

// To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep
// the default value Share TICs. To create assets that have unique TIC values
// for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs.
const (
	// NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack is a NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType enum value
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack = "RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK"

	// NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack is a NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType enum value
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack = "SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK"
)

// NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType_Values returns all elements of the NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType enum
func NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack,
		NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack,
	}
}

// When you set Noise reducer to Temporal, the bandwidth and sharpness of your
// output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal sharpening to apply
// sharpening to the edges of your output. Note that Post temporal sharpening
// will also make the bandwidth reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The
// default behavior, Auto, allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply
// sharpening, depending on your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal
// sharpening to Enabled, specify how much sharpening is applied using Post
// temporal sharpening strength. Set Post temporal sharpening to Disabled to
// not apply sharpening.
const (
	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto = "AUTO"
)

// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening_Values returns all elements of the NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening enum
func NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled,
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled,
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto,
	}
}

// Use Post temporal sharpening strength to define the amount of sharpening
// the transcoder applies to your output. Set Post temporal sharpening strength
// to Low, Medium, or High to indicate the amount of sharpening.
const (
	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthLow is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthLow = "LOW"

	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthMedium is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthHigh is a NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength enum value
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthHigh = "HIGH"
)

// NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength_Values returns all elements of the NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength enum
func NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthLow,
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthMedium,
		NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthHigh,
	}
}

// Use Noise reducer filter to select one of the following spatial image filtering
// functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer. * Bilateral
// preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos,
// and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max
// noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles.
// * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.
const (
	// NoiseReducerFilterBilateral is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterBilateral = "BILATERAL"

	// NoiseReducerFilterMean is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterMean = "MEAN"

	// NoiseReducerFilterGaussian is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterGaussian = "GAUSSIAN"

	// NoiseReducerFilterLanczos is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterLanczos = "LANCZOS"

	// NoiseReducerFilterSharpen is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterSharpen = "SHARPEN"

	// NoiseReducerFilterConserve is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterConserve = "CONSERVE"

	// NoiseReducerFilterSpatial is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterSpatial = "SPATIAL"

	// NoiseReducerFilterTemporal is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
	NoiseReducerFilterTemporal = "TEMPORAL"
)

// NoiseReducerFilter_Values returns all elements of the NoiseReducerFilter enum
func NoiseReducerFilter_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		NoiseReducerFilterBilateral,
		NoiseReducerFilterMean,
		NoiseReducerFilterGaussian,
		NoiseReducerFilterLanczos,
		NoiseReducerFilterSharpen,
		NoiseReducerFilterConserve,
		NoiseReducerFilterSpatial,
		NoiseReducerFilterTemporal,
	}
}

// Optional. When you request lists of resources, you can specify whether they
// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
const (
	// OrderAscending is a Order enum value
	OrderAscending = "ASCENDING"

	// OrderDescending is a Order enum value
	OrderDescending = "DESCENDING"
)

// Order_Values returns all elements of the Order enum
func Order_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		OrderAscending,
		OrderDescending,
	}
}

// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming,
// CMAF)
const (
	// OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
	OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"

	// OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
	OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"

	// OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
	OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"

	// OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
	OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"

	// OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
	OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

// OutputGroupType_Values returns all elements of the OutputGroupType enum
func OutputGroupType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings,
		OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings,
		OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings,
		OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings,
		OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings,
	}
}

// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream
// if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on
// the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
const (
	// OutputSdtSdtFollow is a OutputSdt enum value
	OutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW"

	// OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a OutputSdt enum value
	OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"

	// OutputSdtSdtManual is a OutputSdt enum value
	OutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL"

	// OutputSdtSdtNone is a OutputSdt enum value
	OutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE"
)

// OutputSdt_Values returns all elements of the OutputSdt enum
func OutputSdt_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		OutputSdtSdtFollow,
		OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent,
		OutputSdtSdtManual,
		OutputSdtSdtNone,
	}
}

// Use this setting if your input has video and audio durations that don't align,
// and your output or player has strict alignment requirements. Examples: Input
// audio track has a delayed start. Input video track ends before audio ends.
// When you set Pad video to Black, MediaConvert generates black video frames
// so that output video and audio durations match. Black video frames are added
// at the beginning or end, depending on your input. To keep the default behavior
// and not generate black video, set Pad video to Disabled or leave blank.
const (
	// PadVideoDisabled is a PadVideo enum value
	PadVideoDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// PadVideoBlack is a PadVideo enum value
	PadVideoBlack = "BLACK"
)

// PadVideo_Values returns all elements of the PadVideo enum
func PadVideo_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PadVideoDisabled,
		PadVideoBlack,
	}
}

// Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them
// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
// specify, the service will list them by name.
const (
	// PresetListByName is a PresetListBy enum value
	PresetListByName = "NAME"

	// PresetListByCreationDate is a PresetListBy enum value
	PresetListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"

	// PresetListBySystem is a PresetListBy enum value
	PresetListBySystem = "SYSTEM"
)

// PresetListBy_Values returns all elements of the PresetListBy enum
func PresetListBy_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PresetListByName,
		PresetListByCreationDate,
		PresetListBySystem,
	}
}

// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
// For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
// reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
// of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
// commitment.
const (
	// PricingPlanOnDemand is a PricingPlan enum value
	PricingPlanOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND"

	// PricingPlanReserved is a PricingPlan enum value
	PricingPlanReserved = "RESERVED"
)

// PricingPlan_Values returns all elements of the PricingPlan enum
func PricingPlan_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		PricingPlanOnDemand,
		PricingPlanReserved,
	}
}

// This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that
// you create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4
// sampling to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You must specify
// a value for this setting when your output codec profile supports 4:4:4 chroma
// sampling. Related Settings: For Apple ProRes outputs with 4:4:4 chroma sampling:
// Choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling. Use when your input has 4:4:4 chroma sampling
// and your output codec Profile is Apple ProRes 4444 or 4444 XQ. Note that
// when you choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you cannot include any of the following
// Preprocessors: Dolby Vision, HDR10+, or Noise reducer.
const (
	// ProresChromaSamplingPreserve444Sampling is a ProresChromaSampling enum value
	ProresChromaSamplingPreserve444Sampling = "PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING"

	// ProresChromaSamplingSubsampleTo422 is a ProresChromaSampling enum value
	ProresChromaSamplingSubsampleTo422 = "SUBSAMPLE_TO_422"
)

// ProresChromaSampling_Values returns all elements of the ProresChromaSampling enum
func ProresChromaSampling_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresChromaSamplingPreserve444Sampling,
		ProresChromaSamplingSubsampleTo422,
	}
}

// Use Profile to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
const (
	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 = "APPLE_PRORES_422"

	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"

	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"

	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"

	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444 is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444 = "APPLE_PRORES_4444"

	// ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444Xq is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444Xq = "APPLE_PRORES_4444_XQ"
)

// ProresCodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the ProresCodecProfile enum
func ProresCodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422,
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq,
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt,
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy,
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444,
		ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444Xq,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresFramerateControl enum value
	ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// ProresFramerateControlSpecified is a ProresFramerateControl enum value
	ProresFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// ProresFramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the ProresFramerateControl enum
func ProresFramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		ProresFramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// ProresInterlaceModeProgressive is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
	ProresInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// ProresInterlaceModeTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
	ProresInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// ProresInterlaceModeBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
	ProresInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// ProresInterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the ProresInterlaceMode enum
func ProresInterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresInterlaceModeProgressive,
		ProresInterlaceModeTopField,
		ProresInterlaceModeBottomField,
		ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value
// other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// ProresParControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresParControl enum value
	ProresParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// ProresParControlSpecified is a ProresParControl enum value
	ProresParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// ProresParControl_Values returns all elements of the ProresParControl enum
func ProresParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresParControlInitializeFromSource,
		ProresParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a ProresScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a ProresScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// ProresScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the ProresScanTypeConversionMode enum
func ProresScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable
// slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples
// your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this
// setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings:
// You must also set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// ProresSlowPalDisabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value
	ProresSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// ProresSlowPalEnabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value
	ProresSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// ProresSlowPal_Values returns all elements of the ProresSlowPal enum
func ProresSlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresSlowPalDisabled,
		ProresSlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
const (
	// ProresTelecineNone is a ProresTelecine enum value
	ProresTelecineNone = "NONE"

	// ProresTelecineHard is a ProresTelecine enum value
	ProresTelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// ProresTelecine_Values returns all elements of the ProresTelecine enum
func ProresTelecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ProresTelecineNone,
		ProresTelecineHard,
	}
}

// Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them
// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
// specify, the service will list them by creation date.
const (
	// QueueListByName is a QueueListBy enum value
	QueueListByName = "NAME"

	// QueueListByCreationDate is a QueueListBy enum value
	QueueListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"
)

// QueueListBy_Values returns all elements of the QueueListBy enum
func QueueListBy_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		QueueListByName,
		QueueListByCreationDate,
	}
}

// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue
// won't begin. Jobs that are running when you pause a queue continue to run
// until they finish or result in an error.
const (
	// QueueStatusActive is a QueueStatus enum value
	QueueStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

	// QueueStatusPaused is a QueueStatus enum value
	QueueStatusPaused = "PAUSED"
)

// QueueStatus_Values returns all elements of the QueueStatus enum
func QueueStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		QueueStatusActive,
		QueueStatusPaused,
	}
}

// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
const (
	// RenewalTypeAutoRenew is a RenewalType enum value
	RenewalTypeAutoRenew = "AUTO_RENEW"

	// RenewalTypeExpire is a RenewalType enum value
	RenewalTypeExpire = "EXPIRE"
)

// RenewalType_Values returns all elements of the RenewalType enum
func RenewalType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RenewalTypeAutoRenew,
		RenewalTypeExpire,
	}
}

// Set to ENABLED to force a rendition to be included.
const (
	// RequiredFlagEnabled is a RequiredFlag enum value
	RequiredFlagEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// RequiredFlagDisabled is a RequiredFlag enum value
	RequiredFlagDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// RequiredFlag_Values returns all elements of the RequiredFlag enum
func RequiredFlag_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RequiredFlagEnabled,
		RequiredFlagDisabled,
	}
}

// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
const (
	// ReservationPlanStatusActive is a ReservationPlanStatus enum value
	ReservationPlanStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

	// ReservationPlanStatusExpired is a ReservationPlanStatus enum value
	ReservationPlanStatusExpired = "EXPIRED"
)

// ReservationPlanStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReservationPlanStatus enum
func ReservationPlanStatus_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ReservationPlanStatusActive,
		ReservationPlanStatusExpired,
	}
}

// Use Respond to AFD to specify how the service changes the video itself in
// response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video
// frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output
// display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values.
// Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to NONE. A preferred implementation
// of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to and set AfdSignaling to AUTO.
// * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.
const (
	// RespondToAfdNone is a RespondToAfd enum value
	RespondToAfdNone = "NONE"

	// RespondToAfdRespond is a RespondToAfd enum value
	RespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND"

	// RespondToAfdPassthrough is a RespondToAfd enum value
	RespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

// RespondToAfd_Values returns all elements of the RespondToAfd enum
func RespondToAfd_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RespondToAfdNone,
		RespondToAfdRespond,
		RespondToAfdPassthrough,
	}
}

// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
// to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
// 1280x720 the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater
// than 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that
// you specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
// resolution. Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the
// lowest resolution in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR
// stack will be equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example:
// If you specify 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal
// to or greater than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size
// rule, the value that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less
// than, or equal to, Min top rendition size. Use Force include renditions to
// specify one or more resolutions to include your ABR stack. * (Recommended)
// To optimize automated ABR, specify as few resolutions as possible. * (Required)
// The number of resolutions that you specify must be equal to, or less than,
// the Max renditions setting. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule,
// specify at least one resolution that is equal to, or greater than, Min top
// rendition size. * If you specify a Min bottom rendition size rule, only specify
// resolutions that are equal to, or greater than, Min bottom rendition size.
// * If you specify a Force include renditions rule, do not specify a separate
// rule for Allowed renditions. * Note: The ABR stack may include other resolutions
// that you do not specify here, depending on the Max renditions setting. Use
// Allowed renditions to specify a list of possible resolutions in your ABR
// stack. * (Required) The number of resolutions that you specify must be equal
// to, or greater than, the Max renditions setting. * MediaConvert will create
// an ABR stack exclusively from the list of resolutions that you specify. *
// Some resolutions in the Allowed renditions list may not be included, however
// you can force a resolution to be included by setting Required to ENABLED.
// * You must specify at least one resolution that is greater than or equal
// to any resolutions that you specify in Min top rendition size or Min bottom
// rendition size. * If you specify Allowed renditions, you must not specify
// a separate rule for Force include renditions.
const (
	// RuleTypeMinTopRenditionSize is a RuleType enum value
	RuleTypeMinTopRenditionSize = "MIN_TOP_RENDITION_SIZE"

	// RuleTypeMinBottomRenditionSize is a RuleType enum value
	RuleTypeMinBottomRenditionSize = "MIN_BOTTOM_RENDITION_SIZE"

	// RuleTypeForceIncludeRenditions is a RuleType enum value
	RuleTypeForceIncludeRenditions = "FORCE_INCLUDE_RENDITIONS"

	// RuleTypeAllowedRenditions is a RuleType enum value
	RuleTypeAllowedRenditions = "ALLOWED_RENDITIONS"
)

// RuleType_Values returns all elements of the RuleType enum
func RuleType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		RuleTypeMinTopRenditionSize,
		RuleTypeMinBottomRenditionSize,
		RuleTypeForceIncludeRenditions,
		RuleTypeAllowedRenditions,
	}
}

// Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output.
const (
	// S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead is a S3ObjectCannedAcl enum value
	S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead = "PUBLIC_READ"

	// S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead is a S3ObjectCannedAcl enum value
	S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"

	// S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead is a S3ObjectCannedAcl enum value
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"

	// S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl is a S3ObjectCannedAcl enum value
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"
)

// S3ObjectCannedAcl_Values returns all elements of the S3ObjectCannedAcl enum
func S3ObjectCannedAcl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead,
		S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead,
		S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead,
		S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl,
	}
}

// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt
// your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer
// master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your
// encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages
// the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3. If you want your master key
// to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS. By default,
// when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK)
// associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose
// to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon
// Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN.
const (
	// S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3 is a S3ServerSideEncryptionType enum value
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3 = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"

	// S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms is a S3ServerSideEncryptionType enum value
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

// S3ServerSideEncryptionType_Values returns all elements of the S3ServerSideEncryptionType enum
func S3ServerSideEncryptionType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3,
		S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms,
	}
}

// Specify the S3 storage class to use for this output. To use your destination's
// default storage class: Keep the default value, Not set. For more information
// about S3 storage classes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html
const (
	// S3StorageClassStandard is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"

	// S3StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"

	// S3StorageClassStandardIa is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"

	// S3StorageClassOnezoneIa is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"

	// S3StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"

	// S3StorageClassGlacier is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"

	// S3StorageClassDeepArchive is a S3StorageClass enum value
	S3StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)

// S3StorageClass_Values returns all elements of the S3StorageClass enum
func S3StorageClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		S3StorageClassStandard,
		S3StorageClassReducedRedundancy,
		S3StorageClassStandardIa,
		S3StorageClassOnezoneIa,
		S3StorageClassIntelligentTiering,
		S3StorageClassGlacier,
		S3StorageClassDeepArchive,
	}
}

// Specify how MediaConvert limits the color sample range for this output. To
// create a limited range output from a full range input: Choose Limited range
// squeeze. For full range inputs, MediaConvert performs a linear offset to
// color samples equally across all pixels and frames. Color samples in 10-bit
// outputs are limited to 64 through 940, and 8-bit outputs are limited to 16
// through 235. Note: For limited range inputs, values for color samples are
// passed through to your output unchanged. MediaConvert does not limit the
// sample range. To correct pixels in your input that are out of range or out
// of gamut: Choose Limited range clip. Use for broadcast applications. MediaConvert
// conforms any pixels outside of the values that you specify under Minimum
// YUV and Maximum YUV to limited range bounds. MediaConvert also corrects any
// YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be outside the bounds you specify
// under Minimum RGB tolerance and Maximum RGB tolerance. With either limited
// range conversion, MediaConvert writes the sample range metadata in the output.
const (
	// SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeSqueeze is a SampleRangeConversion enum value
	SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeSqueeze = "LIMITED_RANGE_SQUEEZE"

	// SampleRangeConversionNone is a SampleRangeConversion enum value
	SampleRangeConversionNone = "NONE"

	// SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeClip is a SampleRangeConversion enum value
	SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeClip = "LIMITED_RANGE_CLIP"
)

// SampleRangeConversion_Values returns all elements of the SampleRangeConversion enum
func SampleRangeConversion_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeSqueeze,
		SampleRangeConversionNone,
		SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeClip,
	}
}

// Specify the video Scaling behavior when your output has a different resolution
// than your input. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-scaling.html
const (
	// ScalingBehaviorDefault is a ScalingBehavior enum value
	ScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a ScalingBehavior enum value
	ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"

	// ScalingBehaviorFit is a ScalingBehavior enum value
	ScalingBehaviorFit = "FIT"

	// ScalingBehaviorFitNoUpscale is a ScalingBehavior enum value
	ScalingBehaviorFitNoUpscale = "FIT_NO_UPSCALE"

	// ScalingBehaviorFill is a ScalingBehavior enum value
	ScalingBehaviorFill = "FILL"
)

// ScalingBehavior_Values returns all elements of the ScalingBehavior enum
func ScalingBehavior_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		ScalingBehaviorDefault,
		ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput,
		ScalingBehaviorFit,
		ScalingBehaviorFitNoUpscale,
		ScalingBehaviorFill,
	}
}

// Set Framerate to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized
// in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated
// video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe only if the
// video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose
// 29.97 non-dropframe.
const (
	// SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 = "FRAMERATE_23_97"

	// SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 = "FRAMERATE_24"

	// SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25 = "FRAMERATE_25"

	// SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"

	// SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

// SccDestinationFramerate_Values returns all elements of the SccDestinationFramerate enum
func SccDestinationFramerate_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397,
		SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24,
		SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25,
		SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe,
		SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe,
	}
}

// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs
// your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will
// see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
const (
	// SimulateReservedQueueDisabled is a SimulateReservedQueue enum value
	SimulateReservedQueueDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// SimulateReservedQueueEnabled is a SimulateReservedQueue enum value
	SimulateReservedQueueEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// SimulateReservedQueue_Values returns all elements of the SimulateReservedQueue enum
func SimulateReservedQueue_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SimulateReservedQueueDisabled,
		SimulateReservedQueueEnabled,
	}
}

// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position
// information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings
// for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set
// Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position
// information from your input captions and use simplified output captions.
const (
	// SrtStylePassthroughEnabled is a SrtStylePassthrough enum value
	SrtStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// SrtStylePassthroughDisabled is a SrtStylePassthrough enum value
	SrtStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// SrtStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the SrtStylePassthrough enum
func SrtStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		SrtStylePassthroughEnabled,
		SrtStylePassthroughDisabled,
	}
}

// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
const (
	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10 = "SECONDS_10"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12 = "SECONDS_12"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15 = "SECONDS_15"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20 = "SECONDS_20"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30 = "SECONDS_30"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60 = "SECONDS_60"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 = "SECONDS_120"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 = "SECONDS_180"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 = "SECONDS_240"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 = "SECONDS_300"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 = "SECONDS_360"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 = "SECONDS_420"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 = "SECONDS_480"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 = "SECONDS_540"

	// StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 = "SECONDS_600"
)

// StatusUpdateInterval_Values returns all elements of the StatusUpdateInterval enum
func StatusUpdateInterval_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540,
		StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600,
	}
}

// A page type as defined in the standard ETSI EN 300 468, Table 94
const (
	// TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial is a TeletextPageType enum value
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"

	// TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle is a TeletextPageType enum value
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"

	// TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo is a TeletextPageType enum value
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"

	// TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule is a TeletextPageType enum value
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"

	// TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle is a TeletextPageType enum value
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

// TeletextPageType_Values returns all elements of the TeletextPageType enum
func TeletextPageType_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial,
		TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle,
		TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo,
		TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule,
		TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle,
	}
}

// Use Position under Timecode burn-in to specify the location the burned-in
// timecode on output video.
const (
	// TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter = "TOP_CENTER"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft = "TOP_LEFT"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight = "TOP_RIGHT"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft = "MIDDLE_LEFT"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter = "MIDDLE_CENTER"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft = "BOTTOM_LEFT"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter = "BOTTOM_CENTER"

	// TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

// TimecodeBurninPosition_Values returns all elements of the TimecodeBurninPosition enum
func TimecodeBurninPosition_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter,
		TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft,
		TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight,
		TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft,
		TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter,
		TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight,
		TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft,
		TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter,
		TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight,
	}
}

// Use Source to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure
// that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based
// features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source
// option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with
// frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded - Use the timecode that is in the
// input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use
// Start at 0 instead. * Start at 0 - Set the timecode of the initial frame
// to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start - Set the timecode of the initial frame
// to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode to provide this value.
const (
	// TimecodeSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeSource enum value
	TimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

	// TimecodeSourceZerobased is a TimecodeSource enum value
	TimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"

	// TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a TimecodeSource enum value
	TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

// TimecodeSource_Values returns all elements of the TimecodeSource enum
func TimecodeSource_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TimecodeSourceEmbedded,
		TimecodeSourceZerobased,
		TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart,
	}
}

// Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough to include ID3 metadata in this output. This
// includes ID3 metadata from the following features: ID3 timestamp period,
// and Custom ID3 metadata inserter. To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output:
// set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
const (
	// TimedMetadataPassthrough is a TimedMetadata enum value
	TimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// TimedMetadataNone is a TimedMetadata enum value
	TimedMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

// TimedMetadata_Values returns all elements of the TimedMetadata enum
func TimedMetadata_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TimedMetadataPassthrough,
		TimedMetadataNone,
	}
}

// Specify the initial presentation timestamp (PTS) offset for your transport
// stream output. To let MediaConvert automatically determine the initial PTS
// offset: Keep the default value, Auto. We recommend that you choose Auto for
// the widest player compatibility. The initial PTS will be at least two seconds
// and vary depending on your output's bitrate, HRD buffer size and HRD buffer
// initial fill percentage. To manually specify an initial PTS offset: Choose
// Seconds. Then specify the number of seconds with PTS offset.
const (
	// TsPtsOffsetAuto is a TsPtsOffset enum value
	TsPtsOffsetAuto = "AUTO"

	// TsPtsOffsetSeconds is a TsPtsOffset enum value
	TsPtsOffsetSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

// TsPtsOffset_Values returns all elements of the TsPtsOffset enum
func TsPtsOffset_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TsPtsOffsetAuto,
		TsPtsOffsetSeconds,
	}
}

// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source
// (TTML, IMSC, SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output.
const (
	// TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value
	TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value
	TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

// TtmlStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the TtmlStylePassthrough enum
func TtmlStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled,
		TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled,
	}
}

const (
	// TypeSystem is a Type enum value
	TypeSystem = "SYSTEM"

	// TypeCustom is a Type enum value
	TypeCustom = "CUSTOM"
)

// Type_Values returns all elements of the Type enum
func Type_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		TypeSystem,
		TypeCustom,
	}
}

// Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output.
// VC3 class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator)
// and Resolution (height and width), determine your output bitrate. For example,
// say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your framerate is 29.97.
// Then Class 145 gives you an output with a bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps
// and Class 220 gives you and output with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps.
// VC3 class also specifies the color bit depth of your output.
const (
	// Vc3ClassClass1458bit is a Vc3Class enum value
	Vc3ClassClass1458bit = "CLASS_145_8BIT"

	// Vc3ClassClass2208bit is a Vc3Class enum value
	Vc3ClassClass2208bit = "CLASS_220_8BIT"

	// Vc3ClassClass22010bit is a Vc3Class enum value
	Vc3ClassClass22010bit = "CLASS_220_10BIT"
)

// Vc3Class_Values returns all elements of the Vc3Class enum
func Vc3Class_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3ClassClass1458bit,
		Vc3ClassClass2208bit,
		Vc3ClassClass22010bit,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Vc3FramerateControl enum value
	Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Vc3FramerateControlSpecified is a Vc3FramerateControl enum value
	Vc3FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Vc3FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the Vc3FramerateControl enum
func Vc3FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		Vc3FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify
// a value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
const (
	// Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced is a Vc3InterlaceMode enum value
	Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive is a Vc3InterlaceMode enum value
	Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

// Vc3InterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the Vc3InterlaceMode enum
func Vc3InterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced,
		Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive,
	}
}

// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half
// of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
// to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive
// frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep
// the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With
// basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first
// and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and
// you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized
// interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing.
// Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to
// None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs.
// You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
const (
	// Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced is a Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced = "INTERLACED"

	// Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize is a Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode enum value
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

// Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode_Values returns all elements of the Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode enum
func Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced,
		Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the
// video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will
// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also
// set Framerate to 25.
const (
	// Vc3SlowPalDisabled is a Vc3SlowPal enum value
	Vc3SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// Vc3SlowPalEnabled is a Vc3SlowPal enum value
	Vc3SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// Vc3SlowPal_Values returns all elements of the Vc3SlowPal enum
func Vc3SlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3SlowPalDisabled,
		Vc3SlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to
// 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable
// hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
// None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
const (
	// Vc3TelecineNone is a Vc3Telecine enum value
	Vc3TelecineNone = "NONE"

	// Vc3TelecineHard is a Vc3Telecine enum value
	Vc3TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// Vc3Telecine_Values returns all elements of the Vc3Telecine enum
func Vc3Telecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vc3TelecineNone,
		Vc3TelecineHard,
	}
}

// The action to take on content advisory XDS packets. If you select PASSTHROUGH,
// packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any packets will be removed
// in output captions.
const (
	// VchipActionPassthrough is a VchipAction enum value
	VchipActionPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// VchipActionStrip is a VchipAction enum value
	VchipActionStrip = "STRIP"
)

// VchipAction_Values returns all elements of the VchipAction enum
func VchipAction_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		VchipActionPassthrough,
		VchipActionStrip,
	}
}

// Type of video codec
const (
	// VideoCodecAv1 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecAv1 = "AV1"

	// VideoCodecAvcIntra is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecAvcIntra = "AVC_INTRA"

	// VideoCodecFrameCapture is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecFrameCapture = "FRAME_CAPTURE"

	// VideoCodecH264 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecH264 = "H_264"

	// VideoCodecH265 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecH265 = "H_265"

	// VideoCodecMpeg2 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

	// VideoCodecPassthrough is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

	// VideoCodecProres is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecProres = "PRORES"

	// VideoCodecVc3 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecVc3 = "VC3"

	// VideoCodecVp8 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecVp8 = "VP8"

	// VideoCodecVp9 is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecVp9 = "VP9"

	// VideoCodecXavc is a VideoCodec enum value
	VideoCodecXavc = "XAVC"
)

// VideoCodec_Values returns all elements of the VideoCodec enum
func VideoCodec_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		VideoCodecAv1,
		VideoCodecAvcIntra,
		VideoCodecFrameCapture,
		VideoCodecH264,
		VideoCodecH265,
		VideoCodecMpeg2,
		VideoCodecPassthrough,
		VideoCodecProres,
		VideoCodecVc3,
		VideoCodecVp8,
		VideoCodecVp9,
		VideoCodecXavc,
	}
}

// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate.
// To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion to PIC_TIMING_SEI.
// To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service
// inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes
// from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for
// the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the
// settings under Timecode configuration. In the console, these settings are
// located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode
// source under input settings does not affect the timecodes that are inserted
// in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration does.
const (
	// VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value
	VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value
	VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

// VideoTimecodeInsertion_Values returns all elements of the VideoTimecodeInsertion enum
func VideoTimecodeInsertion_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled,
		VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Vp8FramerateControl enum value
	Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Vp8FramerateControlSpecified is a Vp8FramerateControl enum value
	Vp8FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Vp8FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the Vp8FramerateControl enum
func Vp8FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		Vp8FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Vp8ParControl enum value
	Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Vp8ParControlSpecified is a Vp8ParControl enum value
	Vp8ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Vp8ParControl_Values returns all elements of the Vp8ParControl enum
func Vp8ParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource,
		Vp8ParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// multi-pass encoding.
const (
	// Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Vp8QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS"

	// Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a Vp8QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// Vp8QualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the Vp8QualityTuningLevel enum
func Vp8QualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass,
		Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
// mode.
const (
	// Vp8RateControlModeVbr is a Vp8RateControlMode enum value
	Vp8RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

// Vp8RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the Vp8RateControlMode enum
func Vp8RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp8RateControlModeVbr,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
const (
	// Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Vp9FramerateControl enum value
	Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Vp9FramerateControlSpecified is a Vp9FramerateControl enum value
	Vp9FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Vp9FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the Vp9FramerateControl enum
func Vp9FramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		Vp9FramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR)
// for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your
// input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose
// any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting,
// you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
const (
	// Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Vp9ParControl enum value
	Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// Vp9ParControlSpecified is a Vp9ParControl enum value
	Vp9ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// Vp9ParControl_Values returns all elements of the Vp9ParControl enum
func Vp9ParControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource,
		Vp9ParControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// multi-pass encoding.
const (
	// Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Vp9QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS"

	// Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a Vp9QualityTuningLevel enum value
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// Vp9QualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the Vp9QualityTuningLevel enum
func Vp9QualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass,
		Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
// mode.
const (
	// Vp9RateControlModeVbr is a Vp9RateControlMode enum value
	Vp9RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

// Vp9RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the Vp9RateControlMode enum
func Vp9RateControlMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Vp9RateControlModeVbr,
	}
}

// Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify
// a value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library
// uses its default value.
const (
	// WatermarkingStrengthLightest is a WatermarkingStrength enum value
	WatermarkingStrengthLightest = "LIGHTEST"

	// WatermarkingStrengthLighter is a WatermarkingStrength enum value
	WatermarkingStrengthLighter = "LIGHTER"

	// WatermarkingStrengthDefault is a WatermarkingStrength enum value
	WatermarkingStrengthDefault = "DEFAULT"

	// WatermarkingStrengthStronger is a WatermarkingStrength enum value
	WatermarkingStrengthStronger = "STRONGER"

	// WatermarkingStrengthStrongest is a WatermarkingStrength enum value
	WatermarkingStrengthStrongest = "STRONGEST"
)

// WatermarkingStrength_Values returns all elements of the WatermarkingStrength enum
func WatermarkingStrength_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WatermarkingStrengthLightest,
		WatermarkingStrengthLighter,
		WatermarkingStrengthDefault,
		WatermarkingStrengthStronger,
		WatermarkingStrengthStrongest,
	}
}

// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio
// is likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
const (
	// WavFormatRiff is a WavFormat enum value
	WavFormatRiff = "RIFF"

	// WavFormatRf64 is a WavFormat enum value
	WavFormatRf64 = "RF64"
)

// WavFormat_Values returns all elements of the WavFormat enum
func WavFormat_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WavFormatRiff,
		WavFormatRf64,
	}
}

// If the WebVTT captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people
// who are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled.
// When you do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS
// or DASH manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track: CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following
// in the adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended
// to provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you
// do, for DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation
// set for this track: .
const (
	// WebvttAccessibilitySubsDisabled is a WebvttAccessibilitySubs enum value
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// WebvttAccessibilitySubsEnabled is a WebvttAccessibilitySubs enum value
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// WebvttAccessibilitySubs_Values returns all elements of the WebvttAccessibilitySubs enum
func WebvttAccessibilitySubs_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WebvttAccessibilitySubsDisabled,
		WebvttAccessibilitySubsEnabled,
	}
}

// To use the available style, color, and position information from your input
// captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. MediaConvert uses default settings
// when style and position information is missing from your input captions.
// To recreate the input captions exactly: Set Style passthrough to Strict.
// MediaConvert automatically applies timing adjustments, including adjustments
// for frame rate conversion, ad avails, and input clipping. Your input captions
// format must be WebVTT. To ignore the style and position information from
// your input captions and use simplified output captions: Set Style passthrough
// to Disabled, or leave blank.
const (
	// WebvttStylePassthroughEnabled is a WebvttStylePassthrough enum value
	WebvttStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

	// WebvttStylePassthroughDisabled is a WebvttStylePassthrough enum value
	WebvttStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// WebvttStylePassthroughStrict is a WebvttStylePassthrough enum value
	WebvttStylePassthroughStrict = "STRICT"
)

// WebvttStylePassthrough_Values returns all elements of the WebvttStylePassthrough enum
func WebvttStylePassthrough_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		WebvttStylePassthroughEnabled,
		WebvttStylePassthroughDisabled,
		WebvttStylePassthroughStrict,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
// that are valid for that class.
const (
	// Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 is a Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 = "CLASS_100"

	// Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass300 is a Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass300 = "CLASS_300"

	// Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass480 is a Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass480 = "CLASS_480"
)

// Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass_Values returns all elements of the Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass enum
func Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass100,
		Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass300,
		Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass480,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (VBR) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
// that are valid for that class.
const (
	// Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass100 is a Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass100 = "CLASS_100"

	// Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass300 is a Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass300 = "CLASS_300"

	// Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass480 is a Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass enum value
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass480 = "CLASS_480"
)

// Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass_Values returns all elements of the Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass enum
func Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass100,
		Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass300,
		Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass480,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC 4k (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
// that are valid for that class.
const (
	// Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass100 is a Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass enum value
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass100 = "BITRATE_CLASS_100"

	// Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass140 is a Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass enum value
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass140 = "BITRATE_CLASS_140"

	// Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass200 is a Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass enum value
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass200 = "BITRATE_CLASS_200"
)

// Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass_Values returns all elements of the Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass enum
func Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass100,
		Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass140,
		Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass200,
	}
}

// Specify the codec profile for this output. Choose High, 8-bit, 4:2:0 (HIGH)
// or High, 10-bit, 4:2:2 (HIGH_422). These profiles are specified in ITU-T
// H.264.
const (
	// Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh is a Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile enum value
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh = "HIGH"

	// Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh422 is a Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile enum value
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422"
)

// Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile_Values returns all elements of the Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile enum
func Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh,
		Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh422,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// single-pass encoding.
const (
	// Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

	// Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel enum
func Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq,
		Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically
// apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want
// to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive quantization
// to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any
// adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert
// to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization
// to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following
// settings: Flicker adaptive quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial
// adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
const (
	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationOff is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationLow is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

	// XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMax is a XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"
)

// XavcAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the XavcAdaptiveQuantization enum
func XavcAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationOff,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationAuto,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationLow,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMedium,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigh,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigher,
		XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMax,
	}
}

// Optional. Choose a specific entropy encoding mode only when you want to override
// XAVC recommendations. If you choose the value auto, MediaConvert uses the
// mode that the XAVC file format specifies given this output's operating point.
const (
	// XavcEntropyEncodingAuto is a XavcEntropyEncoding enum value
	XavcEntropyEncodingAuto = "AUTO"

	// XavcEntropyEncodingCabac is a XavcEntropyEncoding enum value
	XavcEntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC"

	// XavcEntropyEncodingCavlc is a XavcEntropyEncoding enum value
	XavcEntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC"
)

// XavcEntropyEncoding_Values returns all elements of the XavcEntropyEncoding enum
func XavcEntropyEncoding_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcEntropyEncodingAuto,
		XavcEntropyEncodingCabac,
		XavcEntropyEncodingCavlc,
	}
}

// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting
// to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker
// that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many
// times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you
// enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more
// often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related
// setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive
// quantization to a value other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization
// to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
const (
	// XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum
func XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame
// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
// a frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown
// list are decimal approximations of fractions.
const (
	// XavcFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a XavcFramerateControl enum value
	XavcFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

	// XavcFramerateControlSpecified is a XavcFramerateControl enum value
	XavcFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

// XavcFramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the XavcFramerateControl enum
func XavcFramerateControl_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcFramerateControlInitializeFromSource,
		XavcFramerateControlSpecified,
	}
}

// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or decreasing
// the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30
// fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For numerically
// complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This results in
// a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts. For complex
// frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already been
// converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do motion-compensated
// interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method frame by frame.
// Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and incurs a significant
// add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video resolution must
// be at least 128x96.
const (
	// XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

	// XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

	// XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer is a XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

// XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum
func XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop,
		XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate,
		XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer,
	}
}

// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures
// in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference
// frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as
// reference frames.
const (
	// XavcGopBReferenceDisabled is a XavcGopBReference enum value
	XavcGopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// XavcGopBReferenceEnabled is a XavcGopBReference enum value
	XavcGopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// XavcGopBReference_Values returns all elements of the XavcGopBReference enum
func XavcGopBReference_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcGopBReferenceDisabled,
		XavcGopBReferenceEnabled,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC Intra HD (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
// that are valid for that class.
const (
	// XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass50 is a XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass50 = "CLASS_50"

	// XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 is a XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 = "CLASS_100"

	// XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass200 is a XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass enum value
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass200 = "CLASS_200"
)

// XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass_Values returns all elements of the XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass enum
func XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass50,
		XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass100,
		XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass200,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC HD (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
// that are valid for that class.
const (
	// XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass25 is a XavcHdProfileBitrateClass enum value
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass25 = "BITRATE_CLASS_25"

	// XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass35 is a XavcHdProfileBitrateClass enum value
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass35 = "BITRATE_CLASS_35"

	// XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass50 is a XavcHdProfileBitrateClass enum value
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass50 = "BITRATE_CLASS_50"
)

// XavcHdProfileBitrateClass_Values returns all elements of the XavcHdProfileBitrateClass enum
func XavcHdProfileBitrateClass_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass25,
		XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass35,
		XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass50,
	}
}

// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
// single-pass encoding.
const (
	// XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

	// XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

	// XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel enum value
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

// XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel_Values returns all elements of the XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel enum
func XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass,
		XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq,
		XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided
// by framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose
// Hard. Otherwise, keep the default value None. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
const (
	// XavcHdProfileTelecineNone is a XavcHdProfileTelecine enum value
	XavcHdProfileTelecineNone = "NONE"

	// XavcHdProfileTelecineHard is a XavcHdProfileTelecine enum value
	XavcHdProfileTelecineHard = "HARD"
)

// XavcHdProfileTelecine_Values returns all elements of the XavcHdProfileTelecine enum
func XavcHdProfileTelecine_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcHdProfileTelecineNone,
		XavcHdProfileTelecineHard,
	}
}

// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
// Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced
// with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow,
// default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source.
// For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change
// over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the
// same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will
// be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the
// Follow options you choose.
const (
	// XavcInterlaceModeProgressive is a XavcInterlaceMode enum value
	XavcInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

	// XavcInterlaceModeTopField is a XavcInterlaceMode enum value
	XavcInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

	// XavcInterlaceModeBottomField is a XavcInterlaceMode enum value
	XavcInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

	// XavcInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a XavcInterlaceMode enum value
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

	// XavcInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a XavcInterlaceMode enum value
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

// XavcInterlaceMode_Values returns all elements of the XavcInterlaceMode enum
func XavcInterlaceMode_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcInterlaceModeProgressive,
		XavcInterlaceModeTopField,
		XavcInterlaceModeBottomField,
		XavcInterlaceModeFollowTopField,
		XavcInterlaceModeFollowBottomField,
	}
}

// Specify the XAVC profile for this output. For more information, see the Sony
// documentation at https://www.xavc-info.org/. Note that MediaConvert doesn't
// support the interlaced video XAVC operating points for XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
// To create an interlaced XAVC output, choose the profile XAVC_HD.
const (
	// XavcProfileXavcHdIntraCbg is a XavcProfile enum value
	XavcProfileXavcHdIntraCbg = "XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG"

	// XavcProfileXavc4kIntraCbg is a XavcProfile enum value
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraCbg = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG"

	// XavcProfileXavc4kIntraVbr is a XavcProfile enum value
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraVbr = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR"

	// XavcProfileXavcHd is a XavcProfile enum value
	XavcProfileXavcHd = "XAVC_HD"

	// XavcProfileXavc4k is a XavcProfile enum value
	XavcProfileXavc4k = "XAVC_4K"
)

// XavcProfile_Values returns all elements of the XavcProfile enum
func XavcProfile_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcProfileXavcHdIntraCbg,
		XavcProfileXavc4kIntraCbg,
		XavcProfileXavc4kIntraVbr,
		XavcProfileXavcHd,
		XavcProfileXavc4k,
	}
}

// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the
// video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will
// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also
// set Frame rate to 25.
const (
	// XavcSlowPalDisabled is a XavcSlowPal enum value
	XavcSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// XavcSlowPalEnabled is a XavcSlowPal enum value
	XavcSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// XavcSlowPal_Values returns all elements of the XavcSlowPal enum
func XavcSlowPal_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcSlowPalDisabled,
		XavcSlowPalEnabled,
	}
}

// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting,
// keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with
// no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though,
// that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on
// a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable
// this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization,
// set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous
// content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with
// a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
const (
	// XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum
func XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}

// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose
// to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting,
// keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame
// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and
// uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example,
// this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards
// on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your
// video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose
// to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive
// quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive
// quantization.
const (
	// XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

	// XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

// XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum
func XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string {
	return []string{
		XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled,
		XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled,
	}
}